EcoTrack

Emissions Breakdown

This feature provides users with a detailed breakdown of their carbon emissions by source—from energy use to transportation and waste. By visualizing which areas contribute the most to their carbon footprint, organizations can prioritize reduction strategies effectively. This granular insight empowers users to focus their sustainability efforts where they can make the largest impact.

Requirements

Real-time Emissions Data Capture

"As a sustainability manager, I want to see real-time emissions data so that I can quickly identify and address any spikes in carbon output from our operations."

Description

This requirement involves integrating IoT sensors to capture real-time emissions data from various sources within an organization. The system will aggregate data related to energy use, transportation, and waste management, providing organizations with an up-to-date view of their carbon emissions. By continuously monitoring emissions, businesses can make more informed decisions and quickly respond to changes in their operational practices. The real-time data will serve as the foundation for the Emissions Breakdown feature, enhancing its effectiveness and enabling timely compliance reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time emissions tracking during daily operations.

Given the IoT sensors are installed and operational, when the business operations commence, then the system should capture and display real-time emissions data from energy use, transportation, and waste management within 5 minutes of operation.

Compliance reporting using captured emissions data.

Given that the real-time emissions data is available, when a user requests a compliance report, then the report should generate accurately reflecting emissions captured over the specified reporting period within 10 seconds.

Visualization of emissions breakdown by source.

Given emissions data is captured, when the user selects the emissions breakdown feature, then the system should display a clear visualization showing the contributions from energy use, transportation, and waste management with percentages and totals within 3 seconds.

Alert system for emissions threshold breaches.

Given the IoT sensors monitor emissions continuously, when emissions exceed predefined thresholds for any source, then the system should trigger an alert to the designated user(s) within 1 minute of detection.

User access to historical emissions data.

Given that the system has captured emissions data over time, when a user requests historical data for analysis, then the system should provide access to all data collected within the last 12 months accurately and within 5 seconds.

Integration with external compliance databases.

Given the emissions data is available, when the system attempts to transmit the data to external compliance databases, then the system should successfully transmit data without errors and receive confirmation within 15 seconds.

Detailed Emissions Visualizations

"As an executive, I want to visualize our emissions data so that I can easily understand which areas require immediate attention and improvement."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing visual tools that present emissions data in an accessible and informative manner. The visualizations will include charts, graphs, and heat maps that break down emissions by source and time period. Enhanced visual representation will make it easier for users to understand complex data and identify trends, ultimately supporting better decision-making around sustainability initiatives. By having clear insights into their carbon footprint, organizations can prioritize their reduction efforts more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User views detailed emissions visualizations for transportation, comparing data from the last quarter to the previous year.

Given the user selects the 'Transportation' category and sets the time range to the last quarter and the previous year, when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then the system should display a comparative bar graph showing emissions data for both time periods side-by-side.

User wants to analyze emissions data from energy usage sources for a specific month.

Given the user selects the 'Energy' category and specifies a month for analysis, when the user clicks 'Display', then the system should present a line graph visibilizing emissions data for that month, with clear labels for each energy source.

User needs to identify the source of emissions contributing most to overall carbon footprint.

Given the user is on the emissions breakdown dashboard, when the user views the heat map, then the areas highlighted should represent emissions sources in descending order of contribution, with the tooltips displaying exact emission quantities.

User wants to receive an automated summary of their emissions trends over the last year.

Given the user has opted in for automated reporting, when the reporting cycle completes for the year, then the system should send the user an email containing a summary report that includes graphs, key insights, and recommended actions based on their emissions trends.

User intends to download the emissions visualizations as a PDF for offline review.

Given the user has generated emissions visualizations on the platform, when the user selects the 'Download PDF' option, then the system should provide a downloadable PDF file with all visualizations formatted correctly and including the user's branding.

User is reviewing emissions data for compliance reporting and requires detailed source breakdowns.

Given the user navigates to the 'Compliance Reporting' section, when the user selects a specific date range and generates the compliance report, then the system should include detailed emissions breakdowns by source in the report summary.

User wants to filter emissions data by geographic location to see regional impacts.

Given the user is on the emissions dashboard, when the user applies a geographic filter for 'Region A', then the visualizations should update to reflect only the emissions data relevant to 'Region A', clearly indicating which sources contribute to overall emissions in that location.

Customizable Reports and Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want customizable reports on emissions data so that I can ensure our organization meets regulatory requirements and standards."

Description

This requirement entails creating customizable reporting features that allow users to set parameters for the emissions data they wish to analyze. Users will be able to generate reports based on specific time periods, emissions sources, or reduction goals. Additionally, the system will provide automated alerts when emissions exceed predefined thresholds, prompting immediate action. Customizable reports and alerts will enhance user engagement and empower organizations to stay ahead of their sustainability commitments by fostering proactive management of their environmental impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a customizable report focusing on carbon emissions from transportation over the last quarter.

Given the user selects 'Transportation' as the emissions source and sets the timeframe to the last quarter, when the report is generated, then it should display the total emissions for that period, categorized by vehicle type and include a comparison against the previous quarter's data.

User sets up automated alerts for when emissions from energy usage exceed a specific threshold.

Given the user sets a threshold limit for energy-related emissions, when the emissions data is updated and exceeds this threshold, then the system sends an automated alert via email and within the dashboard notifications.

User customizes a report to include emissions data segmented by department within the organization.

Given the user selects 'Departments' as a filter parameter, when the report is generated, then it should display emissions data segmented by each department with visuals for easier comparison and analysis.

User wishes to generate a report that tracks progress towards a predefined reduction goal over a six-month period.

Given the user inputs a specific reduction goal and selects a six-month timeframe, when the report is generated, then it should show the current emissions levels, the goal, and the percentage of progress towards achieving that goal.

User wants to create a recurring monthly report on waste emissions.

Given the user selects 'Waste' as the emissions source and specifies a monthly recurrence, when the report is scheduled, then it should automatically generate at the end of each month and be emailed to the specified recipients.

User is analyzing emissions data and discovers an unexpected spike from a specific source.

Given the user views the emissions breakdown and identifies a significant increase from 'Energy Use', when they click on this category, then the system provides insights and trends related to this spike, including historical data for context.

Reduction Strategy Recommendations

"As a sustainability officer, I want AI-generated recommendations for emissions reduction strategies so that I can focus our resources on the most effective actions for improving our environmental impact."

Description

This requirement aims to harness AI-driven analytics to recommend targeted reduction strategies based on the emissions breakdown data. By analyzing patterns and performance against reduction goals, the system will offer actionable insights and strategies tailored to the organization's specific needs. These recommendations will help users identify the most effective interventions to reduce their carbon footprint, making sustainability actions more strategic and impactful.

Acceptance Criteria

Reduction Strategy Recommendations based on Historical Emissions Data Analysis

Given the user has accessed their emissions breakdown report, when the AI analyzes the historical data for patterns and trends, then it should generate at least three targeted reduction strategies with quantifiable estimated impacts.

User Customization of Emission Reduction Goals

Given the user is on the reduction strategy recommendation page, when they input specific reduction percentage goals per category (energy, transportation, waste), then the system should refine its recommended strategies accordingly to meet these goals.

Real-time Update of Recommendations as New Data is Entered

Given that the user enters new emissions data into the system, when the AI processes this new information, then it should automatically update the list of recommended reduction strategies in real time to reflect the new data.

Effectiveness Tracking of Implemented Reduction Strategies

Given that the user has implemented a recommended reduction strategy, when the system tracks emissions data over the next reporting period, then it should show a measurable percentage reduction in emissions related to that strategy implemented.

Integration of Industry Benchmarks in Recommendations

Given the user's emissions data has been retrieved, when the system generates reduction strategies, then it should compare the user's emissions to industry benchmarks and suggest strategies that would align them with or exceed those standards.

User Feedback Mechanism for Recommended Strategies

Given the user has reviewed the recommended reduction strategies, when they provide feedback on the usefulness and clarity of the recommendations, then the system should allow the feedback to be recorded and analyzed for future improvements.

Visualization of Potential Emission Reductions

Given the recommendations provided, when the user accesses the visualization tool, then it should display a clear graphical representation of potential emissions reductions for each suggested strategy, including timeline and impact projections.

Real-Time Impact Scenarios

Real-Time Impact Scenarios allow organizations to simulate how changes in operations might affect their carbon footprint. Users can input different scenarios, such as changing suppliers or altering energy consumption, and instantly see projected emissions changes. This feature enhances decision-making by enabling users to choose strategies that align with their sustainability goals.

Requirements

Scenario Simulation Engine

"As an environmental manager, I want to simulate different operational scenarios so that I can evaluate their impact on our carbon footprint and select the best sustainable options for our company."

Description

The Scenario Simulation Engine provides users with the ability to input various operational strategies and examine their projected impact on carbon emissions. This requirement integrates with EcoTrack’s existing data capture capabilities to allow detailed simulations based on real-time metrics from IoT sensors. By combining predictive analytics with user inputs, this feature helps organizations assess the potential effectiveness of their sustainability initiatives, encouraging data-driven decision-making. The engine must have an intuitive interface for easy use, generate immediate results, and allow users to compare multiple scenarios side by side. The outcome will empower businesses to choose sustainable paths that align with their strategic goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Inputting Operational Strategies for Carbon Footprint Assessment

Given that a user accesses the Scenario Simulation Engine, when they input a new operational strategy (e.g., changing suppliers or altering energy consumption), then the system should generate projected emissions changes within 5 seconds and display them on the dashboard.

Comparing Multiple Scenarios Side by Side

Given that a user has input two or more distinct operational strategies, when they request to compare the scenarios, then the Scenario Simulation Engine should provide a side-by-side comparison of projected emissions and other relevant metrics within 10 seconds.

User Interface for Scenario Simulation

Given that a user is on the Scenario Simulation Engine interface, when they navigate through the different inputs and options available, then they should find the interface intuitive, with tooltips or help options clearly explaining each feature, achieving at least a usability score of 80% in user testing.

Instant Update of Compliance Metrics

Given that a user has input a new scenario, when they execute the simulation, then the Scenario Simulation Engine should provide an updated compliance metric report reflecting changes in emissions corresponding to local regulations immediately following the simulation.

Integration with IoT Sensors for Real-Time Data

Given that the Scenario Simulation Engine is operational, when a user runs a scenario simulation, then it should integrate real-time data from IoT sensors as baseline inputs, ensuring no discrepancies greater than 5% between expected and captured data.

Generating Predictive Analytics Reports

Given that a user completes a scenario simulation, when they select the option to generate a predictive analytics report, then the report must include a summary of the scenario input, projected emissions changes, and suggested actions, generated within 10 seconds.

Feedback Mechanism for Scenario Adjustments

Given that a user is reviewing simulation results, when they request feedback on potential adjustments to their operational strategies, then the system should provide actionable insights based on the simulation data, ensuring at least three distinct recommendations are offered.

Customizable Impact Dashboards

"As a sustainability officer, I want to customize my dashboard to highlight key metrics so that I can easily monitor our progress toward sustainability goals and share insights with my team."

Description

The Customizable Impact Dashboards feature allows users to create personalized views of their environmental data and scenario results. Users can select which metrics are most relevant to them, such as emissions reductions or energy savings, and design dashboards that provide a clear, at-a-glance presentation of these metrics. This requirement is pivotal for enhancing user interaction with the EcoTrack platform, promoting informed decision-making through visual data representation. Integrating drag-and-drop functionality will facilitate easy customization, and dashboards should be shareable across teams to promote collaboration and collective goal-setting. The expected outcome is efficient monitoring and effective communication of sustainability metrics within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard to include metrics on emissions reductions and energy savings after receiving feedback from their sustainability team about the need for more tailored data visibility.

Given the user has access to the dashboard customization feature, when they drag and drop the emissions reduction metric to their dashboard and save the configuration, then the dashboard should display the selected metric accurately.

A team within the organization collaborates to design a shared dashboard that reflects their collective sustainability goals, focusing on water usage and carbon emissions by the end of the month.

Given multiple users have access to the shared dashboard feature, when they collaboratively add the carbon emissions and water usage metrics to the dashboard, then all users should be able to view the updated dashboard in real-time without data loss.

An admin user tests the drag-and-drop interface to customize their dashboard layout by moving various metrics around to find an optimal display for their needs.

Given the user drags a metric to a new position on the dashboard, when they release the mouse button, then the metric's new position should be saved and reflected correctly the next time the dashboard is loaded.

A user accesses the EcoTrack platform for the first time and utilizes the customizable impact dashboards to visualize their sustainability data before a quarterly review meeting.

Given the user is new to EcoTrack, when they log in for the first time, then they should be guided through a setup process that allows them to select key metrics to display on their dashboard, ensuring they can tailor their experience effectively.

A user wants to ensure the data displayed on the dashboard during a presentation to stakeholders accurately reflects real-time sustainability metrics.

Given the dashboard is customized to show real-time data, when the user refreshes the dashboard before the presentation, then the displayed metrics should reflect the most current data available without delays.

A user shares their customized dashboard with colleagues for feedback on potential improvements in visual data representation.

Given the user has completed their dashboard customization, when they send a share link to their colleagues, then the colleagues should be able to view the dashboard with the same metrics without being able to edit it.

An organization conducts a bi-annual audit and requires a snapshot of sustainability metrics from the customized dashboards of different teams.

Given multiple teams have their dashboards set up, when the organization generates a report pulling data from all customized dashboards, then the report should accurately compile and present the sustainability metrics as configured by each team.

Automated Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance manager, I want to receive automated alerts about regulatory changes so that I can ensure our operations remain compliant and reduce the risk of penalties."

Description

The Automated Compliance Alerts system is designed to notify users of key compliance updates relevant to their organization’s environmental practices. By integrating real-time data and utilizing AI algorithms, this feature will analyze regulatory changes and compliance thresholds automatically, sending alerts via email or dashboard notifications. This ensures that enterprises remain informed about essential compliance obligations and can proactively adapt their operations to avoid potential violations. The requirement is critical for risk management and will enhance the overall compliance posture of the organization by providing timely, actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated compliance alert after a regulatory change has been identified by the system.

Given that there is a regulatory change relevant to the organization's environmental practices, when the system detects the change, then the user should receive an email and dashboard notification within 24 hours of detection.

User can customize the types of alerts they receive based on specific compliance areas of focus.

Given that a user wants to customize their alert settings, when they access the settings panel, then they should be able to select or deselect compliance areas for notifications and save their preferences successfully.

User can view historical compliance alerts to track changes and responses over time.

Given that a user wants to view past compliance alerts, when they navigate to the compliance alerts history section, then they should be able to see a chronological list of all alerts received, including timestamps and detailed descriptions of each alert.

The system sends alerts to multiple users within an organization based on user roles and responsibilities.

Given that there are multiple users assigned different roles in the organization, when a regulatory change is detected, then the system should send notifications to all relevant users based on their predefined roles within the compliance settings.

Users can deactivate compliance alerts temporarily without losing their settings.

Given that a user wants to stop receiving alerts temporarily, when they choose the option to deactivate alerts, then the system should allow them to deactivate alerts for a specified duration while retaining their settings to resume alerts automatically afterward.

The system escalates critical compliance updates that require immediate action from the user.

Given that a critical compliance regulation change occurs, when the system detects this as high severity, then it should send an immediate alert via SMS in addition to email and dashboard notifications to ensure timely user awareness and action.

Users receive feedback on the actions taken in response to compliance alerts.

Given that a user has acted on an alert by updating compliance measures, when they return to the compliance dashboard, then the system should show a summary of actions taken in response to each alert, along with current compliance status updates.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to compare multiple sustainability scenarios so that I can determine the most impactful strategies for reducing our carbon footprint and aligning with corporate goals."

Description

The Scenario Comparison Tool allows users to directly compare the outcomes of various sustainability scenarios side by side. This requirement will provide analytical insights, showcasing differences in emissions reductions, cost implications, and timeframes for implementation. Integrating an intuitive UI will enable users to select scenarios quickly and visualize comparative data through multiple chart formats. The feature enhances strategic planning by allowing organizations to evaluate the immediate and long-term impacts of their operational choices, leading to more effective sustainability initiatives and strategic alignment within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares multiple sustainability scenarios to analyze their emissions impact.

Given the user selects two or more scenarios to compare, when they click on the 'Compare' button, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of emissions reductions, costs, and implementation timeframes in a clear and organized manner.

User inputs data for different scenarios to simulate operational changes.

Given the user inputs data for varying supplier options and energy consumption levels, when they submit the scenarios, then the system should process the data and return projected emissions changes within 30 seconds.

User visualizes comparison results through various chart formats.

Given the results of the scenario comparison, when the user selects a chart format (e.g., bar chart, line graph), then the tool should visualize the comparative data accurately in the chosen format without any errors.

User customizes the parameters used for scenario comparisons.

Given the user has access to the customization panel, when they modify the parameters for scenarios (like supplier type and energy usage), then the tool should immediately reflect these changes in the comparison results.

User saves scenario comparison results for future reference.

Given the user has completed a scenario comparison, when they click on the 'Save' button, then the system should allow them to save the results, and an acknowledgment message must be displayed confirming the successful save.

User retrieves and loads saved scenario comparison data.

Given the user has previously saved scenario comparisons, when they access the 'Saved Comparisons' section, then the tool should list all previously saved scenarios and allow the user to load any selected comparison without issues.

User shares scenario comparison results with team members.

Given the user has completed a comparison, when they select the 'Share' option and enter team member emails, then the system should send an email with a summary of the comparison results to the specified recipients and provide a confirmation message.

User Feedback Integration

"As a product user, I want to provide feedback on scenario simulations so that I can influence future developments of the platform and enhance its usability for our environmental initiatives."

Description

The User Feedback Integration requirement ensures that users can provide feedback on reported scenarios and suggestions for improvement directly through the EcoTrack platform. This feature will incorporate a feedback loop which collects user input on scenario simulations, compliance alerts, and overall usability of the system. The collected data will be analyzed to drive continuous improvement in the product, tailoring features to user needs, and enhancing user satisfaction. Implementing this requirement will ensure EcoTrack evolves according to user experience, positioning the platform as not only a tool but a valued partner in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a scenario simulation after altering energy consumption parameters.

Given a user has accessed the Real-Time Impact Scenarios feature, when they submit their feedback, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and acknowledged with a confirming message.

User provides feedback on usability of the EcoTrack platform through a dedicated feedback form.

Given a user is on the feedback form page, when they fill out the form and submit it, then the system should validate the input and display a success message, while storing the feedback in the database.

User gives feedback on compliance alerts received through the platform.

Given a user receives a compliance alert notification, when they click on the feedback option, then they should be able to rate the alert and add comments, which should be saved correctly in the database.

Administrator analyzes collected user feedback for patterns and trends.

Given that user feedback is stored in the system, when an administrator requests a report, then the system should generate a report highlighting common suggestions and ratings over a specified period.

User requests to edit previously submitted feedback on scenario simulations.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they navigate to their feedback history and select an entry to edit, then they should be allowed to modify their feedback and save the changes successfully.

Users receive confirmation after successful feedback submission.

Given a user submits feedback through the feedback form, when the submission is complete, then the user should receive an email confirmation outlining their submitted feedback, and the email should be sent within 5 minutes.

User can access historical feedback data to view their past submissions.

Given a user is on their account page, when they click on 'View Feedback History', then they should be presented with a chronological list of their previous feedback submissions.

Historical Trends Analysis

This feature enables users to access historical data on their carbon emissions and visualize trends over time. By analyzing how their footprint has changed due to various factors—like operational changes or improvements in technology—users can assess the effectiveness of their sustainability initiatives and identify areas for continuous improvement. It helps in setting realistic targets based on historical performance.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard

"As a sustainability manager, I want to visualize historical data on carbon emissions so that I can assess the effectiveness of our sustainability initiatives and set realistic targets for improvement."

Description

The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to visualize historical data on carbon emissions through interactive graphs and charts. This feature will enable users to explore data trends over various timeframes and identify correlations between operational changes and emissions. The ability to customize the dashboard to reflect specific metrics will benefit users by facilitating a better understanding of their sustainability performance and improving decision-making processes. By integrating this feature into EcoTrack, users will have at their disposal a powerful tool to track their progress towards sustainability goals and enhance their compliance reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard to view historical carbon emissions data for the last five years.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they select the last five years as the timeframe, then the dashboard should display interactive graphs representing carbon emissions data for each year, including monthly breakdowns.

The user customizes the dashboard to show specific metrics related to their carbon emissions.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they customize the metrics displayed and save the configuration, then the dashboard should retain these settings for future visits and accurately reflect the selected metrics.

The user analyzes the correlation between operational changes and carbon emissions on the Data Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user selects an operational change from a dropdown menu, when they view the emissions data on the dashboard, then the graphs should highlight the periods before and after the operational change, clearly indicating the emissions impact.

The user generates a report from the Data Visualization Dashboard showing historical trends.

Given the user has selected the desired timeframe and metrics, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then the system should produce a downloadable report in PDF format containing the displayed graphs and data analyses.

Users expect the Data Visualization Dashboard to load quickly with historical data even during peak times.

Given the user accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard during peak usage hours, when the dashboard is loading, then it should display loading indicators and be fully operational within 5 seconds.

Users can filter historical data on the dashboard based on specific sustainability initiatives they've implemented.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they apply filters for specific sustainability initiatives, then the displayed data should update to reflect only the carbon emissions data related to those initiatives.

The user receives alerts on the Data Visualization Dashboard if their carbon emissions exceed a specific threshold.

Given the user has set a threshold for carbon emissions, when their emissions exceed this threshold, then an alert notification should appear on the dashboard, prompting them to take action.

Automated Reporting System

"As a compliance officer, I want an automated reporting system that generates regular emissions reports so that I can ensure we meet regulatory compliance without extra manual work."

Description

The Automated Reporting System requirement encompasses the development of a feature that generates reports on carbon emissions and sustainability performance automatically. This system should allow users to schedule reports regularly and customize the content based on specific operational parameters or metrics. The ability to automate reporting will significantly reduce manual efforts, minimize human error, and ensure that compliance reports meet regulatory standards. This feature will enhance EcoTrack's value proposition by providing timely insights that support informed decision-making and strategic planning for sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting Generation for Scheduled Outputs

Given a user has set up a recurring report schedule for carbon emissions, When the schedule activates, Then an automated report is generated and delivered to the user’s designated email without errors.

Customization of Report Parameters

Given a user accesses the report customization interface, When the user selects specific operational parameters and saves the settings, Then the system should store the customized settings, applied to the next scheduled report generation.

Regulatory Compliance of Generated Reports

Given that a report is generated for carbon emissions, When the report is reviewed, Then it should meet specified regulatory standards and contain all required metrics accurately stated.

User Accessibility of Reports

Given that a report has been generated, When the user logs into EcoTrack, Then the user should be able to access and download previously generated reports through a dedicated reports section.

Notification upon Report Generation

Given a report has been generated, When the report is completed, Then an automated notification is sent to the user via email informing them of the availability of the new report.

Error Handling in Automated Reporting

Given the automated reporting system encounters an error during report generation, When the error occurs, Then the system should log the error and notify the user about the failure to generate the report, along with a suggested resolution.

Historical Reference Integration in Reports

Given that a user opts to generate a detailed emissions report, When the user selects the historical data option, Then the report should include comparative analysis against historical data for the specified timeframe.

Predictive Analytics Integration

"As a sustainability strategist, I want predictive analytics to forecast future emissions trends so that I can proactively adjust our sustainability initiatives and target-setting to meet our goals."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Integration requirement centers around embedding AI-driven predictive analytics capabilities into EcoTrack. This feature will analyze historical emissions data and other operational variables to forecast future carbon emissions trends. By providing users with insights into potential future emissions, this integration will empower businesses to proactively adjust their strategies and initiatives. The implementation of predictive analytics will enhance the product's ability to facilitate data-driven decision-making, ultimately supporting more ambitious sustainability goals and strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Historical Trends Analysis feature to review the carbon emissions data for the past year and assesses trends related to operational changes.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Historical Trends Analysis dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of carbon emissions trends over the last year, including significant operational changes annotated on the graph.

User applies different filters to the Historical Trends Analysis to examine emissions based on specific operational units or technologies over time.

Given the user has access to the Historical Trends Analysis feature, when they apply filters for specific operational units or technologies, then the system should update the visual trends accordingly and display accurate data reflecting those selections.

User wants to set realistic sustainability targets based on the historical emissions data analyzed through the Trends Analysis feature.

Given the user reviews the Historical Trends Analysis, when they input target emission reductions based on historical data, then the system should validate the inputs and display a projection of future emissions aligned with these targets within the dashboard.

Admin monitors the effectiveness of the Predictive Analytics Integration feature after it has been deployed to track accuracy over time.

Given the Predictive Analytics Integration has been implemented, when the admin reviews the accuracy of predictions against actual emissions data over 3 months, then the predictions must show at least an 80% accuracy rate to be considered effective.

User receives automated compliance updates based on their historical emissions when the Predictive Analytics Integration functionality is invoked.

Given the user has their compliance settings configured, when the Predictive Analytics Integration processes historical emissions data, then the user should receive automated alerts for any compliance updates or upcoming deadlines related to their sustainability initiatives.

User compares predictions made by the Predictive Analytics Integration against actual emissions data quarterly.

Given the Predictive Analytics Integration is live, when the user reviews quarterly performance reports, then the report must include a comparison chart showing predicted versus actual emissions for clear analysis.

User assesses the overall impact of sustainability initiatives by referencing insights from the Historical Trends Analysis and Predictive Analytics Integration.

Given the user completes an analysis of sustainability initiatives, when they access combined data from both the Historical Trends Analysis and the Predictive Analytics Integration, then they should receive a report that summarizes effectiveness and suggests areas for improvement based on comprehensive data analysis.

Actionable Insights Report

The Actionable Insights Report feature generates customized reports highlighting specific recommendations for reducing carbon emissions based on the organization's data. Users receive targeted action plans that outline practical steps they can take to improve their sustainability practices, making it easier to implement changes that align with compliance and environmental goals.

Requirements

Automated Data Collection

"As an environmental manager, I want automated data collection from IoT sensors so that I can access real-time information about our emissions and resource usage without manual data entry, enabling quicker and more accurate reporting."

Description

The Automated Data Collection requirement establishes a seamless integration with IoT sensors to gather real-time environmental data from various sources within the organization. It facilitates streamlined data input concerning carbon emissions, energy usage, and waste management. By ensuring continuous, reliable data flow into EcoTrack, this feature enhances accuracy in reporting and analytics, empowering organizations to make informed decisions based on up-to-date information. It is vital for maintaining compliance and supporting sustainability goals, as it allows for timely identification of trends and issues that need addressing.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Environmental Data Collection and Reporting

Given IoT sensors are installed and configured, when the system initiates data collection, then the collected data should be updated in EcoTrack's database in real time with no more than a 5-minute delay.

Integration Verification of IoT Sensors

Given that IoT sensors are deployed across various sites, when connected to EcoTrack, then all sensors should report their status and data without errors and must be visible on the user dashboard within 10 minutes of deployment.

Data Accuracy and Validation

Given real-time data is collected from IoT sensors, when reports are generated, then the data must match the readings from the sensors with an accuracy of at least 95% as verified through periodic manual checks.

Automated Alerts for Anomalies

Given IoT sensors are actively collecting data, when there is a significant anomaly detected in carbon emissions or energy usage, then the system must trigger an automated alert to the designated users within 10 minutes of detection.

Historical Data Retention

Given that data is collected continuously, when accessing EcoTrack's reporting feature, then users should be able to retrieve historical data for a period of at least 12 months, with options to filter by date range.

User Access and Permissions Management

Given the automated data collection feature, when a new user is added to EcoTrack, then the system should provide customizable user access levels to view or manage data corresponding to their roles within 24 hours.

Compliance Update Notifications

Given the automated data collection feature, when changes in environmental compliance regulations are published, then the system should notify all users via email within 48 hours of the update being available.

Customizable Dashboard

"As a sustainability officer, I want to customize my dashboard to focus on key performance indicators relevant to our environmental goals so that I can quickly assess our progress and make informed decisions."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard requirement allows users to tailor their dashboard interface according to their specific needs and preferences. Users can select which metrics, charts, and reports they want to see and organize information based on priority areas such as carbon emissions, compliance status, and energy consumption. This feature not only enhances user engagement by providing relevant data at a glance but also supports better decision-making by highlighting critical performance indicators. The customization option fosters a more user-centric experience and ensures users stay focused on their sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard Metrics and Layout.

Given a user has logged into EcoTrack, when they access the dashboard customization feature, then they should be able to select at least five metrics from a predefined list and arrange them in the layout of their choice.

User Saves Customized Dashboard Layout.

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when they click the 'Save' button, then the dashboard should retain the selected metrics and layout upon their next login.

User Receives Confirmation after Customization.

Given a user has made changes to their dashboard, when they save their customization, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that the changes have been successfully saved.

User Resets Dashboard to Default Settings.

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then the dashboard should revert to its original factory settings displaying default metrics and layout.

User Adjusts Timeframe for Metrics Displayed.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they select a timeframe option (e.g., last week, month, year), then the displayed metrics should update accordingly to reflect the selected timeframe.

User Accesses Help Documentation for Dashboard Customization.

Given a user is on the dashboard customization page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be redirected to a help documentation page with relevant information on how to customize the dashboard.

User Filters Metrics Based on Environmental Goals.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they apply filters based on specific environmental goals (e.g., carbon reduction, energy efficiency), then only metrics aligned with those goals should be displayed.

Predictive Analytics Integration

"As a compliance analyst, I want predictive analytics to forecast future emissions trends based on our historical data so that I can proactively adjust our strategies and remain compliant with regulations."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Integration requirement utilizes AI algorithms to analyze historical environmental data and project future trends in emissions and compliance. This feature supports organizations in forecasting potential risks and identifying opportunities for improvement in sustainability practices. By providing users with actionable insights into how various factors impact their emissions over time, this requirement allows for proactive management strategies, enabling organizations to stay ahead of regulatory changes and enhance their overall environmental stewardship.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to generate a predictive analytics report based on historical emissions data for their organization to guide decision-making in sustainability practices.

Given the user has historical environmental data uploaded, when they request a predictive analytics report, then the system generates a report that accurately forecasts future emissions trends and compliance risks based on the analysis of the uploaded data.

A user needs to understand how different operational changes impact their future emissions as part of their sustainability strategy.

Given the user specifies a set of operational changes, when they access the predictive analytics tool, then the system provides a simulation that shows the potential impact on future emissions for the specified changes.

A compliance manager at an enterprise wants to utilize the predictive analytics feature to identify upcoming regulatory risks and compliance deadlines.

Given the current regulatory landscape with compliance deadlines, when the user generates a predictive compliance report, then the system highlights all relevant upcoming regulations and their deadlines based on the historical compliance data.

The organization aims to monitor real-time emissions data to adjust strategies dynamically and meet sustainability goals.

Given that IoT sensors are actively capturing emission data, when the user accesses the actionable insights dashboard, then the system displays real-time insights on emissions and suggests immediate action steps based on current data trends.

A sustainability officer seeks to receive alerts for significant deviations in predictive analytics that could impact sustainability performance.

Given the predictive analytics have been processed, when deviations from historical averages occur, then the system sends alerts to relevant users highlighting the nature of the deviation and potential actions to mitigate it.

A company wants to track the effectiveness of implemented changes in sustainability practices based on predictive analytics feedback.

Given the company has made operational changes, when they review the predictive analytics report after a specified period, then it should reflect a measurable improvement in predicted emissions compared to previous reports before the changes were implemented.

Recommendation Engine

"As a facilities manager, I want a recommendation engine that suggests specific actions to reduce our carbon footprint based on our usage patterns so that I can implement strategies that are effective and aligned with our sustainability goals."

Description

The Recommendation Engine requirement analyzes collected data and user-defined goals to generate tailored action plans aimed at reducing carbon emissions. By providing specific, actionable recommendations based on the organization’s unique operational profile, this feature supports users in implementing effective sustainability practices. The recommendations will be prioritizable based on impact and feasibility, ensuring that users can focus on the most critical actions that align with their environmental objectives. This feature enhances the platform's value by transforming data into practical steps toward sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User requests a customized report to understand how to reduce carbon emissions after analyzing their recent operational data.

Given a user has access to the Actionable Insights Report, when they input their operational data and sustainability goals, then the system should generate a report that includes at least three specific recommendations prioritized by potential impact and feasibility.

The organization wants to implement one of the recommendations from the report to reduce carbon emissions successfully.

Given a user selects a recommendation from their Actionable Insights Report, when they execute the steps outlined in the recommendation, then the system should track and log the implementation progress and outcomes for evaluation.

A user reviews their past monthly reports to assess the progress of sustainability initiatives based on recommendations provided.

Given the user has historical Actionable Insights Reports, when they compare past implementations to current emissions data, then they should see quantifiable improvements in their carbon footprint as reflected in the reports.

A new user accesses the platform for the first time and wants guidance on how to set sustainability goals using the Recommendation Engine.

Given a new user navigates the EcoTrack platform, when they interact with the Recommendation Engine, then they should receive a guided tutorial that helps them set actionable sustainability goals aligned with their data.

An environmental compliance officer wants to ensure that all recommendations provided in the reports adhere to the latest regulations and compliance standards.

Given the recommendation engine generates actionable insights, when the officer reviews these recommendations, then they should all include citations of current regulatory standards and compliance requirements to ensure validity.

A user would like to see how adjustments to their operational data affect the recommendations provided by the Recommendation Engine.

Given a user modifies operational data input into the system, when they request a new set of recommendations, then the system should provide updated insights that reflect those data adjustments within 10 seconds.

Automated Compliance Updates

"As a compliance officer, I want automated updates about changes in environmental regulations so that I can make timely adjustments to our practices and maintain compliance without additional manual effort."

Description

The Automated Compliance Updates requirement ensures that EcoTrack regularly updates users on relevant compliance regulations and standards, directly integrated with their ongoing sustainability efforts. This feature allows organizations to stay informed about changes in legislation and best practices that affect their operations. Automated notifications and updates help mitigate compliance risks and streamline the documentation process, allowing organizations to focus on implementing necessary changes without losing sight of their compliance responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated notifications are sent to users regarding changes in environmental compliance regulations shortly after the changes are published by governing bodies.

Given the compliance regulations database is updated with new entries, when the update occurs, then all users should receive a notification with details about the changes within 24 hours.

Users can view a history of compliance updates on their dashboard, allowing them to track changes over time and ensure they are informed about past notifications.

Given that automated compliance updates have been sent out over the last six months, when a user accesses the compliance updates section of their dashboard, then they should see a chronological list of all updates with timestamps and summary descriptions.

Users are provided with a clear action list based on the latest compliance updates, ensuring they understand the next steps needed to maintain compliance.

Given that a new compliance regulation has been notified to the user, when the user reviews their action items, then they should see a list of actionable steps that are directly tied to the new regulation along with expected completion dates.

The system allows users to customize the frequency of compliance update notifications, enabling them to receive updates that align with their operational needs.

Given a user accesses their notification preferences, when they select their desired frequency for receiving compliance updates (daily, weekly, monthly), then the system should save their preferences and apply them immediately for future notifications.

Users can provide feedback on the usefulness of the compliance updates received, helping improve future notifications and reporting.

Given that a user has received a compliance update, when they access the feedback form associated with that update, then they should be able to submit feedback on its relevance and clarity, and receive confirmation that their feedback has been recorded.

The platform tracks user compliance with action items generated from compliance updates, helping organizations monitor their adherence to new regulations.

Given that a user has been assigned action items from a compliance update, when the user completes the actions, then the system should automatically update the compliance status and notify the user of successful completion.

The system has a mechanism for archiving old compliance updates to keep the user dashboard clean and relevant.

Given that compliance updates are older than six months, when the user accesses their compliance updates section, then these updates should be archived and not show on the main dashboard but should be accessible via an 'Archived Updates' link.

User Training Module

"As a new user, I want access to a user training module that guides me through the functionalities of EcoTrack so that I can effectively utilize the platform to manage our sustainability and compliance efforts."

Description

The User Training Module requirement provides an integrated training platform within EcoTrack, offering tutorials and resources that help users understand and maximize the platform's capabilities. This feature is crucial for onboarding new users and ensuring that current users are aware of all functionalities, including data analysis, report creation, and customization options. A robust training module enhances user proficiency, confidence, and satisfaction with EcoTrack, ultimately leading to better engagement and successful implementation of sustainability practices across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

New users access the User Training Module for the first time after signing up for EcoTrack.

Given a new user has signed up for EcoTrack, when they access the User Training Module, then they should see a welcome tutorial that introduces the key features and navigational aspects of the platform.

A current user seeks help with report creation using the User Training Module.

Given a current user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the User Training Module and select the 'Report Creation' topic, then they should be presented with step-by-step video tutorials and FAQs specifically addressing report creation.

An organization aims to improve user proficiency and engagement with EcoTrack's features through a structured training program.

Given an organization employs EcoTrack, when at least 75% of its users complete the training module within the first month, then user engagement metrics should show a minimum of 20% increase in feature usage post-training compared to pre-training.

Users need to search for specific training resources related to data analysis within the User Training Module.

Given a user is searching for training resources in the User Training Module, when they enter keywords related to 'data analysis,' then they should receive relevant results that include tutorials, documents, and interactive sessions.

Management is reviewing the effectiveness of the User Training Module after implementation.

Given management conducts a survey of users who have completed the training module, when the survey results are collected, then at least 80% of users should indicate satisfaction with the training material and state they feel more confident using EcoTrack.

Users return to the User Training Module to access refresher content after a system update.

Given a system update has occurred in EcoTrack, when users access the User Training Module, then they should find updated content that reflects the new features and functionalities introduced in the latest update.

A user must integrate the lessons learned from the User Training Module into their daily tasks within EcoTrack.

Given a user has completed the training module, when they apply the knowledge gained to create a new sustainability report and utilize advanced features, then the report should be generated successfully without errors and meet predefined compliance standards.

Integration with Sustainability Goals

This feature allows users to set specific sustainability goals within the Carbon Footprint Calculator. The tool will track progress towards these goals in real-time, providing users with metrics and insights on how their carbon footprint changes in relation to their targets. This integration fosters accountability and encourages proactive management of sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Set Sustainability Goals

"As a sustainability manager, I want to set specific sustainability goals within the EcoTrack platform so that I can monitor my organization's progress toward achieving these targets and adjust our strategies accordingly."

Description

This requirement enables users to define specific sustainability targets within the EcoTrack platform. Users will provide parameters such as target carbon emissions, recycling percentages, or energy reduction goals. The system will utilize these inputs to create an actionable framework that offers real-time tracking and updates on user-defined sustainability metrics. The benefit of this functionality is that it allows businesses to align their operational activities with sustainability objectives, fostering accountability and ensuring proactive engagement in environmental stewardship.

Acceptance Criteria

User defines a target for carbon emissions reduction in the EcoTrack platform.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the sustainability goals section and enter a target carbon emissions reduction value, then the system should save the target and display it in the user's dashboard.

User sets a recycling percentage goal for their organization within EcoTrack.

Given a user is on the sustainability goals page, when they input a recycling percentage goal and confirm the entry, then the system should register the goal and provide feedback indicating successful goal creation.

User reviews real-time progress toward sustainability goals using the dashboard.

Given a user has set sustainability goals, when they access the dashboard, then they should see real-time metrics that show current progress compared to their defined goals for carbon emissions and recycling.

User receives an alert as they approach their sustainability goal thresholds in EcoTrack.

Given a user has established specific sustainability goals, when their progress is 80% or more toward a goal, then the system should send an alert to the user to inform them that they are nearing their target.

User modifies an existing sustainability goal on EcoTrack.

Given a user wants to change their sustainability goal, when they edit an existing target and confirm the updates, then the system should save the new goal and reflect these changes in the user's dashboard immediately.

User accesses historical data related to their sustainability goals.

Given a user has set sustainability goals over time, when they request an analysis of past performance, then the system should generate a report showing changes in progress towards goals over the selected time frame.

User generates a summary of their sustainability goals for reporting purposes.

Given a user wishes to create a report, when they select the export option for sustainability goals, then the system should generate a downloadable report including all active and past goals with progress metrics.

Real-Time Progress Tracking

"As an operations director, I want to see real-time progress tracking for our sustainability goals so that I can quickly identify areas that need improvement and ensure we stay on track to meet our targets."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of a real-time tracking system that visually displays the current status of the user's sustainability goals. Integration with the existing Carbon Footprint Calculator will allow users to see their carbon emissions and other relevant metrics as they relate to the goals set. This functionality not only aids in immediate performance assessment but also supports strategic decision-making by providing timely insights into areas that need improvement, directly influencing sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User Sets Sustainability Goals and Accesses Real-Time Tracking

Given that a user has successfully set a sustainability goal in the Carbon Footprint Calculator, when they access the real-time tracking dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their current carbon emissions relative to their target goal.

Notifications for Goal Achievements

Given that a user has made progress towards their sustainability goal, when their emissions drop below a predefined threshold compared to their goal, then they should receive a notification confirming their achievement.

Historical Data Comparison

Given that a user is viewing their real-time tracking, when they request a comparison of their current data to historical performance metrics, then the system should display a comparison chart showing trends over the last 12 months.

Multi-User Access to Goals

Given that multiple users are assigned to a single sustainability project within EcoTrack, when any user updates the tracking metrics, then all assigned users should see the updated status in real-time on their dashboards.

Exporting Progress Reports

Given that a user has accessed their real-time tracking data, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download a detailed report in PDF format summarizing their progress towards sustainability goals.

Customization of Dashboard Metrics

Given that users have accessed their real-time tracking dashboard, when they choose to customize the displayed metrics, then they should be able to select from at least five different metrics related to their sustainability goals and apply the changes instantly.

Data Refresh Rate

Given that the real-time tracking system is in use, when a user is actively viewing their dashboard, then the data should refresh automatically at least every 5 minutes without requiring manual interaction.

Automated Alerts for Goal Updates

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive automated alerts about my sustainability goals so that I can stay informed about our progress and be proactive in managing our environmental initiatives."

Description

This requirement enables the EcoTrack platform to send automated alerts and notifications to users regarding their progress towards sustainability goals. Users can customize the alert settings based on their preferences for frequency and type of updates, receiving insights on both accomplishments and areas that require attention. Such proactive notifications enhance user engagement and help maintain focus on sustainability efforts, ensuring that users are regularly reminded of their commitments and progress, thereby improving overall accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a sustainability goal is achieved within the specified timeframe.

Given a user has set a sustainability goal with a deadline, when the goal is achieved, then the system sends an automated notification to the user within 5 minutes of achievement.

User customizes notification frequency for sustainability goal updates.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select options for notification frequency, then the system saves the preferences and applies them to future notifications without requiring further user input.

User receives alerts for sustainability goal progress during significant changes.

Given a user has an active sustainability goal, when their measured progress exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g. 10% change), then an automated alert is sent to the user detailing the change and its implications for goal attainment.

User can view historical alerts related to goal updates in the EcoTrack dashboard.

Given a user accesses their EcoTrack dashboard, when they look for historical notifications, then the system displays all past alerts including timestamps and details of each alert in a user-friendly format.

User modifies their sustainability goal and receives immediate feedback through notifications.

Given a user modifies an existing sustainability goal, when the change is saved, then the system sends an automated notification confirming the changes and outlining any impacts on the original timeline and metrics.

Users can opt-out of receiving specific types of notifications related to sustainability goals.

Given a user is in the notification settings menu, when they deselect certain types of alerts, then the system respects this preference and does not send those specific notifications moving forward.

Customizable Dashboard for Metrics Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want to customize my dashboard to view specific sustainability metrics so that I can analyze our progress effectively and communicate our performance to stakeholders."

Description

This requirement focuses on the development of a customizable dashboard within EcoTrack that will allow users to visualize and analyze various sustainability metrics relevant to their goals. Users can select different types of graphs, charts, and visualization tools to understand their performance data better. This tailored approach empowers users to derive insights based on their unique objectives, reinforcing data-driven decision-making and allowing for a clearer depiction of progress against sustainability targets.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to customize their dashboard to display specific sustainability metrics that reflect their organization's unique sustainability goals.

Given that the user is logged in and has access to the dashboard, when they select from the available metric options and arrange them in the desired layout, then the dashboard should display the selected metrics in real-time without any lag.

A user wants to analyze their progress towards reducing their carbon footprint by viewing comparative data over time on their customizable dashboard.

Given that the user has set a specific carbon reduction goal, when they access the dashboard, then they should be able to view at least three different types of visualizations (graphs, charts, tables) of their progress against this goal, updated daily.

An enterprise user needs to view multiple sustainability metrics simultaneously to assess overall performance and make informed decisions.

Given that the user has selected multiple metrics for display on the dashboard, when they open the customizable dashboard, then all selected metrics should be presented in a clear and organized manner, with the ability to toggle between different visual styles (like bar graphs versus pie charts).

A sustainability manager is preparing a presentation and requires a summary of metrics over the previous month to show improvements and areas needing attention.

Given that the user requests monthly data, when they access the dashboard's reporting feature, then they should receive a downloadable report that summarizes key metrics, highlights performance changes, and includes visual representation of the data with explanatory notes.

The user is adjusting their sustainability targets and wants to compare the revised metrics with past performance metrics on their dashboard.

Given that the user has modified their sustainability goals, when they refresh the dashboard, then the system should automatically update to show comparative historical data alongside the new targets, ensuring clarity on progress change.

A user wants to ensure that the customized dashboard reflects the correct data and calculations related to their sustainability metrics.

Given that the user inputs manual data or adjusts settings on the dashboard, when they save these changes, then the dashboard should immediately reflect these updates accurately across all selected visualization tools without errors.

A user seeks to share their customized dashboard view with team members who are not logged into the system.

Given that the user has set their dashboard to public, when they generate a shareable link, then team members should be able to access a read-only version of the dashboard with all selected metrics and visualizations displayed correctly.

Recommendation Engine for Sustainability Practices

"As a sustainability officer, I want to receive personalized recommendations for sustainability practices based on our performance data so that I can implement best practices and improve our environmental impact."

Description

This requirement introduces a recommendation engine that utilizes AI-driven analytics to suggest best practices and actionable strategies based on the user's existing goals and performance data. By analyzing historical sustainability data and trends, the engine will propose specific actions that can help users enhance their sustainability efforts. This proactive support can guide organizations to adopt more effective practices, ultimately leading to improved environmental impact and compliance adherence.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the recommendation engine after setting sustainability goals and inputs historical performance data.

Given the user sets sustainability goals, when they input historical performance data, then the recommendation engine should generate at least 3 actionable recommendations tailored to their specific goals and performance.

User reviews the AI-driven recommendations provided by the engine in relation to their sustainability targets.

Given the user has received recommendations, when they review the recommendations, then each recommendation should include a clear rationale based on historical data and expected impact on their sustainability goals.

User applies one of the recommendations from the engine to their sustainability practices.

Given the user selects and applies a recommendation, when they update their sustainability practices, then the system should record the change and show real-time progress towards their sustainability goals reflecting that change.

User seeks clarification on a recommendation made by the engine.

Given the user requests further information on a recommendation, when they click on the help icon next to that recommendation, then the system should provide detailed information, including statistics and sources backing the recommendation.

User checks the impact of implemented practices over time post-recommendation application.

Given the user has implemented recommendations, when they view the progress dashboard, then the dashboard should display updated metrics that reflect the changes in their carbon footprint in relation to their sustainability goals over the designated timeframe.

User completes a satisfaction survey regarding the recommendations provided by the engine.

Given the user has applied recommendations and provided feedback, when they submit the satisfaction survey, then the system should record the feedback and generate a report summarizing users' satisfaction levels with actionable next steps.

Collaborative Benchmarking

Collaborative Benchmarking allows companies to compare their carbon footprints with industry standards and peers in a secure environment. By understanding how they stack up against similar organizations, users can identify gaps and opportunities for improvement. This feature encourages accountability and drives competition towards more sustainable practices.

Requirements

Real-time Carbon Footprint Comparison

"As a sustainability manager, I want to compare my company's current carbon footprint with industry benchmarks so that I can identify areas for improvement and align our efforts with best practices in sustainability."

Description

The Real-time Carbon Footprint Comparison requirement enables users to instantly compare their current carbon emissions data against industry benchmarks and peer organizations. By utilizing real-time data captured through embedded IoT sensors, this feature provides an accurate, timely, and relevant analysis of a company's carbon footprint. The integration of this capability within EcoTrack facilitates a data-driven approach to sustainability, allowing businesses to identify discrepancies with industry standards and make informed decisions for enhancing their environmental strategies. Furthermore, this feature fosters transparency and accountability as companies can showcase their efforts to improve their sustainability metrics relative to their peers, ultimately aiming for superior performance in environmental stewardship.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time comparison of the company's carbon emissions with industry benchmarks during a quarterly sustainability review meeting.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the 'Carbon Footprint Comparison' dashboard, then they should see their current carbon emissions compared against the latest industry benchmarks with graphical representations.

An employee needs to monitor the carbon emissions in real-time during a sustainability event to compare with peers and identify areas for improvement.

Given that IoT sensors are actively capturing emissions data, when the user requests a real-time report, then the system must display current carbon emissions and comparison metrics within 5 seconds.

A company wants to prepare an annual sustainability report showcasing progress compared to previous years and industry peers.

Given that the previous year’s data is available, when the user selects a year for comparison, then the system must generate a report detailing yearly emissions trends and peer benchmarks within 10 seconds.

During a strategy workshop, stakeholders need to identify gaps in their sustainability practices based on real-time benchmarking data.

Given that stakeholders are examining the comparison metrics, when they compare their carbon footprint with those of peers, then they should receive actionable insights indicating where they fall short in relation to industry averages.

A new user is onboarded to EcoTrack and wants to understand their carbon footprint in relation to their peers immediately after setup.

Given that the user has completed their setup, when they access the 'Carbon Footprint Comparison' feature for the first time, then the system should automatically display their emission data alongside relevant peer benchmarks accurately.

Users need to receive alerts when their emissions exceed certain thresholds compared to industry standards.

Given that the benchmarking data is set, when user emissions exceed the defined threshold, then the system must send an alert notification to the user within 2 minutes.

A manager wishes to evaluate the performance of their team in sustainability initiatives using peer comparisons from EcoTrack.

Given that the comparison data is available, when the manager accesses the team's performance metrics, then they must see a comprehensive view of their emissions against both industry standards and peer organizations in a visual format.

Peer Comparison Dashboard

"As an operations director, I want to access a peer comparison dashboard to see how my company's emissions rank against similar organizations so that I can set realistic sustainability targets."

Description

The Peer Comparison Dashboard requirement provides a comprehensive visual interface where organizations can assess their carbon emissions in relation to similar companies within their industry. This dashboard will consolidate various data sets, offering graphical representations such as charts and graphs that illustrate comparative analytics. Users can filter results based on criteria like size, location, and sector, making it easier to find relevant peers. This capability enhances the strategic decision-making process by pinpointing where a company stands and highlights specific areas needing attention, driving a culture of continuous improvement and competitiveness in sustainability performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User Authentication and Access Control for Peer Comparison Dashboard

Given a user is authenticated and has access to the Peer Comparison Dashboard, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a summary of their organization's carbon emissions alongside a filter option to view peer data based on criteria like size, location, and sector.

Data Visualization Accuracy on Peer Comparison Dashboard

Given that the data from IoT sensors and AI analytics is accurate, when a user selects filters to compare their emissions with peers, then the graphs and charts displayed on the dashboard should accurately reflect these comparisons with no discrepancies in data representation.

User Interaction and Filtering Functionality

Given a user is on the Peer Comparison Dashboard, when they apply filters for size, location, and sector, then the dashboard should dynamically update to display only the relevant peer organizations and their carbon emissions in real-time.

Accessibility Compliance for the Peer Comparison Dashboard

Given the Peer Comparison Dashboard is designed for all users, when a user with disabilities navigates the dashboard using assistive technology, then all graphical representations and filtering options should be fully accessible and compliant with WCAG 2.1 standards.

Data Export Capability from Peer Comparison Dashboard

Given a user is viewing the Peer Comparison Dashboard, when they choose to export the comparative data presented, then they should be able to download the data in multiple formats (CSV, PDF) without losing any information.

Real-time Data Update Mechanism

Given the IoT sensors are capturing data continuously, when a user accesses the Peer Comparison Dashboard, then the emissions data should reflect the latest available information without requiring a manual refresh.

User Feedback Integration for Dashboard Improvement

Given a user has completed a session on the Peer Comparison Dashboard, when they provide feedback about their experience using a feedback form, then the system should capture and categorize their feedback for future enhancements.

Customizable Reporting Tools

"As a compliance officer, I want to create customized reports on our carbon emissions and benchmarking results so that I can effectively communicate our sustainability progress to stakeholders."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement empowers users to generate tailored reports on their carbon emissions and benchmarking results. This feature allows companies to export data in various formats and includes the ability to customize the information displayed based on user needs, including trends over time and peer comparisons. By offering this flexibility, businesses can present data to stakeholders in a way that aligns with their strategic objectives, facilitating communication and accountability. Furthermore, this requirement supports regulatory compliance by enabling the generation of necessary reports that meet governmental standards for environmental accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User is creating a report on their company's carbon emissions for the past year, needing specific metrics to be displayed and formatted to meet regulatory requirements.

Given the user selects the customizable report option, when they specify the desired metrics and formats, then the system generates a report that accurately reflects their selections and meets the necessary regulatory standards.

A user wants to export the generated report comparing their carbon footprint with industry benchmarks and peers in Excel format for a stakeholder meeting.

Given the user has generated a benchmarking report, when they choose the export function and select Excel format, then the system successfully exports the report in Excel format with all data intact and correctly formatted.

The user needs to analyze carbon emissions trends over the last five years and present this information during a sustainability conference presentation.

Given the user selects a custom reporting tool, when they choose to display trends over the past five years, then the report accurately generates visual trend data that is clear and easy to understand for stakeholders.

A compliance officer is preparing a mandatory report for an upcoming government audit to demonstrate regulatory compliance.

Given the compliance officer has selected the compliance report option, when they input the required data range and submit, then the system produces a complete report that meets all governmental standards for environmental accountability.

A sustainability manager wants to share a report showcasing peer comparisons amongst their industry for internal strategy discussions.

Given the user generates a peer comparison report, when they select the sharing option, then the system allows them to share the report via email with specified stakeholders while preserving data integrity and privacy.

Users are collaborating on a report, needing to make adjustments to the visual components of the report based on feedback received from their team.

Given multiple users are editing the report concurrently, when one user updates the visual components, then all users see the updates in real-time and can continue collaborating without data loss or version conflict.

Industry Best Practice Alerts

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to receive alerts about industry best practices and trends in carbon emissions so that I can keep our strategies up-to-date and competitive."

Description

The Industry Best Practice Alerts requirement provides users with notifications about industry trends, best practices, and benchmarks relevant to their sustainability initiatives. This feature analyzes the collected data and identifies emerging trends in emissions reduction and sustainability efforts across similar organizations. By sending regular updates and alerts through the platform, EcoTrack ensures businesses stay informed regarding evolving benchmarks and opportunities for improvement, fostering a proactive approach to managing sustainability practices. This timely information can empower companies to take immediate action or adjust strategies in response to industry shifts, ultimately driving enhanced performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification about emerging industry best practices in sustainability based on their specific sector and current environmental initiatives.

Given a user is registered on EcoTrack and has set up their sustainability profile, when new industry best practices relevant to their sector are identified, then the user receives a notification within 24 hours of the trend being detected.

A user reviews the best practice alerts provided for their industry and takes action based on the insights received.

Given a user has received best practice alerts, when they access the EcoTrack dashboard, then they can view a detailed report of the alerts including actionable insights and industry comparisons.

The platform analyzes data from various organizations and identifies best practices for emissions reductions.

Given the EcoTrack platform has access to data from at least 100 similar organizations, when the analysis is performed, then the system generates a report identifying at least five best practices with measurable impact on emissions reduction.

Users track the implementation of received best practice alerts to improve their sustainability performance.

Given that a user has received best practice alerts, when they indicate which alerts they have implemented, then the system should provide feedback on the performance metrics associated with those practices within the next reporting cycle.

A user receives alerts about best practices that require immediate action due to regulatory changes in their industry.

Given the regulatory landscape changes for the user's industry, when the system detects relevant changes, then the user receives an alert detailing the best practices that need immediate attention, along with a compliance checklist.

Users can customize the frequency and type of best practice alerts they receive based on their specific needs.

Given a user wants to customize their alert settings, when they access their notification preferences, then the user should be able to set preferences for frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and type (benchmark updates, regulatory changes, innovations).

A user evaluates the effectiveness of changing sustainability strategies based on received industry best practice alerts.

Given that a user has implemented practices from received alerts, when the user analyzes their performance metrics after six months, then they should be able to see a statistically significant improvement in their sustainability score compared to the period before the alerts were implemented.

Benchmarking Collaboration Forum

"As a sustainability coordinator, I want to participate in a benchmarking collaboration forum so that I can share insights and learn from other organizations in my industry working towards similar sustainability goals."

Description

The Benchmarking Collaboration Forum requirement facilitates a secure online platform where users can engage with peers, share insights, and discuss strategies for environmental sustainability improvements. This community-driven feature encourages the sharing of best practices and experiences, allowing organizations to learn from each other’s successes and challenges. The forum will include discussion threads, the ability to post questions, and resource sharing to enhance collaboration and learning within the industry. By creating a collaborative environment, the feature helps businesses to foster partnerships and improve their benchmarking practices while collectively driving progress toward sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration and Profile Setup in the Benchmarking Collaboration Forum

Given a new user accesses the forum, when they complete the registration with valid credentials, then their profile should be created and they should receive a confirmation email.

Posting a Question in the Forum

Given a registered user wants to seek advice, when they post a question in the relevant discussion thread, then the question should appear in the forum with a timestamp and be visible to all users.

Sharing Resources in a Discussion Thread

Given a user has relevant sustainability resources, when they share a link or document in a dedicated discussion thread, then that resource should be accessible to all participants in the thread.

Engaging in a Discussion with Peers

Given a registered user reads a discussion thread, when they reply to an existing comment, then their response should be displayed immediately below the original comment.

Reporting Inappropriate Content in the Forum

Given a user identifies inappropriate content or behavior, when they click the 'Report' button on the post, then the system should log the report for moderator review.

Receiving Notifications of Updates in Threads

Given a user subscribes to a discussion thread, when there are new replies, then the user should receive a notification via email indicating that there are new posts.

Moderating User Posts and Comments

Given a moderator accesses the forum, when they review reported content, then they should have the ability to remove inappropriate posts or comments and notify the user of the action taken.

Automated Compliance Monitoring

"As a regulatory affairs manager, I want automated monitoring of our compliance with environmental regulations so that I can ensure we meet legal requirements without spending excessive time on manual checks."

Description

The Automated Compliance Monitoring requirement ensures that users receive regular updates on their adherence to environmental regulations based on their carbon footprint data. This feature automatically checks compliance status against relevant local, state, and federal regulations, sending alerts when any discrepancies are found. By integrating this functionality within EcoTrack, businesses can reduce risks associated with non-compliance, streamline reporting processes, and maintain better oversight of their environmental impact. This proactive monitoring approach supports a continuous improvement cycle and encourages organizations to remain compliant with sustainability regulations while minimizing their environmental footprint.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Compliance Monitoring for Carbon Footprint Reporting

Given a user has logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the compliance dashboard, then they should see the latest compliance status report generated from their carbon footprint data.

Alert Notification for Compliance Discrepancies

Given the system automatically checks compliance status, when a discrepancy is detected, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and within the EcoTrack application.

Integration with Local, State, and Federal Regulations

Given the user’s company profile includes their operational location, when the compliance monitoring feature processes data, then it should accurately match the relevant local, state, and federal regulations applicable to that location.

Regular Compliance Update Frequency

Given the automated compliance monitoring is active, when the predetermined monitoring frequency passes (e.g., daily, weekly), then the system should automatically generate and send a compliance update.

Reporting Interface for Compliance History

Given the user has access to the compliance feature, when they select the compliance history report, then they should see a detailed log of all compliance checks and alerts for the past year.

User-Friendly Compliance Dashboard

Given the user is viewing the compliance dashboard, when they interact with the dashboard, then the interface should display key metrics and compliance status in a clear and understandable format.

Mobile Notifications

This feature sends real-time mobile notifications to users about significant changes in carbon emissions, compliance deadlines, or sustainability milestones. By keeping stakeholders informed and engaged, users can respond promptly to emerging challenges and maintain momentum in their sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Real-Time Notification Triggers

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive real-time notifications about critical changes in carbon emissions so that I can respond promptly and ensure compliance with regulations."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of a robust trigger system that activates mobile notifications based on predefined thresholds related to carbon emissions, compliance deadlines, and sustainability milestones. These notifications are aimed at stakeholders to keep them informed about key changes that may affect operational activities or compliance status. The system will integrate with the existing monitoring technologies within EcoTrack, allowing for seamless data flow and immediate alerts. Its implementation is crucial for empowering users to act quickly on pertinent environmental data, thus enhancing responsiveness and accountability within sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a mobile notification when carbon emissions exceed the predefined threshold during a monitoring period.

Given the user is subscribed to notifications, when the carbon emissions exceed the threshold, then a mobile notification should be sent immediately to the user with details of the exceeded threshold.

Users are notified of upcoming compliance deadlines related to environmental regulations based on their operational activities.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when a compliance deadline is within 7 days, then the user should receive a mobile notification reminding them of the upcoming deadline along with any necessary action items.

Stakeholders receive notifications when sustainability milestones are reached or significant changes occur in related data.

Given the user is designated to receive milestone updates, when a sustainability milestone is achieved, then a mobile notification should be sent to the user with details of the achievement and its impact on overall sustainability goals.

The system triggers notifications based on real-time data integrations from IoT sensors monitoring environmental parameters.

Given the IoT sensors are integrated properly, when any environmental parameter changes significantly, then a mobile notification should be triggered to the concerned stakeholders alerting them of the change.

Users have the ability to customize their notification preferences within the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they select specific thresholds or events for notifications, then the system should save these preferences and send notifications accordingly to these user-defined parameters.

Notifications are logged and available for user review within the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user has received notifications, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should see a list of all past notifications detailing the type of notification and timestamp of occurrence.

The system ensures that users do not receive duplicate notifications for the same event.

Given a notification has been sent for a particular event, when that same event occurs again, then the user should not receive a duplicate notification within a predefined time frame.

Compliance Deadline Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive alerts for upcoming compliance deadlines so that I can ensure all necessary documentation is submitted on time and avoid penalties."

Description

This requirement entails the creation of a comprehensive alert system that notifies users of upcoming compliance deadlines related to environmental regulations. Users will receive reminders ahead of due dates, ensuring they can prepare and take necessary actions to meet their obligations. More specifically, this will entail integrating with regulatory databases to auto-update deadlines based on changes in legislation, significantly reducing the risk of non-compliance and associated penalties. Such timely notifications will enhance the overall effectiveness of EcoTrack as a compliance management tool.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification at least three days before a compliance deadline to ensure adequate preparation time.

Given a user is registered and active within the EcoTrack system, when a compliance deadline is within three days, then the user should receive a mobile notification about the upcoming deadline.

Users are notified of any changes to compliance deadlines due to regulatory updates.

Given the EcoTrack platform is integrated with regulatory databases, when there is an update to a compliance deadline, then all relevant users should receive a mobile notification about the change.

Users can customize the timing and frequency of compliance deadline alerts according to their preferences.

Given a user is in the notification settings section, when they select their preferred timing (e.g., 7 days, 3 days, 1 day prior) for receiving alerts, then the system should save this preference and notify the user accordingly going forward.

Multiple users receive compliance deadline alerts simultaneously for collaboration on compliance measures.

Given multiple users are working on the same compliance requirements, when a compliance deadline alert is triggered, then all users in the project should receive the mobile notification at the same time.

Users are able to view a history of past compliance deadline notifications.

Given a user accesses their notification history, when they select the relevant timeframe, then the system should display a list of past notifications about compliance deadlines.

Alerts include actionable information about the compliance requirement associated with the deadline.

Given a user receives a compliance deadline notification, when they view the alert, then the notification should include specific details about the compliance requirement and suggested actions.

Users can opt out of certain compliance notifications based on their role or preference.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they choose to opt out of specific alerts related to compliance deadlines, then the system should prevent those notifications from being sent to that user in the future.

Sustainability Milestone Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive notifications when we reach sustainability milestones so that I can celebrate our achievements and keep the team motivated towards our goals."

Description

This requirement covers the development of a feature that sends out notifications relating to the achievement of significant sustainability milestones within the organization. These milestones could include targets achieved, certifications received, or successful implementations of green initiatives. This feature will not only serve to celebrate achievements but also provide motivation and acknowledgment for continual improvement efforts. Integration with existing project management tools within EcoTrack will allow for automatic tracking and notification generation based on project progress.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a mobile notification when a significant sustainability milestone is achieved, such as the successful certification of a new green initiative.

Given that a milestone has been marked as achieved in the EcoTrack system, When the milestone is logged, Then the user receives a mobile notification within 5 minutes containing details of the milestone reached.

Stakeholders are informed of changes in sustainability milestones related to carbon emissions reduction targets.

Given that a carbon emissions target has changed, When the new target is updated in the project management tool, Then all subscribed users receive an instant mobile notification detailing the new target and its deadlines.

Users are prompted to acknowledge receipt of the sustainability milestone notification to ensure engagement and awareness.

Given that a milestone notification has been sent, When the user views the notification, Then the system records the acknowledgment, and subsequent notifications are sent based on this engagement tracking.

Different user roles receive tailored notifications based on their responsibilities regarding sustainability initiatives.

Given that users have different roles assigned in the EcoTrack system, When a milestone is achieved, Then notifications are sent according to role-specific templates with relevant information tailored to each user's responsibilities.

Milestone notifications must be customizable based on user preferences to ensure relevance and engagement.

Given that users can set preferences for notifications, When a milestone is achieved, Then users receive notifications according to their set preferences regarding frequency, types of milestones, and delivery method (email or mobile).

Customizable Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I can choose the types of alerts I receive and how often I am notified, ensuring the information is relevant and timely."

Description

This requirement involves allowing users to customize their notification preferences based on individual needs and preferences. Users will be able to select the types of notifications they wish to receive (e.g., carbon emissions, compliance alerts, sustainability milestones), as well as choose the frequency and method of delivery (push notifications, SMS, or email). This flexibility will enhance user engagement by ensuring that stakeholders receive only relevant information, reducing notification fatigue, and improving responsiveness to crucial alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Notification Preferences for Compliance Alerts

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Notification Preferences settings, then they should be able to select or deselect the option to receive compliance alerts and save their preferences successfully.

User Chooses Frequency of Carbon Emission Notifications

Given a user has access to Notification Preferences, when they select the frequency for receiving carbon emission notifications, then the setting should allow options for instant, daily, or weekly notifications and save the user's choice accurately.

User Receives Notification via Selected Method

Given a user has specified their preferred notification delivery method (push notification, SMS, or email), when an alert is triggered for a sustainability milestone, then the notification should be sent through the user’s chosen method without delay.

User Edits Notification Preferences Successfully

Given a user wants to modify their existing notification preferences, when they update their preferences and submit changes, then the updated preferences should be reflected in the system and confirmed through a success message.

User Logs Out and Returns to Verify Notification Preferences

Given a user has customized their notification preferences, when they log out of the EcoTrack platform and log back in, then their previous notification settings should remain unchanged and accurately displayed in the Notification Preferences settings.

User Receives Confirmation of Customization Changes

Given a user has updated their notification preferences, when they make changes and save, then they should receive an immediate confirmation notification informing them that their preferences have been successfully updated.

Mobile App Integration Testing

"As a mobile app user, I want to ensure that the notifications I receive are reliable and function properly, so that I can confidently rely on them for timely information."

Description

This requirement is essential for ensuring that the mobile notification feature seamlessly integrates within the existing EcoTrack mobile application. It includes extensive testing to validate that notifications are delivered accurately, without delays, and are user-friendly. The testing will assess both the functionality and reliability of the notification system across different devices and operating systems. Successful completion of this requirement is crucial for maintaining user trust and ensuring that notifications serve their intended purpose with high reliability.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile app displays real-time notifications for significant carbon emission changes when the user is logged into the EcoTrack application.

Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrack mobile application, When there is a significant change in carbon emissions, Then the user receives a mobile notification within 5 minutes of the event occurring.

Users receive notifications about compliance deadlines relevant to their sustainability goals while using the EcoTrack mobile application.

Given that a user has upcoming compliance deadlines, When they access the EcoTrack application, Then they should see a notification reminder at least 24 hours before the deadline.

Stakeholders receive sustainability milestone notifications to encourage engagement with EcoTrack's sustainability initiatives.

Given that a sustainability milestone has been reached, When the milestone is achieved, Then all relevant stakeholders receive a notification within 10 minutes, containing details about the milestone and its impact.

Mobile notifications are user-friendly and visually appealing to enhance user engagement and interaction with the EcoTrack application.

Given that a user opens a notification, When they view the details, Then the notification includes clear, actionable information and has a user-friendly design that fits with the EcoTrack app's overall interface.

Notifications function reliably across various devices and operating systems used by EcoTrack mobile application users.

Given that a user accesses the EcoTrack mobile app from different devices or operating systems, When a significant event occurs, Then the notifications are delivered correctly and promptly on all supported platforms (iOS and Android).

Users can customize their notification preferences within the EcoTrack mobile application to tailor their experience.

Given that a user has access to notification settings, When they adjust their notification preferences, Then those preferences are saved and reflected in the notifications they receive thereafter.

Notifications sent by the mobile application are monitored for delivery rates and accuracy to ensure reliability.

Given that notifications are sent out, When analyzing the notification delivery metrics, Then at least 98% of notifications should be delivered successfully without errors over a testing period of one month.

Dynamic KPI Selector

This feature allows users to customize their dashboards by selecting and prioritizing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) relevant to their specific roles and responsibilities. By providing a dynamic interface, users can tailor their views to focus on the metrics that matter most to them, improving efficiency and facilitating informed decision-making based on real-time data.

Requirements

KPI Selection Interface

"As a sustainability manager, I want to select and prioritize the KPIs that matter most to my role, so that I can focus on the metrics that directly impact my decision-making and reporting responsibilities."

Description

The KPI Selection Interface allows users to browse and choose from a wide range of predefined Key Performance Indicators relevant to their roles. Users should be able to filter indicators based on categories such as environmental impact, operational efficiency, and compliance metrics. This feature should support drag-and-drop functionality for easy customization of dashboard layouts, enabling users to prioritize and arrange KPIs as per their needs. The integration with real-time data sources is critical to ensure the KPIs reflect the most recent information, thereby empowering users to make timely and informed decisions that align with their sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects KPIs from the KPI Selection Interface based on their role requirements.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they access the KPI Selection Interface, then they should be able to view a list of predefined KPIs that can be filtered by categories such as environmental impact, operational efficiency, and compliance metrics.

User customizes their dashboard layout using the drag-and-drop functionality.

Given a user has selected KPIs, when they drag and drop the KPIs in the desired order on their dashboard, then the dashboard should update immediately to reflect the new arrangement of the KPIs without any lag.

User verifies that the KPIs on their dashboard display real-time data from integrated sources.

Given a user has added KPIs to their dashboard, when they refresh the dashboard, then the displayed KPIs should show the most recent data changes from the real-time data sources.

User filters KPIs by category and prioritizes them on their dashboard.

Given a user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they apply filters to display KPIs under a specific category, then the interface should only show KPIs that match the filter criteria and allow the user to select their priority.

User saves their customized dashboard for future access.

Given a user has customized their dashboard and selected their preferred KPIs, when they click the save button, then the dashboard configuration should be saved and available for the user upon their next login.

User accesses help documentation related to KPI selection and dashboard customization.

Given a user is on the KPI Selection Interface, when they click on the help documentation link, then the user should be directed to a detailed guide that explains how to select and customize KPIs effectively.

User receives notifications about any changes in KPI data thresholds or requirement updates.

Given a user has KPIs set on their dashboard, when data thresholds or compliance requirements change, then the user should receive notifications through the platform about these updates.

Real-time Data Updating

"As an operations analyst, I want to see real-time updates on my KPIs, so that I can respond quickly to changes in environmental metrics and maintain compliance."

Description

The Real-time Data Updating requirement ensures that all selected KPIs on the user dashboard are updated automatically with the latest data from integrated IoT sensors and analytics systems. This feature is crucial for providing users with current insights into environmental performance and compliance status. Notifications of significant changes or alerts will also be included to draw attention to critical metrics that need immediate action. By ensuring that data is continuously refreshed, users can track performance indicators accurately and adjust their strategies accordingly to improve sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User dashboard reflects updated KPIs after engaging with integrated IoT sensors in real-time.

Given the user has enabled real-time updates, when an IoT sensor reports new data, then the KPIs displayed on the dashboard should update within 30 seconds to reflect the latest data.

System alerts users about significant changes in selected KPIs to enable timely actions.

Given a user dashboard with KPIs, when a KPI value exceeds a predefined threshold, then the system should trigger a notification alerting the user of the significant change immediately.

User experience seamless interaction while customizing KPI selections on their dashboard.

Given the user accesses the dynamic KPI selector, when they select or deselect a KPI, then the dashboard should visibly reflect these changes within 5 seconds without any errors or delays.

Data integrity is maintained across different user roles in the system when displaying real-time KPIs.

Given that different user roles have different KPIs configured, when a user in a specific role accesses their dashboard, then only the KPIs relevant to that user role should be visible and updated correctly with real-time data.

User is notified of failed data updates in real-time to ensure transparency.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when a real-time update fails, then the system should display a clear error message with an option to retry the data fetch.

System performance is stable during real-time data updates for users with large datasets.

Given a user has selected multiple KPIs with high-frequency data updates, when data is refreshed, then the dashboard should maintain responsiveness and load time should not exceed 2 seconds for updates.

Customizable Notification System

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive custom alerts related to my selected KPIs, so that I can take immediate action when the metrics indicate a compliance risk."

Description

The Customizable Notification System allows users to set up personalized alerts based on the KPIs they prioritize. Users can define thresholds for each KPI, and receive notifications via email or in-app alerts when these thresholds are exceeded or met. This system enhances user engagement and ensures that critical changes are not overlooked, enabling proactive management of sustainability performance. By providing customizable notifications, EcoTrack ensures that users can tailor their monitoring experience to fit their unique requirements and operational needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up KPI thresholds for air quality metrics.

Given the user has access to the Customizable Notification System, when they specify a threshold for air quality KPI, then they should receive a notification when the air quality exceeds the defined threshold.

User personalizes notification preferences for water usage KPIs.

Given the user has prioritized water usage KPIs, when they select to receive email notifications for these KPIs, then they should receive an email alert whenever the usage meets or exceeds their defined thresholds.

User tests the notification system for energy consumption KPIs.

Given the user has set thresholds for energy consumption KPIs, when the energy consumption reaches these thresholds, then the user should receive both in-app alerts and email notifications as per their preferences.

User updates KPI priorities and thresholds.

Given the user has previously set thresholds for KPIs, when they update these thresholds and prioritize different KPIs, then the notification settings should reflect these changes without requiring a system restart.

Admin reviews notification history for compliance KPIs.

Given the notifications have been sent out for compliance KPIs, when the admin accesses the notification history, then they should see a complete log of all notifications sent, including timestamps and KPI details.

User deactivates unwanted KPI notifications.

Given the user has previously activated notifications for certain KPIs, when they choose to deactivate these notifications, then they should no longer receive alerts for the deactivated KPIs immediately.

User receives alerts for customizable notification settings.

Given the user has configured their notification settings, when a KPI threshold is triggered, then the user should receive a notification in their chosen format (email or in-app) as specified in their settings.

KPI Historical Data Analysis

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to analyze historical trends of my KPIs over time, so that I can evaluate the impact of our sustainability initiatives and adjust our strategies effectively."

Description

The KPI Historical Data Analysis feature provides users with the ability to view trends and historical performance data for their selected KPIs. This feature will enable users to compare current metrics against historical data to identify patterns, evaluate the effectiveness of sustainability initiatives, and inform future strategies. It should include visual aids such as graphs and charts for better comprehension of data over time. By facilitating a historical perspective, users can not only reflect on past performance but also forecast future trends more accurately.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard to Monitor Selected KPIs

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, When the user navigates to the KPI settings section, Then the user should be able to select from a list of available KPIs, prioritize them, and save their selections successfully.

User Views Historical Data for Selected KPIs

Given a user has customized their dashboard with selected KPIs, When the user clicks on a KPI to view its historical data, Then the system should display a graph with at least the last 12 months of performance data, along with the options to view different time periods.

User Compares Current and Historical KPI Data

Given a user is viewing historical data for a selected KPI, When the user selects a specific date range for comparison, Then the system should display side-by-side metrics indicating the current performance and historical averages for that period.

User Analyzes Trends in KPI Data

Given the user has accessed the historical data feature, When the user selects a KPI and observes the trends, Then the system should highlight the significant changes in performance over the selected timeframe using visual aids such as line graphs or bar charts.

User Receives Notifications for KPI Alerts

Given a user has set up alerts for specific KPIs, When a KPI exceeds a predefined threshold, Then the user should receive a notification via the EcoTrack dashboard and email outlining the deviation and suggested actions.

User Generates Reports Based on Historical KPI Data

Given a user is on the historical KPI data page, When the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, Then a downloadable report should be created summarizing the selected KPIs, historical data, and trend analysis, formatted as a PDF.

User Role-based Access Control

"As a system administrator, I want to set access levels for users based on their roles, so that sensitive KPI data is protected and only available to authorized personnel."

Description

The User Role-based Access Control feature allows administrators to define access levels for different users based on their roles within the organization. This ensures that sensitive data is protected while allowing users to access the KPIs and functionalities relevant to their responsibilities. By implementing role-based access, EcoTrack enhances security and compliance management, ensuring that employees have the appropriate level of access to perform their tasks without compromising the integrity of the information.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator Configures User Roles and Permissions

Given an administrator is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the User Role Management page and define a new role with specific permissions, then the system should save the role with the correct permissions and reflect these in the access rights for users assigned to this role.

User Logs In with Role-based Access

Given a user with specific role permissions is logged in, when they access the dashboard, then they should see only the KPIs and functionalities associated with their role and restrictions should be in place for any unauthorized data.

Role Permission Modification by Admin

Given an administrator is logged into EcoTrack, when they modify an existing role's permissions and save the changes, then the adjustments should be immediately reflected in the user access controls without requiring a system restart.

Audit Trail for Role Changes

Given that changes are made to user roles or permissions, when an administrator views the audit log, then entries should be displayed showing what changes were made, by whom, and when.

Validation of Restricted Access for Unauthorized Users

Given a user attempts to access a restricted KPI or function they do not have permission for, when they navigate to that area, then they should receive an access denied message and be redirected to their dashboard.

Default Role Assignment for New Users

Given a new user account is created, when the user logs in for the first time, then they should automatically be assigned a default role that grants access to the necessary KPIs based on their job function.

User Role-based Dashboard Customization

Given a user with assigned role permissions, when they customize their dashboard by selecting KPIs, then the system should save these preferences and always display the selected KPIs upon login.

Visual Performance Indicators

The Visual Performance Indicators feature presents sustainability metrics through engaging visualizations such as graphs, charts, and heat maps. This functionality transforms complex data into easily interpretable insights, allowing users to quickly grasp trends and performance levels, making it easier to communicate findings to stakeholders.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Visualization

"As a sustainability manager, I want to interactively filter and compare sustainability data visualizations so that I can easily present tailored insights to different stakeholders and address specific concerns."

Description

The Dynamic Data Visualization requirement enhances the Visual Performance Indicators feature by enabling interactive and real-time data visualization capabilities. This functionality allows users to manipulate the displayed data through filters, time ranges, and comparisons between different sustainability metrics. By integrating advanced visualization tools, users can better understand complex data relationships and identify trends effectively. The implementation of this requirement is crucial for providing a more user-centric experience, allowing businesses to interpret their environmental impact data in a way that supports strategic decision-making and stakeholder engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can apply multiple filters to view specific subsets of sustainability performance data in real-time.

Given the user is on the Visual Performance Indicators dashboard, when the user applies filters for specific metrics and time ranges, then the displayed data updates dynamically to reflect the selected criteria without page reload.

Users want to compare sustainability metrics across different time periods to identify trends.

Given the user has selected two different time periods for comparison, when the user initiates the comparison action, then the visual performance indicators update to show a side-by-side comparison of the selected metrics over the defined periods.

Users need to view different types of visualizations (e.g., charts, graphs, heat maps) based on their preference to better understand data.

Given the user has access to the visualization settings, when the user selects a different visualization type, then the display updates accordingly to present the data in the selected visualization format without any loss of data integrity.

Stakeholders require a downloadable report that includes the current visualizations and metrics for presentations.

Given the user has the desired visualizations displayed, when the user selects the option to download the report, then a document is generated that accurately reflects the current metrics and visualizations in a PDF format and can be successfully saved or printed.

Users want to refresh the data displayed to ensure they are analyzing the latest information available.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when the user clicks the refresh button, then the system retrieves the latest data and updates all visuals and metrics displayed on the screen in real-time.

Users intend to share specific visualizations with stakeholders via email directly from the platform.

Given the user has a visualization selected, when the user clicks on the share option and enters recipient email addresses, then an email is successfully sent with the selected visualization as an attachment or link, confirming the action has completed.

The system needs to handle large datasets efficiently without performance degradation in the user interface.

Given the user is viewing the Visual Performance Indicators with a large dataset, when the user interacts with the dashboard (e.g., applying filters or changing visualizations), then the system responds within 2 seconds without any noticeable lag or delays.

Customizable Dashboard

"As an eco-conscious executive, I want to customize my dashboard with the metrics that are most relevant to my role so that I can have at-a-glance insights into our environmental performance and compliance status."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard requirement allows users to personalize their dashboard views based on specific sustainability metrics that matter most to them. Users can choose which visual performance indicators to display, rearrange widgets, and select preferred chart types, making the platform more intuitive and tailored to individual user needs. This feature not only enhances user engagement with the platform but also ensures that key information is readily accessible, facilitating quick decision-making and better adherence to compliance requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize their dashboard to monitor specific sustainability metrics that are relevant to their role in the company.

Given that a user has logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the dashboard customization section, then they should be able to select from a list of available visual performance indicators, rearrange them on the dashboard, and choose their preferred chart types (e.g., bar, line, pie).

A user has customized their dashboard with selected indicators and chart types but wants to save the configuration for future sessions.

Given that a user has arranged their dashboard, when they click the 'Save Configuration' button, then their dashboard setup should be saved and automatically loaded the next time they log in.

A user wants to ensure that their dashboard reflects real-time data updates based on sensor inputs and AI analytics.

Given that a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when real-time data is received from IoT sensors, then the visual performance indicators displayed on the dashboard should update automatically without requiring a manual refresh.

Users collaborate with team members and want to share their customized dashboard views within the organization.

Given that a user has a customized dashboard, when they click the 'Share Dashboard' option, then a unique link should be generated that allows specified team members to view the same dashboard setup.

A user enters the dashboard customization section and wants an option to reset to the default configuration.

Given that a user is in the dashboard customization section, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customized settings should revert to the original default dashboard configuration.

Users utilizing the dashboard on different devices expect consistent display and functionality.

Given that a user has customized their dashboard on the desktop version of EcoTrack, when they log in from a mobile device, then the dashboard should maintain the same configuration, ensuring all selected indicators and layouts are consistent across devices.

Automated Report Generation

"As a compliance officer, I want to automatically generate comprehensive sustainability reports so that I can ensure we meet all regulatory requirements without manual intervention and save time on report preparation."

Description

The Automated Report Generation requirement streamlines the process of producing compliance and sustainability performance reports. This feature enables users to generate detailed reports at regular intervals or upon request, using selected metrics and visual representations. The implementation of this requirement greatly enhances operational efficiency by reducing the time spent on manual reporting and ensuring accuracy and consistency in the reported data. It also helps meet regulatory compliance requirements more effectively by providing timely access to necessary documentation and insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an automated report generation for sustainability performance metrics at the end of each quarter.

Given a user has access to the report generation feature, when they select 'Quarterly Report' and choose the relevant metrics, then the system should generate a report in PDF format and provide a download link within 5 minutes.

An administrator sets up automated report generation to run on a monthly schedule for compliance metrics.

Given an administrator configures the report settings for monthly generation, when the schedule is saved, then the system should display a confirmation message and add the new schedule to the user's dashboard.

A user requests an on-demand report for specific sustainability metrics, including charts and graphs.

Given a user selects specific metrics and clicks 'Generate Report', when the generation process is complete, then the system should create a report including the requested visualizations within 3 minutes, and notify the user by email.

A user reviews the generated report to ensure it meets regulatory compliance requirements.

Given a user opens a generated report, when they verify the included metrics and visual representations against compliance standards, then they should find all necessary information accurately reflected in the report.

The system logs all report generation requests for auditing and compliance tracking.

Given a report is generated, when the process completes, then the system should log the user ID, report type, timestamp, and any errors encountered into the audit database.

Users want to customize the metrics included in the automated reports.

Given a user accesses the report settings, when they select metrics to include or exclude and save the settings, then the system should update the automated report configuration accordingly without errors.

An administrator wants to modify the frequency of automated report generation from monthly to weekly due to changing compliance needs.

Given an administrator accesses the report scheduling, when they change the frequency from monthly to weekly and save the changes, then the system should successfully update the schedule and notify the admin of the change.

Real-time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want the sustainability metrics to be updated in real-time so that I can react promptly to any environmental compliance issues as they arise."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement enables the EcoTrack platform to continuously sync with IoT sensors and external data sources to capture live sustainability metrics. This functionality is vital for providing users with up-to-date information necessary for making informed decisions quickly. It also enhances the platform's accuracy and reliability, as users receive the latest data without delays. Implementing this integration is essential for improving the overall user experience and ensuring proactive management of environmental impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the EcoTrack platform and views real-time sustainability metrics integrated from IoT sensors and external sources.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the visual performance indicators dashboard, then they should see live updates of the sustainability metrics with no more than a 5-second delay from the data source.

A user receives a notification alert when a predefined sustainability metric falls below a critical threshold due to real-time data integration.

Given that the user has set up notifications for critical sustainability thresholds, when the real-time data reports a metric below that threshold, then the user should receive an alert notification via email and in-app within 2 minutes.

The EcoTrack platform continues to collect and display data seamlessly during periods of intermittent IoT sensor connectivity.

Given that one or more IoT sensors lose connectivity, when the platform attempts to sync data, then it should not display outdated data for more than 10 minutes and should automatically sync once connectivity is restored.

Analytics on the visual performance indicators reflect accurate data after the real-time data integration is established.

Given that data integration is complete, when the user selects any metric from the visual performance indicators dashboard, then the displayed data should match the most recent sensor readings and external data sources.

Users can customize the visual representation of metrics based on their preferences after real-time data integration.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, when they select different chart types or visualization options for their sustainability metrics, then they should be able to save their preferred configuration and see it applied without any errors.

The platform automatically updates compliance alerts based on real-time data gathered through IoT sensors.

Given that the user has defined compliance alert parameters, when the real-time data indicates a non-compliance scenario, then an alert for compliance should be updated in the user’s dashboard in real-time without manual refresh.

Predictive Analytics Dashboard

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to access predictive analytics on our performance metrics so that I can anticipate potential environmental impacts and advise on necessary changes to our strategy."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Dashboard requirement introduces advanced AI-driven predictive analytics capabilities to the Visual Performance Indicators feature. This functionality will help users forecast potential environmental impacts and compliance risks based on current data trends. By providing actionable insights into future scenarios, this requirement aids enterprises in proactive planning and risk mitigation efforts, thus enhancing their sustainability strategies. This feature is essential for any organization looking to elevate its environmental stewardship through data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to review upcoming environmental compliance milestones and trends based on real-time data collected from IoT sensors.

Given that the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Predictive Analytics Dashboard, then they should see an updated view of trends and potential compliance risks represented in visually engaging formats such as graphs, charts, and heat maps.

A compliance officer generates a report from the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to present at a quarterly sustainability meeting.

Given that the user selects the report generation option, when they specify the date range and metrics to include, then the system should provide a downloadable report accurately reflecting the selected data visualizations and predictive analytics.

An enterprise stakeholder wants to assess the projected environmental impacts of a new operational strategy using the Predictive Analytics Dashboard.

Given that the user inputs the parameters for the new strategy, when they request a prediction, then the dashboard should display potential impacts and compliance risks, allowing for an adequate comparison with existing performance metrics.

A user is monitoring real-time data inputs from IoT sensors on the Predictive Analytics Dashboard to assess their environmental compliance status.

Given that the IoT sensors are providing real-time data, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then they should see the most current state of compliance reflected accurately in both the visual indicators and trend analyses.

A user needs to share key insights gained from the Predictive Analytics Dashboard with external stakeholders.

Given that the user has selected specific visuals to be shared, when they utilize the sharing functionality, then they should be able to send a link or invitation that provides access to the dashboard view with the selected insights clearly displayed.

A sustainability manager wants to receive alerts regarding significant changes in compliance forecast data from the Predictive Analytics Dashboard.

Given that the user subscribes to alert notifications, when there is a notable change in predictive compliance data, then the system should send an email or push notification to the user detailing the change and its implications.

User Training and Support Module

"As a new user, I want access to training materials and support resources so that I can effectively use the EcoTrack platform and understand how to analyze sustainability metrics."

Description

The User Training and Support Module requirement is designed to assist users in effectively utilizing the Visual Performance Indicators and other features of EcoTrack. This feature includes tutorials, documentation, and access to customer support. Implementing this requirement will empower users to fully leverage the platform's capabilities, enhancing overall user satisfaction and reducing onboarding time for new users. A well-supported user base is essential for the successful adoption of the EcoTrack platform and achieving its intended environmental compliance goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User is a new employee at a medium-sized enterprise, and they need to understand how to use the Visual Performance Indicators feature of EcoTrack during their initial training session.

Given the user accesses the User Training and Support Module, when they select any tutorial on Visual Performance Indicators, then the tutorial should load within 3 seconds and cover key functionalities such as navigation and data interpretation.

A sustainability manager analyzes the data presented in Visual Performance Indicators and needs to refresh their knowledge on specific metrics and visualizations.

Given the user revisits the User Training and Support Module, when they access the documentation section, then they should find up-to-date and detailed information on each visualization type available in EcoTrack, including examples and use cases.

The customer support team receives a query about an issue users face when interpreting the heat maps generated by Visual Performance Indicators.

Given a user submits a support request regarding heat map interpretation, when the customer support team responds, then the support response must include a step-by-step guide, links to relevant tutorials, and an estimated resolution time that does not exceed 24 hours.

An existing user wants to provide feedback on the User Training and Support Module to improve the training materials available for future users.

Given that a user accesses the feedback form for the User Training and Support Module, when they submit their feedback, then the feedback should be recorded accurately and acknowledged with a confirmation message within 5 minutes after submission.

During a quarterly audit, a compliance officer reviews the effectiveness of the User Training and Support Module based on user satisfaction survey results.

Given that a user training satisfaction survey is conducted post-training, when the survey results are analyzed, then at least 85% of users should indicate a 'satisfied' or 'very satisfied' rating regarding their training experience.

A user conducts a training session for a group of new employees, utilizing the resources from the User Training and Support Module.

Given the user is conducting a training session, when they reference the available tutorials and documentation, then at least three participants should demonstrate understanding by correctly answering follow-up questions on the Visual Performance Indicators by the end of the session.

Trend Forecasting Tools

With the Trend Forecasting Tools, users can leverage historical data and predictive analytics to anticipate future sustainability performance. By providing forecasts based on current metrics, organizations can proactively address potential challenges and optimize strategies to meet sustainability goals more effectively.

Requirements

Historical Data Integration

"As an environmental manager, I want to integrate historical sustainability data into EcoTrack so that I can analyze trends over time and anticipate future performance issues based on past metrics."

Description

The Historical Data Integration requirement ensures seamless connectivity and synchronization between EcoTrack and various data sources that help collect historical sustainability performance metrics. This feature enables organizations to aggregate time-series data from IoT sensors, previous compliance reports, and other databases. By integrating this historical data, users can analyze trends over time, identify patterns in sustainability performance, and derive actionable insights to inform strategic decisions. This functionality is crucial for establishing a comprehensive baseline for forecasting and performance evaluation, ultimately enabling organizations to proactively manage their sustainability initiatives effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates Historical Data Integration process to connect EcoTrack with various data sources to pull historical sustainability performance metrics.

Given the user has valid data source credentials, when the user initiates the integration process, then the system should successfully connect and retrieve data from all specified sources without errors.

After the Historical Data Integration, the user accesses the aggregated data in the EcoTrack dashboard.

Given the integration is completed, when the user opens the dashboard, then the dashboard should display the aggregated historical sustainability performance metrics from all connected sources in real-time.

User wants to verify the accuracy of the integrated historical data against previous reports.

Given the user has access to previous compliance reports, when the user selects a specific timeframe, then the system should allow comparison of the integrated data against the previous reports, displaying any discrepancies clearly.

User employs trend analysis based on the integrated historical data to identify sustainability patterns.

Given the integrated historical data is accessible, when the user applies the trend analysis tool, then the system should generate a visual trend report showing sustainability performance over the selected period, including any notable patterns or anomalies.

User adjusts the integration settings to exclude specific data sources to refine historical data analysis.

Given the integration setup has been accessed, when the user deselects specific data sources and saves the settings, then the system should reflect these changes by updating the aggregated data accordingly.

User seeks to understand the historical data integration process through the platform's help resources.

Given the user is in the integration settings area, when the user clicks on the help icon, then the system should provide relevant documentation and guidance on how to use the Historical Data Integration feature effectively.

Predictive Analytics Engine

"As a sustainability director, I want a predictive analytics engine to forecast future sustainability performance based on current data so that I can make informed decisions and adjustments to our strategy."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Engine requirement allows EcoTrack to utilize advanced algorithms to analyze current sustainability metrics alongside historic data, generating forecasts about future performance. This engine will enable users to input various environmental variables and receive forecasts on how changes could impact their sustainability goals. By employing advanced machine learning techniques, this feature aims to enhance decision-making capabilities, allowing organizations to strategize effectively against projected environmental challenges. The predictive analytics engine is fundamental for driving proactive measures and optimizing sustainability practices based on reliable data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Users input various environmental variables into the Predictive Analytics Engine to generate forecasts about future sustainability performance based on existing data.

Given valid historical data and current metrics, when a user inputs environmental variables, then the Predictive Analytics Engine should generate accurate forecasts with a confidence level of at least 80%.

Users want to analyze the impact of a planned operational change on their sustainability goals using the Predictive Analytics Engine.

Given a specific operational change is planned, when users apply the associated environmental variables to the Predictive Analytics Engine, then the system should provide a forecast that highlights potential impacts on sustainability goals and recommend adjustments.

The Predictive Analytics Engine must provide users with an interface to visualize forecast data over a specified timeframe.

Given a user selects a forecast period, when past performance data is compared against predicted data, then the dashboard should display a clear visual representation of the trends, including metrics such as CO2 emissions and energy usage for the selected period.

A user needs to compare different scenarios using the Predictive Analytics Engine to determine the best course of action for sustainability improvements.

Given multiple scenarios are generated with different input variables, when users request a comparison, then the system should present a side-by-side analysis that highlights the key differences in outcomes for each scenario.

Users require regular updates on the predictive accuracy of the analytics provided by the Predictive Analytics Engine.

Given the Predictive Analytics Engine is in use, when a new set of actual performance data becomes available, then the system should automatically assess and report on the accuracy of its previous forecasts, indicating any discrepancies with contextual explanations.

The Predictive Analytics Engine should support integration with other components of EcoTrack to enhance data validity.

Given the integration requirements, when the Predictive Analytics Engine is connected to other EcoTrack modules, then it should seamlessly exchange data without loss or corruption, ensuring real-time updates are reflected in forecasts.

Users must have the ability to input and modify environmental variables quickly and efficiently to ensure timely decision-making.

Given the need for rapid forecasting, when a user modifies input variables in the interface, then the Predictive Analytics Engine should recalculate forecasts within 5 seconds to support prompt strategy adjustments.

Customizable Dashboard for Trend Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want a customizable dashboard in EcoTrack so that I can visualize trends and forecasts in sustainability metrics in a way that suits my analysis needs and facilitates quick insights sharing with my team."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard for Trend Analysis requirement delivers a user-friendly interface where users can visualize historical and predictive data in a consolidated manner. Users will have the capability to customize the dashboard with widgets that display trends, forecasts, and key performance indicators related to sustainability metrics. This feature empowers users to easily interpret complex data, identify potential areas of concern, and communicate insights effectively to stakeholders. By enhancing user experience through customization, organizations can ensure that important information is easily accessible and understandable, leading to better strategic planning and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the customizable dashboard and adds a widget for sustainability trends based on historical data.

Given the user is on the customizable dashboard, when they select 'Add Widget' and choose 'Sustainability Trends', then the widget should be displayed on the dashboard with updated historical data.

User customizes the dashboard layout by rearranging the widgets according to their preferences.

Given the user is on the customizable dashboard, when they drag and drop a widget to a different location, then the widget should remain in the new position after refreshing the dashboard.

User selects multiple sustainability metrics to display in the forecast widget on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the customizable dashboard, when they choose 'Forecast' and select multiple metrics from the options, then the forecast widget should update to display the selected metrics accurately.

User saves their customized dashboard settings for future access.

Given the user has customized the dashboard layout and widgets, when they click 'Save Settings', then their settings should be saved successfully and restored upon the next login.

User views the predictions generated by the predictive analytics within the dashboard.

Given the user has selected a prediction widget on the dashboard, when they click on 'View Predictions', then the widget should display the predicted sustainability metrics for the next quarter based on current data.

User shares the dashboard view with stakeholders via a report.

Given the user has a customized dashboard, when they click 'Share Report' and enter the recipients' emails, then an email should be sent with a link to the dashboard view and relevant insights included in the message.

Automated Reporting Systems

"As a compliance officer, I want automated reporting systems in EcoTrack so that I can receive up-to-date sustainability performance reports without manual work, ensuring we always meet compliance requirements."

Description

The Automated Reporting Systems requirement streamlines the process of generating reports on sustainability performance and forecasts. By automating the report generation process, users can receive timely updates on compliance status, performance metrics, and predictive insights without manual effort. This feature will utilize data collected by EcoTrack, collating it in a user-friendly format that can be easily shared with stakeholders. This not only saves time but also ensures that the data reported is accurate and up-to-date, which is critical for maintaining regulatory compliance and supporting informed decision-making in sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Report Generation for Monthly Sustainability Review

Given that the user has configured their reporting preferences, when the scheduled report generation occurs, then the system generates a report summarizing sustainability performance metrics and forecasts for the previous month in a PDF format and automatically sends it to designated stakeholders.

Real-Time Compliance Status Updates

Given that the EcoTrack system has updated compliance data, when the user accesses the automated reporting system, then the most current compliance status is displayed and included in the generated report, ensuring all information is up-to-date and compliant with regulations.

Customization of Report Contents

Given that the user can define report parameters, when the user selects specific metrics and forecasting data for their report, then the system generates a report that reflects only the selected data points, formatted according to user preferences.

Error Handling in Automated Reports

Given that an error occurs during the report generation process, when the user initiates a report generation, then the system should log the error, notify the user through an alert, and provide options to retry report generation or review error logs.

Historical Data Comparison in Reports

Given that historical data is available, when the user generates a sustainability performance report, then the system includes a section that compares current metrics against historical performance to highlight trends and changes over time.

User Feedback on Generated Reports

Given that the user receives a generated report, when they review the report, then they can provide feedback through the EcoTrack interface on the clarity and usefulness of the report, which is logged for future improvements.

Scenario Simulation Tools

"As a strategic planner, I want scenario simulation tools in EcoTrack to evaluate different sustainability strategies based on changing variables so that I can assess potential impacts and optimize our approach before making decisions."

Description

The Scenario Simulation Tools requirement enables users to model various environmental scenarios by adjusting key variables and observing predicted impacts on sustainability performance. This feature empowers organizations to test different strategies and their outcomes before implementation, allowing for informed decision-making. By visualizing the potential effects of varying operational practices or regulatory changes, users can optimize their sustainability strategies and reduce risks associated with environmental non-compliance. This capability is vital for organizations aiming for proactive management of environmental responsibilities and achieving long-term sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Scenario for Adjusting Environmental Variables in Scenario Simulation Tools

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they access the Scenario Simulation Tools and adjust variables such as emission levels and energy consumption, then the system should display real-time predicted impacts on sustainability performance based on those adjustments.

Validation of User Predictions in Scenario Simulation Tools

Given a user has adjusted key variables in the Scenario Simulation Tools, when they simulate the scenario, then the predicted outcomes must be calculated accurately based on historical data within a 5% margin of error for each impact metric.

Review of Scenario Simulation Results by Stakeholders

Given a simulation has been completed in the Scenario Simulation Tools, when stakeholders view the results, then they should be able to see a clear visual representation of predicted impacts and recommended strategies that align with the organization's sustainability goals.

User Experience of Creating New Scenarios

Given a user has access to the Scenario Simulation Tools, when they create a new scenario by selecting variables and saving their configuration, then the tool should store the scenario successfully and allow the user to retrieve and modify it later.

Compatibility of Scenario Simulation Tools with Regulatory Compliance Data

Given the user accesses the Scenario Simulation Tools, when they adjust operational practices related to regulatory compliance, then the system should integrate the latest regulatory data into the predictions accurately reflecting compliance risks.

Exporting Scenario Simulation Reports for External Stakeholders

Given a scenario simulation has been completed, when the user requests to export the report, then the system should generate a comprehensive report in a specified format (PDF or Excel) that includes all key metrics and findings from the simulation.

User Feedback Mechanism for Scenario Simulation Tools

Given a user has utilized the Scenario Simulation Tools, upon completion of simulations, when they provide feedback, then the system should collect and categorize that feedback efficiently for future improvements to the feature.

User Access and Permission Controls

"As an IT administrator, I want to set user access and permission controls in EcoTrack so that I can manage data security and ensure only authorized users have access to sensitive sustainability information."

Description

The User Access and Permission Controls requirement establishes a robust permission management system that governs who can access specific features and data within EcoTrack. This system will provide different user roles, allowing organizations to customize and restrict access based on user responsibilities. By implementing granular permission controls, EcoTrack ensures sensitive data is protected and only accessible by authorized users, enhancing data security and compliance with regulations regarding user privacy and data protection. This capability is essential for fostering a secure environment for utilizing predictive and historical data.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Management

Given an administrator user, when they create a new user role with specific permission settings, then the role should be saved correctly and be editable in the future without data loss.

User Access Based on Role

Given a user assigned a specific role, when they attempt to access the Trend Forecasting Tools feature, then the system should either grant or deny access based on the defined permissions of that role.

Audit Trail of User Access

Given the implementation of the permission management system, when a user accesses a feature, then an entry should be logged in the audit trail including the user ID, feature accessed, and timestamp.

Permission Setting Updates

Given an existing user role, when an administrator changes a permission setting for that role, then all users assigned to that role should immediately reflect the updated permissions.

User Login Security

Given a user with correct credentials, when they log into EcoTrack, then the system should authenticate the user and redirect them to the dashboard based on their assigned role's permissions.

Access Denial Notification

Given a user who tries to access a feature without proper permissions, when they encounter this restriction, then the system should display a clear message indicating that access is denied.

Role-Based Dashboard Customization

Given a user with access to multiple features, when they log in, then their dashboard should display only the features they have permissions to use, ensuring a customized user experience.

Collaboration Hub

The Collaboration Hub integrates social and communication tools within the dashboard, allowing users to comment, share insights, and collaborate on sustainability initiatives directly. This feature promotes teamwork and aligns efforts across departments, making it easier to implement coordinated actions and address challenges collaboratively.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Tools

"As a sustainability manager, I want to use real-time collaboration tools so that my team can communicate effectively while analyzing environmental data and making timely decisions."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration Tools requirement ensures that users can access communication features such as instant messaging, video conferencing, and file sharing within the Collaboration Hub. These tools should be seamlessly integrated into the EcoTrack dashboard to allow users to interact while viewing sustainability data. This integration will enhance team productivity, ensure that all team members are on the same page during discussions, and facilitate quick decision-making processes related to sustainability initiatives. By enabling these tools, EcoTrack will empower teams to address sustainability challenges collaboratively in real time, fostering a culture of teamwork and open communication.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Collaboration Hub to initiate a discussion regarding sustainability initiatives.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they access the Collaboration Hub, then they should be able to see options for instant messaging, video conferencing, and file sharing available directly in the dashboard.

User sends an instant message to a colleague while reviewing sustainability data in the Collaboration Hub.

Given a user is viewing sustainability data, when they initiate an instant message, then the message should be sent and received in real-time without delays.

User starts a video conference with team members to discuss environmental compliance updates.

Given a user clicks on the video conferencing option, when they select participants and start a call, then all selected participants should join the call with no interruption in video or audio feed.

User shares a file related to sustainability initiatives within the Collaboration Hub.

Given a user is in the Collaboration Hub, when they select a file to upload, then the file should be successfully uploaded and accessible by all team members involved in the discussion.

Multiple users collaborate via instant messaging during a live analysis of sustainability data.

Given multiple users are logged into the Collaboration Hub, when they participate in instant messaging, then all messages should be displayed in real-time and visible to all users in the conversation thread.

User receives a notification for a scheduled video conference about sustainability goals.

Given a user has scheduled a video conference, when the conference time arrives, then the user should receive a timely notification within the EcoTrack dashboard that prompts them to join the meeting.

Document Sharing and Version Control

"As an environmental analyst, I want to share and collaborate on documents with my team, so that we can ensure everyone is using the latest information and track changes over time."

Description

The Document Sharing and Version Control requirement focuses on providing a secure and efficient way for users to share documents related to sustainability initiatives. This feature will include a centralized repository for storing and managing documents, with version control functionality to track changes and ensure that all team members are working with the most up-to-date information. By implementing this requirement, EcoTrack will enhance transparency, reduce the risk of errors or miscommunication, and improve overall project management within sustainability efforts. The feature is crucial for maintaining a well-documented history of collaboration and decisions made during the initiative.

Acceptance Criteria

Document Sharing Process for Sustainability Initiatives

Given that a user is authenticated, when they upload a document to the centralized repository, then the document should be stored securely and accessible by team members.

Version Control Mechanism

Given that two versions of a document exist, when a user accesses the document history, then they should see a list of all previous versions, including timestamps and the user who made the changes.

User Notification for Document Updates

Given that a document has been updated, when a user who is following the document logs into the Collaboration Hub, then they should receive a notification about the update.

Search Functionality in Document Repository

Given that a user is in the document repository, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the system should return relevant documents containing that keyword.

Download Permissions for Shared Documents

Given that a user shares a document with specific team members, when those members access the document, then they should have download permissions based on the access level defined by the user.

Audit Trail for Document Changes

Given that a document is edited, when an administrator views the audit trail, then they should see a chronological log of all modifications made to the document, including who made each change.

Document Locking During Editing

Given that a user is editing a document, when another user attempts to edit the same document, then the system should notify them that the document is currently locked for editing by the first user.

Customizable Notifications and Alerts

"As a project lead, I want to customize my notifications, so I can prioritize my attention on the most relevant updates affecting our sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Customizable Notifications and Alerts requirement allows users to set preferences for notifications based on the activities relevant to their roles. Users can opt to receive alerts about document updates, changes in environmental compliance status, or new comments on sustainability initiatives. This feature is essential for keeping users informed and engaged, ensuring that they can take prompt action on important updates without constantly monitoring the platform. By personalizing notifications, EcoTrack will enhance user experience and foster proactive involvement in sustainability efforts across departments.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes notification preferences for different types of updates in the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the notifications settings section and select preferences for document updates, changes in compliance status, and comments on initiatives, then the preferences should be saved successfully and reflected in the user's account settings.

User receives an alert for a new comment on a sustainability initiative they are involved in.

Given the user has set their notification preferences to receive alerts for comments, when a new comment is made on an initiative they are involved in, then the user should receive an immediate notification via their chosen method (email, in-app, SMS, etc.).

User is notified about a change in environmental compliance status relevant to their department.

Given the user is assigned to a department that has an active compliance status, when there is a change in that status, then the user should receive a timely notification outlining the specific changes and required actions.

User opts out of notifications for specific updates to reduce alert fatigue.

Given the user is in the notifications settings, when they choose to opt out of notifications for certain types of updates, then the system should update the user’s preferences accordingly and confirm the change through a confirmation message.

User checks their notification history to track past alerts received.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they access their notification history, then the system should display a chronological log of all alerts received, including the type, date, and action required, confirming that alerts are recorded accurately.

User experiences a delay in receiving important alerts and reports it for troubleshooting.

Given the user reports a delay in alert notifications through the support feature, when the support team investigates, they should confirm whether the notification system is functioning properly and provide updates on any actions taken to resolve the issue.

User customizes notification preferences but doesn't save changes before navigating away from the settings.

Given the user modifies their notification preferences but does not click the save button before leaving the settings page, when they return to the notifications settings, then the previous preferences should be displayed without any changes, indicating unsaved preferences are not applied.

Integration with Third-party Tools

"As a team member, I want to integrate EcoTrack with my existing communication tools, so I can work more efficiently without switching between multiple applications."

Description

The Integration with Third-party Tools requirement outlines the need to connect EcoTrack's Collaboration Hub with popular external platforms such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, and Google Drive. This integration will allow users to streamline their workflows by connecting communication and document tools already in use. The capability to share information across platforms will facilitate a more cohesive work environment, increase productivity, and enhance the overall user experience by allowing users to leverage their existing tools within the EcoTrack ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of EcoTrack's Collaboration Hub with Slack for real-time communication and feedback on sustainability initiatives among team members.

Given that I am a user of EcoTrack, when I send a message through Slack, then I should see that message reflected in the Collaboration Hub in real-time, and vice versa.

Integration with Microsoft Teams to facilitate video conferencing and document collaboration within EcoTrack’s platform.

Given that I am in a Microsoft Teams meeting, when I share my EcoTrack dashboard, then all participants should be able to view and interact with it directly within Teams.

Utilization of Google Drive for seamless document sharing and collaboration on sustainability reports among team members in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that I have a document in Google Drive, when I link it within the Collaboration Hub, then all users should be able to access and edit the document directly from EcoTrack.

Notification system for updates or comments made in the Collaboration Hub related to third-party integrated tools such as Slack and Teams.

Given that a comment is made in the Collaboration Hub, when a user is mentioned in that comment, then they should receive a notification in both EcoTrack and the integrated tool (Slack or Teams).

Allowing users to share EcoTrack insights directly to their Slack channels or Microsoft Teams groups from the Collaboration Hub.

Given that I have an insight in the Collaboration Hub, when I select the option to share to Slack or Teams, then the post should appear in the chosen channel with a link to the EcoTrack insight.

Ensuring data security and access control for documents shared through Google Drive in the EcoTrack platform.

Given that a document is shared via Google Drive within EcoTrack, when a user tries to access it, then they should only be able to view or edit it based on their assigned permissions.

User onboarding process for connecting existing third-party tools to the EcoTrack Collaboration Hub.

Given that a new user is setting up their account, when they navigate the integration setup section, then they should see clear instructions and options to connect Slack, Microsoft Teams, and Google Drive easily.

Task Assignment and Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to team members and track their progress so that I can ensure our sustainability projects are on schedule and everyone is accountable."

Description

The Task Assignment and Tracking requirement offers functionality for users to create, assign, and monitor tasks related to sustainability initiatives within the Collaboration Hub. Users should be able to designate team members to specific tasks, set deadlines, and provide updates on the progress of each task. This feature will enable clearer accountability and help ensure that all aspects of the sustainability projects are being addressed in a timely manner. By facilitating task management, EcoTrack will empower teams to work collaboratively and effectively, tracking contributions and maintaining momentum on sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager in EcoTrack, I need to assign a task to a team member in the Collaboration Hub so that I can ensure responsibility for the task and track its progress accordingly.

Given the user is on the Collaboration Hub dashboard, when they create a new task and assign it to a team member, then the task should appear in the assigned user's task list with the correct deadline and status.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications for tasks assigned to me so that I can stay updated on my responsibilities and deadlines.

Given a task has been assigned to the team member, when the assignment is saved, then the team member should receive an email notification with task details and deadline.

As a user, I need to update the status of a task in the Collaboration Hub to reflect its current progress and ensure that all team members are informed about the task's state.

Given a task is being tracked, when the user changes the status of the task, then all team members should see the updated status reflected in real-time on their dashboards.

As a project manager, I need to set deadlines for tasks in the Collaboration Hub so that my team knows when to complete their responsibilities and can prioritize their workflows accordingly.

Given the project manager is creating or editing a task, when they set a deadline, then the deadline should be visibly updated in the task details and notifications must be sent to assigned team members.

As a user, I want to view a comprehensive list of all my assigned tasks and their statuses, to help me manage my workload effectively.

Given the user views their task list, when the list is displayed, then it should show all tasks assigned to the user along with their respective statuses and deadlines.

Automated Reporting Generator

The Automated Reporting Generator simplifies the reporting process by automatically compiling relevant data and visualizations into comprehensive sustainability reports. Users can easily schedule report generation, ensuring consistent tracking of progress and easy sharing with stakeholders, all while reducing manual effort and time.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Integration

"As a sustainability manager, I want the Automated Reporting Generator to automatically pull data from different sources so that I can compile accurate reports without manually gathering data from each source."

Description

The Dynamic Data Integration requirement ensures that EcoTrack's Automated Reporting Generator can seamlessly interface with various data sources, including IoT sensors, third-party applications, and internal databases. This functionality is critical as it allows for the automatic and real-time collection of relevant environmental compliance data necessary for comprehensive reporting. By integrating data from multiple inputs, users can generate reports that reflect accurate and current information, streamlining the reporting process and enhancing data-driven decision-making across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a report generation in the Automated Reporting Generator interface.

Given a user in the EcoTrack dashboard, when they specify a schedule for the report generation, then the system must successfully save the scheduling details without errors and provide a confirmation notification.

Integration with IoT sensors is tested during real-time reporting.

Given existing IoT sensors transmitting data, when the Automated Reporting Generator is activated, then it must capture and display the latest data from the sensors without any data loss or delay.

User accesses the report generated from various data sources within EcoTrack.

Given a user requests a report, when the system compiles data from IoT sensors, internal databases, and third-party applications, then the generated report must accurately reflect the integrated data with no discrepancies.

User edits data source connections in the reporting settings.

Given an admin user accesses the data source settings, when they modify the connection details for any data source, then the system should allow the changes to be saved and validated successfully.

Reporting visualizations are loaded based on the integrated data.

Given a report is generated, when the user views the visualizations, then all graphical representations must accurately depict the real-time data collected from all integrated sources without significant load time.

Automated notifications for scheduled reports are sent to stakeholders.

Given a scheduled report generation event, when the report is generated, then the system must automatically send notifications to all designated stakeholders with the link to access the report within 5 minutes of generation.

Customizable Reporting Templates

"As a compliance officer, I want to customize the reporting templates so that I can present the sustainability data in a way that resonates with our stakeholders and complies with our branding guidelines."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Templates requirement allows users to create and modify report templates according to their specific needs and preferences. Users can choose which data to include, select visual formats, and apply branding elements to align reports with company standards. This feature not only enhances user experience by providing flexibility but also ensures that reports meet diverse stakeholder requirements, improving clarity and effectiveness in communication regarding sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a customizable report template to be used for quarterly sustainability updates.

Given a logged-in user with report generation permissions, when they access the report template creation tool, then they must be able to select different data sources and visual formats, save the template, and retrieve it for future use.

User modifies an existing report template by adding new data fields and changing visual formats to improve the report's readability.

Given a user is editing a previously saved report template, when they add at least two new data fields and modify one visual format, then the changes must be saved successfully and reflected in the next generated report.

User applies company branding elements to a report template for consistent corporate identity.

Given a user is on the report template editing screen, when they upload branding assets (like logos and color schemes) and apply them to the selected template, then the branding should be visible in the final report preview and outputs.

User schedules a report generation using a customizable template to track monthly sustainability metrics.

Given a user has created a customizable reporting template, when they schedule the report generation for an upcoming date, then the system should confirm the scheduling and ensure the report is generated on the specified date with no manual intervention required.

User shares a generated sustainability report with stakeholders through email directly from the platform.

Given a user has generated a sustainability report, when they use the share functionality to email the report, then stakeholders must receive the report in a correct format (PDF/Excel) and the email must include specified subject and body text.

User previews changes made to a report template before finalizing them.

Given a user is in the report template editing mode, when they select the preview option, then they must see a real-time rendering of the template as it would appear in the generated report, including all data fields and visuals.

User retrieves previously saved report templates to edit or regenerate reports.

Given a user is on the report template management page, when they filter or search for previously created templates, then the system must display all matching templates, and the user should be able to edit or regenerate any selected template.

Automated Scheduling for Report Generation

"As an operations director, I want to schedule automatic report generation so that I can ensure stakeholders receive sustainability updates consistently without having to manually create reports each time."

Description

The Automated Scheduling for Report Generation requirement enables users to set specific dates and times for the automated generation of sustainability reports. This functionality ensures that periodic updates are consistently prepared without manual intervention, facilitating timely reviews and communications with stakeholders. By automating this process, organizations can maintain a proactive approach to sustainability compliance and performance tracking, ultimately saving time and resources while enhancing reporting accuracy.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up an automated report generation for monthly sustainability reports, specifying the 1st of every month at 8 AM for report delivery.

Given a user is on the report generation settings page, when they select the option to schedule a report, enter '1st of the month' and '8:00 AM', and save the settings, then the system should confirm the scheduling of the report generation for that time every month and display a success message.

A user wants to modify the schedule of an existing automated report to generate a weekly report every Friday at 9 AM instead of the current monthly schedule.

Given a user is on the scheduled reports section, when they select the monthly report and change the frequency to 'weekly', set the day to 'Friday', and the time to '9:00 AM', then the system should update the report schedule and reflect the new timing in the user interface.

The automated reporting system generates a report at the scheduled time and sends the report via email to all designated stakeholders without manual intervention.

Given it is the scheduled time for report generation, when the system processes the report, then an email should be sent to all configured stakeholders with the report attached, and the email should include a subject line indicating the report type and the date.

A user needs to review and confirm that the automated report generation successfully occurred for last month's report.

Given the user accesses the report history section after the scheduled generation time, when they view the report logs, then there should be an entry confirming the successful generation of the last month's report including the timestamp and a link to download it.

The user wishes to turn off the automated report generation temporarily during a holiday period.

Given a user is on the scheduling section for automated reports, when they select a scheduled report and toggle the option to disable it, then the system should save the disable status and not generate the report during the selected period, confirming the action with a success message.

To ensure compliance, a user checks if the system notifies them 24 hours prior to the scheduled report generation.

Given a user has a report scheduled for generation, when the report is within 24 hours of its scheduled time, then the system should send a notification (email or in-app) to the user notifying them of the upcoming report generation.

A user wants to generate a report immediately outside of the automated schedule in case of urgent stakeholder requests.

Given a user is on the report generation page, when they click the 'Generate Now' button, then the system should immediately compile and send the report to the designated stakeholders as a one-time generation, bypassing the scheduled process, and show a confirmation to the user upon completion.

Real-time Data Visualization

"As a data analyst, I want real-time visualizations of sustainability metrics so that I can quickly identify trends and issues that may need immediate attention."

Description

The Real-time Data Visualization requirement enhances the Automated Reporting Generator by providing visual representations of data trends related to sustainability metrics. Users can view graphs, charts, and dashboards that update dynamically as data flows in, allowing for an immediate understanding of performance and potential compliance issues. This capability is crucial for quick decision-making and adjustments to sustainability strategies, ultimately contributing to improved operational efficiencies.

Acceptance Criteria

User views real-time sustainability metrics on the dashboard during a weekly team meeting to discuss progress and compliance status.

Given the user accesses the Automated Reporting Generator dashboard, when data is streamed from IoT sensors, then the visualizations must update automatically within 2 seconds to reflect the latest data.

A compliance officer reviews the updated visualizations for sustainability metrics after a significant data inflow from sensors.

Given the compliance officer is in the process of reviewing sustainability metrics, when the data inflow is completed, then the visualizations must accurately represent at least 95% of the incoming data without any discrepancies or delays.

A user schedules a daily report generation that includes real-time visualizations for sustainability metrics.

Given the user has set up a daily report in the Automated Reporting Generator, when the report is generated, then it must include the latest visualizations showing at least the top 5 key performance indicators related to sustainability.

An operations manager needs to quickly gauge the performance of sustainability metrics to make informed decisions regarding resource allocation.

Given the operations manager is utilizing the dashboard for a quick overview, when the user accesses the dashboard, then all visualizations must load completely within 5 seconds regardless of the amount of data being processed.

Users need to customize their dashboard to focus on specific sustainability metrics that are important to their role.

Given the user selects their preferred metrics from a predefined list, when they save the custom dashboard configuration, then the dashboard must retain the selections and update automatically with the latest data for those selected metrics.

A sustainability analyst compares performance trends over the past month using historical data visualizations.

Given the analyst has selected a one-month time range on the dashboard, when the analyst views the visualizations, then the display must show accurate trend data for the entire month, allowing for comparison with the previous month's performance.

A user notices a potential compliance issue while reviewing real-time data visualizations.

Given the user identifies an anomaly in the visualizations, when the report is generated, then it must include the specific data points that triggered the alert for internal compliance review.

Stakeholder Sharing Options

"As a communications manager, I want to easily share sustainability reports with stakeholders through email or collaboration tools so that we can keep them informed in a timely and efficient manner."

Description

The Stakeholder Sharing Options requirement focuses on enabling users to easily share generated reports with stakeholders through various channels, including email, export to PDF, or integration with collaboration tools. By providing multiple sharing options, this feature streamlines communication and ensures that stakeholders can access the latest report updates with minimal effort. This capability enhances transparency and fosters a culture of accountability in environmental performance reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholders can receive automated reports via email after scheduling report generation in the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user has scheduled a report for a specific date and time, when the report generation is completed, then the report should be automatically sent to the specified stakeholders' email addresses without manual intervention.

Users are able to export generated reports to PDF format from the EcoTrack platform for offline access and sharing.

Given the user has selected a report to export, when the user clicks on the 'Export to PDF' button, then a downloadable PDF file of the report should be generated and available for download.

Integration with collaboration tools allows users to share reports in real-time with team members.

Given the user has connected their EcoTrack account with a collaboration tool, when the user selects a report and clicks on 'Share with Team', then the report link should be sent directly to the collaboration tool for immediate access by team members.

Users can easily set up and manage sharing preferences for different stakeholders within the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is managing stakeholder reports, when they access the sharing settings, then they should be able to add or remove email addresses, select collaboration tools, and set permissions for each stakeholder.

The platform generates a notification confirming successful sharing of reports to stakeholders.

Given the user has shared a report, when the report is successfully sent to stakeholders, then a confirmation notification should be displayed to the user indicating that the report has been shared successfully.

Reports shared with stakeholders should include a timestamp and version history for transparency.

Given a report has been shared, when the recipient opens the report, then they should see a timestamp of when the report was generated and a version history summary reflecting any updates made.

Users can customize report sharing options based on type of stakeholder (internal vs external).

Given a user is preparing to share a report, when they select a stakeholder type, then the system should provide different sharing options appropriate for that stakeholder type (e.g., secure link for external vs instant access for internal).

Benchmarking Insights

This feature provides users with benchmarking insights by comparing their sustainability performance against industry standards and peers. By identifying areas of excellence and opportunities for improvement, organizations can strategically enhance their sustainability efforts and maintain competitive advantages in their sectors.

Requirements

Comparative Performance Metrics

"As a sustainability manager, I want to compare my organization’s sustainability performance against industry standards, so that I can identify areas for improvement and ensure we remain competitive in our sector."

Description

This requirement entails developing a module that captures and analyzes sustainability performance metrics from users and compares them against industry standards and peer benchmarks. This functionality should integrate seamlessly with the EcoTrack platform, leveraging real-time data collected from IoT sensors. The comparative performance metrics will enable organizations to understand where they stand in relation to their competitors, identify key areas of strength, and highlight opportunities for improvement. By visualizing this data on customizable dashboards, users can easily interpret their performance and make informed decisions to enhance their sustainability efforts and strategic positioning.

Acceptance Criteria

User views comparative performance metrics on their dashboard for a specified reporting period.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they select a reporting period for benchmarking, then the dashboard displays their sustainability performance metrics alongside industry standards and peer benchmarks for that period.

User receives a report summarizing key areas of strength and opportunities for improvement based on benchmarking insights.

Given the user has accessed the benchmarking feature, when they generate a comparative performance report, then the report should highlight at least three key areas of strength and three areas for improvement with actionable insights.

User customizes the dashboard to track specific sustainability metrics over time.

Given the user is in the dashboard customization settings, when they select specific sustainability metrics to track, then the dashboard must update to display those metrics with historical data trends for a minimum of 6 months.

User compares their sustainability metrics against selected industry peers.

Given the user has selected specific peer organizations for comparison, when they request the comparative performance metrics, then the system must display a side-by-side comparison of performance metrics with the selected peers, including visual indicators for performance gaps.

User receives real-time alerts for any significant deviation in performance metrics.

Given the user has configured threshold settings for specific sustainability metrics, when the metrics deviate beyond the configured thresholds, then the user should receive an immediate alert via the EcoTrack platform notifications.

User accesses historical data to analyze trends in sustainability performance.

Given the user selects a time range option, when they access the historical performance section, then the system should display at least 12 months of sustainability performance metrics with graphs indicating trends over that period.

User shares comparative performance metrics with stakeholders via the platform.

Given the user is viewing their comparative performance metrics, when they select the option to share the metrics, then the system must allow the user to send the metrics via email or generate a shareable link with access to the metrics and visualizations included.

Customizable Benchmark Dashboards

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to customize my benchmarking dashboard to display the most relevant sustainability metrics, so that I can focus on the data that matters most to our organization's goals."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating customizable dashboards within the EcoTrack platform that display benchmarking insights tailored to the user's specific industry and needs. Users should have the ability to select which metrics are displayed, set benchmarks, and visualize their sustainability data in various formats, such as charts and graphs. This functionality not only enhances user engagement but also allows for a more personal and relevant analysis of performance. The integration with IoT data and AI analytics will ensure that users receive real-time updates and insights, promoting proactive decision-making in their sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new customizable dashboard to track sustainability metrics relevant to their industry.

Given the user has access to the dashboard creation tool, when they select metrics and set benchmarks, then the dashboard should display the chosen metrics correctly in the selected format (chart/graph).

User updates an existing dashboard to include additional metrics for comparison.

Given the user is viewing an existing customizable dashboard, when they opt to add new metrics from the selection panel, then the dashboard should update in real-time and display the new metrics alongside existing ones without errors.

User views the dashboard to analyze sustainability performance over the last quarter.

Given the user selects the date range for the last quarter, when they load the dashboard, then the visualizations should reflect data accurately for that specified period, aligning with IoT data inputs.

User sets benchmarks for specific sustainability metrics on their dashboard.

Given the user has selected a metric to benchmark, when they define the benchmark values, then the dashboard should visually represent these benchmarks, indicating levels of performance against standards.

User exports their customizable dashboard to share with stakeholders.

Given the user has completed customizing their dashboard, when they choose the export function, then the dashboard should be downloadable in a standard format (PDF/Excel) without loss of data integrity.

User receives real-time updates on their dashboard based on IoT data inputs.

Given there are new real-time data inputs from IoT sensors, when the data is processed, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the most current sustainability metrics available.

User chooses to visualize their data in different formats on the dashboard.

Given the user is able to select visualization options, when they change the display format from a chart to a graph, then the dashboard should update accordingly without any manual refresh required.

Automated Benchmark Reporting

"As an operations director, I want to receive automated benchmarking reports, so that I can quickly assess our sustainability performance and communicate it to our stakeholders without manual effort."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an automated reporting system that generates benchmarking reports on a periodic basis – weekly, monthly, or quarterly – highlighting key insights and trends in sustainability performance. These reports will be generated based on the comparative analysis against industry standards and peer metrics, providing a comprehensive overview of an organization's sustainability standing. The automation will save users time and effort while ensuring that they have consistent access to valuable insights. Additionally, the report should be easily shareable with stakeholders to promote transparency and accountability in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Weekly Benchmark Reporting for Sustainability Performance

Given the EcoTrack user has selected the weekly reporting option, when the scheduled time arrives, then an automated benchmarking report should be generated and sent to the user's registered email with a summary of sustainability performance comparisons against industry standards.

Customizable Reporting Periods for Benchmark Insights

Given the EcoTrack user wants to customize the report frequency, when the user selects a quarterly reporting option and saves their preferences, then the system should generate reports every quarter without manual intervention.

Accessing Historical Benchmark Reports

Given a user who has previously generated benchmarking reports, when the user accesses the reporting dashboard, then they should be able to view and download all past reports for up to one year.

Sharing Benchmark Reports with Stakeholders

Given a user has generated a benchmarking report, when the user clicks the 'Share' button, then the system should allow the user to input email addresses and send a copy of the report to the specified recipients successfully.

Comparative Analysis Against Peer Metrics

Given the benchmarking report has been generated, when a user views the report summary, then the user should be able to see a clear analysis comparing their sustainability metrics to peer organizations in their industry.

Performance Alerts Based on Benchmarking Findings

Given a user is subscribed to performance alerts, when the sustainability report indicates significant deviations from industry standards, then the system should automatically notify the user via email about the findings and suggested actions.

User Feedback on Benchmark Reporting

Given a user receives the benchmarking report, when they provide feedback through the report delivery email, then that feedback should be recorded in the system for future improvement of the reporting feature.

Peer Comparison Functionality

"As a chief sustainability officer, I want to compare our sustainability performance with similar organizations, so that I can identify best practices and improve our sustainability strategies effectively."

Description

This requirement specifies the design of a peer comparison functionality that allows users to benchmark their sustainability performance against similar organizations within their industry. This feature should enable users to select relevant peers based on size, industry, or specific sustainability criteria. By utilizing comparative metrics, users can gain insights into how they stack up against their chosen peers, allowing for targeted improvements and strategy adjustments. This functionality will enhance the competitive edge of users by fostering an environment of continuous improvement and accountability within their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects relevant peers for benchmarking based on industry and sustainability criteria.

Given the user is on the peer comparison functionality page, when they select their desired industry and size filters, then they should see a list of peers that meet those criteria displayed on the screen.

User views performance metrics compared to selected peers.

Given the user has selected peers for comparison, when they navigate to the benchmarking insights section, then they should see a graphical representation of their sustainability metrics alongside those of their selected peers.

User identifies areas for improvement based on peer analysis.

Given the benchmarking insights are displayed, when the user reviews the comparative metrics, then they should be able to easily identify at least three areas where they have lower performance than the peer average, highlighted for visibility.

User generates a benchmarking report for external sharing.

Given the user is on the benchmarking insights page, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then a PDF report containing the benchmarking data should be created and available for download.

User accesses tutorials on how to best utilize benchmarking insights.

Given the user is on the peer comparison functionality page, when they click on the 'Help' section, then they should be presented with a list of tutorials related to utilizing benchmarking insights effectively.

User receives notifications on peer performance updates.

Given the user is subscribed to benchmarking notifications, when a peer updates their sustainability performance metrics, then the user should receive an email notification summarizing the changes and insights on their own performance relative to the peer.

Real-time Sustainability Alerts

"As an environmental compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts when our sustainability metrics fall below acceptable thresholds, so that I can act quickly to rectify any issues and maintain compliance."

Description

This requirement proposes a feature that provides real-time alerts to users whenever their sustainability performance metrics stray significantly from established benchmarks. The alerts will leverage data from IoT sensors and AI analytics to ensure that users are notified instantly about any deviations that could indicate non-compliance or a decline in sustainability practices. These proactive alerts will empower users to take immediate corrective actions to mitigate any adverse effects on their sustainability goals. Integration with communication tools will allow for swift team notifications, fostering a fast-paced response to sustainability challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when their energy consumption metric exceeds the benchmark set for their industry, enabling immediate corrective actions.

Given the user is monitoring their energy consumption, when the metric exceeds the benchmark threshold, then the user receives a real-time alert via email and the EcoTrack dashboard.

Users are notified about water usage that significantly deviates from acceptable levels for their sector, prompting a review of their practices.

Given that water usage data is being tracked, when the usage exceeds the defined benchmark, then a push notification is sent to the user's mobile app and an alert is displayed on the EcoTrack dashboard.

The system sends alerts related to waste management practices when the waste generation per unit of production exceeds industry standards.

Given that the user has set up waste management tracking, when the waste generation metric is significantly higher than the industry standard, then an alert is generated and sent to the user's designated communication tool.

Alerts are generated for air quality metrics that differ from compliance thresholds, ensuring users can respond quickly to environmental concerns.

Given that air quality is being monitored through IoT sensors, when a measured pollutant level surpasses established safety thresholds, then a real-time alert is sent via SMS and displayed on the dashboard for immediate action.

Users can customize the thresholds for their KPIs and receive alerts based on their personalized settings, allowing for tailored sustainability oversight.

Given that the user has defined custom KPI thresholds, when any monitored metric goes beyond these personalized thresholds, then an alert is triggered specifically to that user, informing them of the deviation.

The alert system integrates with collaboration tools, ensuring timely notifications reach all relevant team members when sustainability metrics fall short.

Given the alert system is activated, when an alert is triggered, then it should send notifications to all team members integrated into the communication tool, including chat and email, ensuring no one misses crucial updates.

Sustainability Improvement Action Plans

"As a sustainability officer, I want the system to suggest specific actions based on my benchmarking results, so that I can implement effective changes that drive our sustainability initiatives forward."

Description

This requirement includes the creation of a feature that suggests tailored action plans for users based on benchmarking insights. After analyzing the comparative performance and identifying areas for improvement, the system will generate actionable steps that organizations can take to enhance their sustainability efforts. The recommendations will be customizable based on organizational goals, resource availability, and industry standards. This feature will provide tangible next steps for organizations, supporting them in making data-driven decisions that align with their sustainability ambitions, and establishing a clear pathway for continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User is viewing benchmarking insights on the EcoTrack platform and identifies areas where their sustainability performance is lagging behind industry standards.

Given the user accesses the benchmarking insights, when the user selects a specific area of sustainability performance, then the system should display a tailored action plan with at least three actionable recommendations for improvement.

An organization wants to customize their action plans based on specific goals and resource availability after receiving benchmarking insights.

Given the user has access to the suggested action plans, when the user inputs their unique organizational goals and resource constraints, then the system should generate a revised action plan that reflects these customizations.

The organization has implemented the suggested action plans and wants to track their progress over time.

Given the user has executed the action plan, when the user revisits the benchmarking insights dashboard, then the system should provide updated performance metrics showing the impact of the implemented actions on sustainability benchmarks.

A user is viewing a comparative performance analysis and needs to understand the rationale behind each suggested action.

Given the user reviews the suggested action plan, when the user clicks on a specific recommendation, then the system should present a detailed rationale including data-driven insights that justify the recommendation.

An organization is preparing for an internal audit and needs to present their sustainability improvement actions.

Given the user accesses the action plans generated by the system, when the user requests a report, then the system should compile a document summarizing the action plans, including intended outcomes, timelines, and accountability details.

The platform administrator wants to ensure that actions suggested are updated according to the latest industry standards and peer comparisons.

Given the system has access to current industry benchmarks, when a new benchmark report is generated, then the system should automatically update the action plans and insights to reflect the latest information available.

Custom Notification Alerts

Custom Notification Alerts allow users to set personalized alerts for specific KPIs or thresholds within their dashboard. Users receive timely notifications about critical changes or achievements in sustainability metrics, ensuring they stay informed and can respond swiftly to meet operational and strategic objectives.

Requirements

Threshold-Based Alerts

"As a sustainability manager, I want to set customized alert thresholds for my KPIs so that I can be promptly informed about critical deviations and address them quickly before they escalate."

Description

Threshold-Based Alerts enable users to define specific limits or values for selected Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in their customization settings. When the monitored metrics exceed or fall below these thresholds, users receive immediate notifications via email, SMS, or app alerts. This feature enhances proactive management of sustainability goals by ensuring that users are immediately informed of critical changes, allowing them to take timely action. Integration with the existing reporting framework facilitates seamless communication of alerts alongside dashboard metrics, thereby improving user engagement and response strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a threshold for CO2 emissions that triggers an alert when surpassed.

Given the user has access to the threshold settings, when they define a threshold for CO2 emissions at 500 ppm, and the actual emissions exceed this threshold, then the user receives an immediate notification via email and app alert.

User adjusts thresholds for water usage and tests notification response.

Given the user adjusts the water usage threshold to 1000 liters, when actual usage goes above this limit, then the user should receive an SMS alert within 5 minutes of crossing the threshold.

User receives a summary of all alerts triggered in the past week.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they request a summary of alerts, then the system should provide a detailed report of all alerts triggered in the past 7 days, including types of alerts and times they were received.

User wants a consistent experience across multiple devices with alerts.

Given the user has the EcoTrack application on both their mobile and desktop, when a threshold-based alert is triggered, then the user should receive the same alert on both devices without delay.

User updates alert preferences and tests if changes are applied.

Given the user updates their notification preferences to only receive app alerts, when they change this setting, then they should no longer receive email or SMS alerts for threshold notifications.

User monitors alerts for multiple KPIs simultaneously.

Given the user has set thresholds for multiple KPIs, when any of the thresholds are crossed, then the user should receive individual alerts for each one simultaneously without merging of messages.

Admin reviews the performance of threshold alerts for continuous improvement.

Given an admin accesses the alert performance dashboard, when they analyze the responses to threshold alerts over the past month, then they should be able to view metrics related to response times and engagement levels from users.

Multi-Channel Notification System

"As a user, I want to choose how I receive notifications about my sustainability metrics, so that I can stay informed in the way that works best for me."

Description

The Multi-Channel Notification System provides users with the capability to receive alerts through various communication channels, including email, mobile app push notifications, and SMS. This ensures that users can choose their preferred method of receiving important updates related to sustainability metrics and KPIs. By diversifying communication channels, this feature enhances the likelihood of reaching users promptly and effectively, thereby improving response times in critical situations. The integration will require backend support for various notification channels and user preference settings to ensure seamless delivery.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a customized notification for a threshold breach in carbon emissions on EcoTrack's dashboard.

Given a user has access to their EcoTrack dashboard, When they configure a threshold for carbon emissions and save the settings, Then the user should receive a notification via their chosen channel (email, SMS, or push notification) when the carbon emissions exceed the specified threshold.

A user wants to receive urgent notifications via SMS for any critical updates regarding sustainability metrics.

Given a user has selected SMS as their preferred notification channel in their profile settings, When a critical update occurs (such as a major breach in specified KPI), Then the system must send an SMS alert to the user's registered phone number within 5 minutes of the event.

The system failure occurs when sending notifications through email and SMS channels.

Given the system has attempted to send notifications through email and SMS channels, When the notification fails to be delivered, Then the system should log the failure and attempt to resend the notification after 1 hour, notifying the user of the failure in the application dashboard.

A user updates their preferences for notification channels on EcoTrack.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, When they change the notification preferences from email to push notification and save the changes, Then the system must update the user's preferences and confirm the change with a success message.

A user wishes to customize notifications for specific KPIs, such as water usage and waste generation.

Given a user selects specific KPIs for their notification preferences, When they configure the alert thresholds for water usage and waste generation, Then the system should ensure that alerts are triggered separately for each KPI when their respective thresholds are breached.

Multiple users within the same organization need to receive notifications through different channels for the same alerts.

Given that multiple users are part of the same organization, When alerts for sustainability metrics are triggered, Then each user should receive notifications through their selected channels (email, SMS, push) without overlap or delay in delivery.

A user receives a daily summary notification of their sustainability metrics across all chosen channels.

Given a user has enabled daily summary notifications in their settings, When the designated time occurs, Then the user should receive a summary of all pertinent sustainability metrics via each of their selected channels without missing any information.

Historical Data Analysis for Alerts

"As a data analyst, I want to analyze historical sustainability metrics to identify trends and set alerts so that I can make informed recommendations for better environmental performance."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis for Alerts feature allows users to analyze past sustainability data trends and set alerts based on historical deviations from established benchmarks. This capability empowers users to understand patterns over time and adjust their KPIs, making them informed about likely future changes. This feature also includes a tool for visualizing trends through graphs, illustrating how current performance aligns with historical data. Integrating this functionality can significantly enhance users' strategic planning and forecasting efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert based on historical data analysis for CO2 emissions reduction metrics.

Given the user has access to the historical data dashboard, when they select a CO2 emissions reduction KPI and set a threshold for alerts, then the system should successfully save the alert configuration and notify the user when the threshold is breached or met.

User visualizes past sustainability metrics trends through graphical representation in the dashboard.

Given the user navigates to the data visualization section, when they select a specific KPI for the historical data analysis, then the system should display a clear and accurate graph showing trends over the selected time frame without any errors.

User receives an alert notification regarding a historical deviation from set benchmarks for energy consumption.

Given a user has previously configured an alert for energy consumption based on historical data, when the system detects a significant deviation from the set benchmark, then the user should receive an immediate notification via their preferred communication channel, detailing the deviation.

User modifies an existing alert for historical data trends to improve KPI tracking based on new insights.

Given the user reviews their configured alerts and decides to change the threshold for a specific KPI, when they successfully update and save the changes, then the system should reflect the modified alert settings and notify the user of the successful update.

User analyzes the effectiveness of custom alerts by reviewing past alert notifications in the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the alerts history section, when they filter and review alerts related to historical data analysis, then they should see a comprehensive list of past alerts, including dates, metrics, and the outcomes of those alerts with clear success or failure indicators.

User exports historical data alongside alert settings for external reporting purposes.

Given the user selects the export function within the historical data analysis section, when they choose the desired format and include alert configurations in the export, then the system should generate and deliver a complete report that includes the selected historical data, metrics, and alert settings without any data loss.

User receives educational tooltips regarding how to effectively utilize historical data alerts.

Given the user is on the custom notification setup page, when they hover over the information icon next to the alert options, then they should see informative tooltips that explain the purpose of historical data alerts and provide best practices for setting effective thresholds.

User-Friendly Alert Configuration Interface

"As a non-technical user, I want an easy way to set up my alert preferences so that I can manage my sustainability KPIs without needing technical support."

Description

The User-Friendly Alert Configuration Interface simplifies the process of setting up custom alerts by providing an intuitive and easy-to-navigate dashboard. This interface allows users to quickly define their preferences for alerts, including KPIs, thresholds, and notification methods. The design focuses on user experience to minimize the complexity often associated with configuration processes, ensuring that more users can leverage alert functionalities effectively. This will involve UI/UX design efforts aligned with usability best practices for optimal user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures a Custom Alert for KPI Breach in Environmental Metrics

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Alert Configuration Interface and set a KPI threshold for CO2 emissions, then the system should save this configuration and confirm it with a success message.

User Receives Notification for Configured KPI Alert

Given a custom alert for CO2 emissions has been configured by the user, when the KPI threshold is breached, then the user should receive a notification via their chosen method (email or in-app) within 5 minutes of the breach.

User Modifies an Existing Alert Configuration

Given the user has an existing custom alert for water usage, when they adjust the threshold value and save the changes, then the new configuration should overwrite the previous one, and the user should receive a confirmation message of the update.

User Deletes a Custom Alert from the Dashboard

Given the user is on the Alert Configuration Interface, when they select a custom alert for waste generation and choose to delete it, then the system should remove the alert and confirm the deletion to the user.

User Accesses Help Documentation for Alert Configuration

Given the user is in the Alert Configuration Interface, when they click on the help icon, then the system should display relevant help documentation regarding setting up and managing alerts.

User Sets Multiple Alerts Simultaneously

Given the user is in the Alert Configuration Interface, when they set up multiple alerts for different KPIs (CO2 emissions, waste generation, and energy consumption) at once, then the system should save all alerts successfully without errors and provide a summary confirmation.

User Receives a Summary of Active Alerts

Given the user has configured several custom alerts, when they navigate to the Alerts Overview section of their dashboard, then the system should display a comprehensive list of all active alerts, including their statuses and settings clearly.

Alert History Log

"As a compliance officer, I want to access a log of past alerts so that I can evaluate our response history and ensure we meet our sustainability objectives."

Description

The Alert History Log feature maintains a comprehensive record of all alerts triggered, including timestamps, alert types, and user responses. This log allows users to review past alerts for accountability and compliance tracking. Access to this historical data supports organizations in analyzing the efficacy of their sustainability strategies and making necessary adjustments based on past performance. Integration with existing data storage will ensure that this log is easily accessible but securely managed to protect sensitive information.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Alert History Log from the dashboard to review previously triggered alerts for compliance analysis.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack and has access to the Alert History Log, when they navigate to the log section, then they should see a comprehensive list of all triggered alerts, including timestamps, alert types, and user responses.

User sets a custom notification alert for a specific KPI threshold and wants to confirm that it is logged properly in the Alert History Log.

Given a user sets a custom notification alert for a specific KPI, when the threshold is reached and the alert is triggered, then an entry should be created in the Alert History Log with the correct timestamp, alert type, and a record of the user's response.

A compliance officer reviews the Alert History Log to ensure that all required alerts have been logged for audit purposes.

Given a compliance officer has access to the Alert History Log, when they filter for specific alert types for a defined period, then they should receive accurate records that match the expected alerts for that timeframe.

User receives a notification of an alert and wants to view the historical data related to that alert.

Given a user receives a notification on their device for a triggered alert, when they click on the notification, then they should be redirected to the Alert History Log displaying detailed information about that specific alert.

An admin manages user permissions to ensure only authorized personnel can view the Alert History Log.

Given an admin is logged into EcoTrack, when they configure user roles, then they should be able to set permissions that restrict access to the Alert History Log based on user roles effectively.

Sensor Comparison Tool

The Sensor Comparison Tool allows users to evaluate various IoT sensors based on key specifications, performance metrics, and pricing. By providing side-by-side comparisons, enterprises can make informed decisions on the best sensors for their specific environmental monitoring needs, ensuring optimal resource allocation and effectiveness in sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

IoT Sensor Database

"As a sustainability manager, I want to access a comprehensive database of IoT sensors so that I can quickly find and evaluate the best sensors for my company's environmental monitoring needs."

Description

The IoT Sensor Database is a centralized repository for storing detailed information about various IoT sensors available on the market. This requirement includes features such as adding new sensors, updating specifications, and removing discontinued products. The database must include key specifications such as measurement capabilities, environmental conditions, power consumption, and pricing. By integrating this database within the Sensor Comparison Tool, users can easily access up-to-date information to make informed decisions on sensor selection, thus enhancing the efficiency of environmental monitoring efforts and ensuring that enterprises choose the most suitable IoT devices for their sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a new IoT sensor to the database.

Given the user has access to the IoT Sensor Database, When the user inputs valid sensor details and submits the form, Then the new sensor should be successfully added to the database and visible in the sensor list.

User updates specifications of an existing IoT sensor.

Given the user selects an existing sensor from the database, When the user updates the sensor specifications and saves the changes, Then the updated information should be reflected in the database without errors.

User removes a discontinued IoT sensor from the database.

Given the user has selected a discontinued sensor for removal, When the user confirms the removal, Then the sensor should be deleted from the database and no longer appear in the sensor list.

User accesses the IoT sensor comparison feature.

Given the user is on the Sensor Comparison Tool page, When the user selects at least two sensors from the database to compare, Then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of the selected sensors' key specifications and metrics.

User searches for a specific IoT sensor in the database.

Given the user has a search term for a specific sensor, When the user enters the search term in the search field, Then the system should return a list of matching sensors with relevant details.

User reviews the pricing information of IoT sensors.

Given the user is viewing the specifications of a specific sensor, When the user looks for pricing details, Then the current price should be clearly displayed alongside other specifications in the database.

User views all available IoT sensors in the database.

Given the user is on the IoT Sensor Database page, When the user requests to view all available sensors, Then the system should display a complete list of sensors with key specifications.

User-Friendly Comparison Interface

"As an environmental engineer, I want a simple and intuitive interface to compare IoT sensors so that I can make quicker and more informed decisions regarding our environmental monitoring tools."

Description

The User-Friendly Comparison Interface will allow users to effortlessly compare different IoT sensors side by side based on key metrics such as performance, cost, and specifications. This interface should be intuitive, with drag-and-drop functionality for users to select sensors for comparison. It should visually highlight differences and similarities through easy-to-understand graphs and charts. This feature will help users quickly identify the best options, optimizing their decision-making process and ultimately improving resource allocation in sustainability initiatives. The interface must also be responsive, ensuring accessibility on a variety of devices.

Acceptance Criteria

Comparing Multiple IoT Sensors for Environmental Monitoring

Given a user accessing the Sensor Comparison Tool, when the user selects multiple IoT sensors for comparison, then the system should display the selected sensors side by side with their key metrics highlighted.

Visual Representation of Sensor Data

Given the user has chosen sensors for comparison, when the user views the comparison, then the interface should present clear graphs and charts depicting differences and similarities in performance, cost, and specifications.

Responsive Design Across Devices

Given a user accessing the comparison tool on different devices, when the user adjusts the browser window size, then the comparison interface should adapt responsively without losing functionality or clarity.

Drag-and-Drop Functionality for Sensor Selection

Given a user in the Sensor Comparison Tool, when the user drags and drops sensors from a list into the comparison area, then the selected sensors should be instantly added to the comparison view without page refresh.

Sorting and Filtering Sensor Options

Given the user is viewing the list of available IoT sensors, when the user applies sorting or filtering options (e.g., by price, performance), then the system should update the displayed sensors accordingly in real time.

User Guidance for Comparison Process

Given a new user accessing the comparison tool for the first time, when the user interacts with the tool, then the system should provide contextual help tips to guide them through the comparison process.

User Rating and Review System

"As a procurement officer, I want to read other users' reviews and ratings for IoT sensors so that I can consider real-world performance and reliability in my purchasing decisions."

Description

The User Rating and Review System will allow users to contribute feedback on their experiences with various IoT sensors. This feature will enable users to submit ratings and detailed reviews, sharing their insights on sensor performance and reliability. The reviews will be displayed alongside sensor data in the comparison tool, providing valuable real-world insights for other users. This requirement is crucial for enhancing the credibility of the Sensor Comparison Tool, as it not only facilitates informed decision-making but also fosters a community-driven approach to selecting technology for sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review for a selected IoT sensor in the Sensor Comparison Tool after using it for at least one month.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Sensor Comparison Tool and select an IoT sensor, then they should be able to submit a rating (1 to 5 stars) and a written review that informs other users about the sensor's performance and reliability, and their submission should be saved and displayed in the comparison tool.

User views the Sensor Comparison Tool and sees multiple ratings and reviews for a selected IoT sensor.

Given the user is on the Sensor Comparison Tool page, when they select an IoT sensor from the comparison list, then they should see the average user rating prominently displayed along with a list of user reviews sorted by date, with the most recent reviews shown first.

A user attempts to submit a review without logging in to their account.

Given the user is on the review submission page, when they attempt to submit a rating and review without being logged in, then they should receive a prompt to log in or create an account before they can submit their feedback.

A user edits their previously submitted review for an IoT sensor.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to their submitted reviews and select a review to edit, then they should be able to modify their rating and comment, and upon submission, the updated review should replace the previous review in the Sensor Comparison Tool.

A user flags a review as inappropriate in the Sensor Comparison Tool.

Given the user is viewing reviews for an IoT sensor, when they click the 'Flag as Inappropriate' button next to a review, then the review should be marked for review by the EcoTrack moderation team, and the user should receive confirmation of the flagging action.

The Sensor Comparison Tool updates to show new reviews in real-time as they are submitted by users.

Given that a user is viewing the Sensor Comparison Tool, when another user submits a new review for any IoT sensor, then the new review should appear in the comparison tool in real-time, without needing to refresh the page.

Integration with Compliance Standards

"As a compliance officer, I want the comparison tool to indicate which IoT sensors meet environmental standards so that I can ensure our purchases align with regulatory requirements."

Description

The Integration with Compliance Standards requirement involves embedding relevant environmental compliance standards directly into the Sensor Comparison Tool. This feature will automatically flag sensors that meet or fail to meet specific compliance requirements, such as energy efficiency and environmental safety thresholds. This integration will not only educate users about their options but also ensure that all selected sensors are compliant with industry regulations, thus reducing risk for the organization and promoting responsible sourcing of technology in sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple sensors for comparison in the Sensor Comparison Tool and wants to evaluate which sensors comply with the latest energy efficiency standards.

Given that the user has selected multiple sensors, when the user views the comparison results, then the tool highlights sensors that meet the specified energy efficiency standards and flags any that do not.

A user is looking to assess sensors based on environmental safety regulations relevant to their industry.

Given the user selects sensors for comparison, when the comparison tool displays the results, then it shows a compliance status for each sensor concerning the relevant environmental safety regulations, indicating if they pass or fail.

A compliance officer is using the Sensor Comparison Tool to determine which sensors to recommend for purchase based on compliance with recent legal standards.

Given the compliance officer has accessed the Sensor Comparison Tool, when they filter sensors by compliance with the recent legal standards, then only sensors that meet those standards are displayed on the comparison list.

An enterprise is evaluating the cost-effectiveness of sensors along with their compliance with sustainability regulations.

Given the user is comparing sensors, when the user views the comparison chart, then it should include metrics on both pricing and compliance status, allowing for a comprehensive evaluation of cost versus compliance.

A product manager wants to generate a report based on sensor compliance and performance metrics after running a comparison.

Given the user has completed a sensor comparison, when they request a report, then the tool generates a downloadable report that includes details on compliance status, performance metrics, and pricing for each sensor.

A user needs to be informed when new compliance standards are added or existing standards are updated in the Sensor Comparison Tool.

Given that compliance standards have been updated, when the user accesses the Sensor Comparison Tool, then they should see a notification indicating which standards have changed and how it affects existing sensors in the comparison.

A purchasing agent wants to ensure that all selected sensors comply with an organization's internal sustainability policies.

Given the user has chosen sensors to compare, when they initiate the comparison, then the tool indicates which sensors are compliant with the organization's internal sustainability policies alongside any flags for non-compliance.

Customizable Comparison Metrics

"As a project manager, I want to customize the comparison metrics displayed in the Tool so that I can focus on the criteria that are most important for my team's specific sustainability projects."

Description

The Customizable Comparison Metrics feature will allow users to tailor the metrics used for comparing IoT sensors according to their specific business needs. Users should have the option to select which performance indicators to display based on their operational goals (e.g., cost-effectiveness, sustainability impact, durability). This adds flexibility and personalization to the Sensor Comparison Tool, enabling users to evaluate sensors most relevant to their initiatives. This feature aims to enhance user satisfaction and improve decision-making by providing tools that fit diverse operational contexts.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes the comparison view to display specific performance metrics relevant to their environmental monitoring needs.

Given a user is on the Sensor Comparison Tool, when they select specific performance indicators from a list of available options, then the comparison view updates to display only the selected metrics.

User saves their customized sensor comparison settings for future use.

Given a user has customized the comparison view, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then their preferences should be saved and accessible the next time they visit the Sensor Comparison Tool.

User can revert to default comparison metrics after customizing their view.

Given a user has customized the comparison metrics, when they press the 'Revert to Default' button, then the comparison view should reset to the default set of metrics.

User can view additional information for each performance metric in the comparison tool.

Given a user is viewing the comparison metrics, when they hover over a performance indicator, then a tooltip should appear providing a brief description of that metric.

User can filter sensors based on overall performance ratings after customizing the comparison view.

Given a user has customized their comparison metrics, when they apply a filter based on the overall performance rating, then only sensors meeting the specified criteria should be displayed in the comparison results.

User accesses help documentation related to customizing the comparison metrics.

Given a user is using the Sensor Comparison Tool, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a help page that provides detailed information on how to customize comparison metrics.

User can compare the cost-effectiveness of sensors in the customized comparison view.

Given a user has selected cost-effectiveness as one of the comparison metrics, when they start a comparison, then the tool should display the cost-effectiveness values for each selected sensor side by side.

Supplier Ratings System

The Supplier Ratings System aggregates user experiences and feedback on different IoT sensor providers. This feature empowers businesses to choose reliable vendors based on quality, customer service, and product performance, enhancing trust and simplifying the procurement process while minimizing the risk of subpar investments.

Requirements

Automated Supplier Evaluation

"As a procurement manager, I want an automated system to evaluate suppliers based on user reviews, so that I can make informed decisions and select the most reliable vendors for our IoT sensors."

Description

The Automated Supplier Evaluation requirement involves the implementation of a system that can automatically gather and analyze feedback on IoT sensor vendors based on user ratings and experiences. This will include integration with existing feedback channels, data aggregation tools, and analytical frameworks to provide comprehensive insights on supplier reliability, product quality, and customer service. The benefit of this requirement is to streamline the supplier selection process, minimize risks associated with vendor performance, and enhance procurement decisions for users by ensuring data-driven evaluations. This feature will also allow users to set specific criteria for evaluation based on their unique needs. Overall, the automated system will ensure a more transparent and efficient process for assessing potential suppliers.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated gathering of supplier ratings and reviews from various approved feedback channels immediately after a user interacts with a vendor's product or service.

Given a user interaction with a vendor, When the feedback is submitted, Then the system should automatically collect and aggregate the rating and comments within five minutes.

Business users can define specific evaluation criteria tailored to their company's procurement policies and concerns regarding suppliers.

Given a business user accessing the Supplier Ratings System, When they select the 'Define Evaluation Criteria' option, Then they should be able to create, edit, and save at least five distinct criteria relevant to supplier assessment.

Automated Supplier Evaluation provides a comprehensive report on supplier performance based on the aggregated data, accessible to users.

Given a user requests a supplier performance report, When the report is generated, Then the system should provide insights on at least three key aspects: reliability, product quality, and customer service ratings, within ten seconds.

Users receive automated alerts when new feedback or ratings about their chosen suppliers are available.

Given a user has selected specific suppliers to monitor, When new feedback is published on these suppliers, Then the user should receive an automated alert via email within one hour of publication.

The system seamlessly integrates with external systems for data input from multiple feedback channels without causing delays.

Given the Automated Supplier Evaluation system is live, When an external feedback channel submits new data, Then the system should incorporate the new data instantly without performance degradation.

Users can filter supplier ratings based on specific attributes such as industry, rating scores, and timeline of评价.

Given a user is viewing supplier ratings, When they apply filters based on industry and rating scores, Then only the relevant suppliers should be displayed, and the displayed list should match the selected criteria accurately.

The system allows users to compare multiple suppliers side by side on essential metrics derived from the evaluations.

Given a user selects multiple suppliers for comparison, When they request a side-by-side evaluation, Then the system should display a comparison view with at least three key performance indicators for all selected suppliers.

Rating Metrics Dashboard

"As a supply chain analyst, I want a dashboard that displays supplier performance metrics, so that I can easily track and compare vendors based on their ratings and make effective procurement recommendations."

Description

The Rating Metrics Dashboard requirement focuses on developing an intuitive dashboard that visually represents supplier ratings, metrics, and comparative analysis. This dashboard will consolidate data about supplier performance across several factors including delivery time, service quality, and customer satisfaction. Users will be able to customize their views based on relevant KPIs critical to their specific needs. The benefits of this feature include improved accessibility of supplier performance data, easier monitoring trends over time, and enhanced decision-making capabilities. It integrates seamlessly into EcoTrack's existing UI, allowing users to quickly access vital information relevant to their purchasing decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Rating Metrics Dashboard to compare supplier performance metrics over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Rating Metrics Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of supplier ratings, including delivery time, service quality, and customer satisfaction metrics for the last quarter.

User customizes the view of the Rating Metrics Dashboard to focus on specific KPIs.

Given the user is on the Rating Metrics Dashboard, when they select specific KPIs to display from the customization options, then the dashboard should update to show only the selected KPIs without any errors.

User analyzes trends in supplier ratings data over time.

Given the user is on the Rating Metrics Dashboard, when they select a date range for analysis, then the dashboard should accurately display historical supplier ratings data for the selected period and highlight noticeable trends.

User reviews supplier performance metrics and generates a report directly from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Rating Metrics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then a report summarizing the selected KPIs and metrics should be created and available for download in PDF format.

User interacts with the dashboard to refresh supplier ratings data.

Given the user is on the Rating Metrics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Refresh' icon, then the dashboard should retrieve the most current supplier ratings from the database and update the displayed metrics accordingly.

User reports an issue with supplier ratings display on the dashboard.

Given the user encounters a problem with the displayed supplier ratings, when they click on the 'Report an Issue' button, then the system should open a feedback form allowing the user to describe the issue and submit it successfully.

User Feedback Integration

"As a user, I want to submit my feedback on suppliers through the EcoTrack platform, so that my experiences can contribute to the overall supplier ratings and help others in the decision-making process."

Description

The User Feedback Integration requirement ensures a seamless process for users to submit their reviews and feedback about suppliers directly within the EcoTrack platform. This feature will enable various input methods, including surveys, ratings, and open text fields, to capture user experiences effectively. The advantages of this integration include a direct channel for user engagement, increased volume of feedback leading to more comprehensive supplier evaluations, and fostering a community within the platform. By integrating feedback directly into supplier profiles, users can easily contribute to and benefit from community insights, enhancing overall transparency and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits supplier feedback via the EcoTrack platform interface.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to a supplier's profile page and select the feedback option, then they should be able to fill out a feedback form that includes a rating (1-5 stars), optional comments, and submit the form successfully.

User attempts to submit feedback without selecting a rating.

Given a logged-in user on the supplier feedback form, when they try to submit feedback without selecting a rating, then an error message should be displayed indicating that a rating is required before submission.

Users view aggregated feedback for a supplier.

Given a user viewing a specific supplier's profile, when they look at the feedback section, then they should see an aggregated rating based on user submissions along with individual user comments, sorted by recency.

User edits feedback after submission.

Given a logged-in user who has previously submitted feedback, when they navigate back to their feedback section, then they should be able to edit their submitted feedback including changing the rating and comments, and submit the changes successfully.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a logged-in user who has successfully submitted feedback, when they complete the submission process, then a confirmation message should be displayed on the screen indicating that their feedback has been received.

Users can view feedback on multiple suppliers.

Given a user browsing the supplier ratings section, when they select a different supplier from the list, then the feedback and ratings specific to that supplier should load and display appropriately without errors.

Supplier Alert Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive alerts about changes in supplier ratings, so that I can address potential issues with vendors before they affect our operations."

Description

The Supplier Alert Notifications requirement involves creating a notification system that updates users on changes in supplier ratings or flagged issues regarding vendors. This system will utilize real-time data to keep users informed about significant changes, providing them with actionable insights to respond promptly. The benefit of this feature is to enhance proactive supplier management, enabling users to mitigate risks associated with supplier issues before they impact operations. Integration with existing communication channels (e.g., email, mobile push notifications) ensures users can receive alerts in their preferred format.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives alerts for significant changes in supplier ratings instantly via their preferred communication channel.

Given a user configured to receive updates via email, when there is a significant change in supplier ratings, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the change.

Users can view detailed information about the changes that triggered the alert.

Given a user receives an alert, when the user clicks on the alert notification, then they are redirected to a detailed view of the supplier ratings and the specific changes that triggered the alert.

Users can customize their notification preferences for supplier alerts.

Given a user in the settings section of the EcoTrack platform, when the user selects their preferred communication channels for supplier alerts, then these preferences should be saved and used for all future alerts.

The system ensures no duplicate notifications are sent for the same supplier rating change within a specified timeframe.

Given a significant supplier rating change occurs, when the system processes the alert, then it should not send duplicate notifications for the same change within 24 hours.

Users can quickly acknowledge receipt of supplier alerts.

Given a user receives a supplier alert notification, when the user clicks the 'Acknowledge' button, then the system should log this acknowledgment and update the user's notification center accordingly.

The system can handle varying loads of notifications without performance degradation.

Given a peak period with high volumes of supplier rating changes, when the system generates alerts, then the alerting system should deliver all notifications within 10 minutes without delays or errors.

Users receive alerts for incoming supplier issues flagged by the system based on historical data patterns.

Given the system analyzes supplier performance continuously, when it identifies a potential issue with a rated supplier, then it sends an alert to the user within 5 minutes of the identification.

Supplier Historical Data Analysis

"As a quality assurance leader, I want to analyze historical supplier performance data, so that I can evaluate the long-term reliability of our vendors and ensure strategic sourcing decisions."

Description

The Supplier Historical Data Analysis requirement focuses on developing analytical tools that allow users to review historical data on supplier performance over time. This includes trends in ratings, feedback frequency, and performance fluctuations. By providing this feature, users can better understand a supplier's long-term reliability, identify patterns, and make more informed decisions based on the historical context. The feature will incorporate visualization tools to facilitate understanding and integration with the EcoTrack platform's predictive analytics capabilities to forecast future supplier performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier Performance Review Over Time

Given a user accesses the Supplier Historical Data Analysis tool, When the user selects a specific supplier and views the performance data over the past year, Then the system should display a visual graph highlighting the supplier's ratings, feedback frequency, and performance trends throughout that year.

Identifying Patterns in Supplier Ratings

Given the user has selected a supplier for analysis, When the user views the historical supplier ratings, Then the system should provide a detailed report that identifies at least three major patterns or trends in the supplier's ratings over time, including any significant changes in performance.

Forecasting Future Supplier Performance

Given a user utilizes the predictive analytics feature, When the user submits historical performance data for a supplier, Then the system should generate a forecast report predicting the supplier's performance for the next six months, including potential risks and opportunities.

Comparative Analysis of Multiple Suppliers

Given a user has selected multiple suppliers for analysis, When the user requests a comparative analysis report, Then the system should present a side-by-side comparison of key performance indicators, including average ratings and trends for each supplier over the selected period.

User Feedback Integration in Supplier Ratings

Given a user submits feedback on a supplier, When the feedback is logged into the system, Then the supplier's historical performance data should be updated to include the new feedback, and the overall ratings should adjust accordingly within 24 hours.

Data Export Functionality

Given a user wants to export historical supplier data, When the user selects the export option, Then the system should allow the user to download the data in multiple formats (CSV, PDF, Excel) without any data loss.

User Interface for Historical Data Visualization

Given a user accesses the Supplier Historical Data Analysis tool, When the user interacts with the visualization components (like filters and sliders), Then the system should dynamically update the performance graphs and charts to reflect the user's selections in real-time.

Custom Sensor Recommendations

The Custom Sensor Recommendations feature leverages AI algorithms to analyze an enterprise's environmental monitoring needs and suggests the best-suited IoT sensors. By providing tailored recommendations, this functionality helps businesses save time and ensures they select technologies that align with their sustainability objectives.

Requirements

AI-Driven Sensor Analysis

"As an environmental manager, I want the system to analyze my company's operational data and recommend specific IoT sensors so that I can make informed decisions about our environmental monitoring needs in a timely manner."

Description

The AI-Driven Sensor Analysis requirement involves implementing advanced algorithms that assess an enterprise's specific environmental monitoring needs through data analytics and historical trends. This function aims to personalize sensor recommendations based on unique operational parameters, industry standards, and sustainability objectives. The benefit of this requirement is that it streamlines the decision-making process, allowing enterprises to select IoT sensors that best meet their operational and regulatory needs, ultimately enhancing their environmental performance and compliance capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

AI analysis of an enterprise's environmental data for sensor recommendations.

Given the enterprise has uploaded historical environmental data, When the AI algorithm processes this data, Then it should produce at least three tailored sensor recommendations based on the specific monitoring needs identified in the data.

User interaction with the sensor recommendations interface.

Given a user is accessing the Custom Sensor Recommendations feature, When they view the recommendations provided by the AI, Then they should see a detailed description, including specifications, for each recommended sensor along with its alignment to their sustainability objectives.

Real-time adjustments based on changing environmental parameters.

Given the enterprise's environmental parameters have changed (e.g., new regulations, different operational activities), When the AI re-evaluates the sensor recommendations, Then it should update the recommendations list to reflect the most relevant sensors according to the new parameters identified.

Validation of recommended sensors against industry standards.

Given the AI-generated sensor recommendations are available, When the user compares these recommendations against current industry standards, Then the system should provide an indication of compliance and potentially highlight any sensors that do not meet desired regulatory requirements.

Feedback mechanism for improving sensor recommendation accuracy.

Given the user has implemented the recommended sensors, When they provide feedback on the effectiveness of these sensors in meeting their environmental monitoring needs, Then this feedback should be recorded in the system and used to refine future sensor recommendations for similar enterprises.

Integration of user-defined sustainability objectives into the recommendation process.

Given the enterprise has input their specific sustainability objectives into the EcoTrack platform, When the AI analyzes the operational data, Then it should prioritize sensor recommendations that most closely align with these stated objectives, indicating the level of alignment for each suggestion.

Customizable Recommendation Dashboard

"As a sustainability officer, I want to customize my dashboard to view the most relevant sensor recommendations, so that I can efficiently prioritize my choices according to our specific sustainability targets."

Description

The Customizable Recommendation Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to modify and personalize the display of sensor recommendations based on their preferences. This requirement should facilitate the inclusion of filters such as sensor type, environmental factors, and compliance categories, ensuring that the most relevant sensor options are highlighted for the user. The dashboard's interactivity promotes user engagement and enhances the decision-making process by ensuring that users can view and prioritize the sensor options that align with their unique business goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User Personalizes Dashboard Filters for Sensor Recommendations

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they access the Customizable Recommendation Dashboard, then they should be able to apply multiple filters such as sensor type, environmental factors, and compliance categories, and see the recommendations update in real time based on these filters.

User Saves Customized Filter Preferences

Given a user has customized their dashboard filters, when they click the 'Save Preferences' button, then the system should successfully store these preferences and apply them automatically on future logins.

User Resets Dashboard to Default Settings

Given a user is viewing their Custom Recommendation Dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then the system should revert the dashboard settings to the original state, clearing all applied filters.

User Views Sensor Recommendations Based on Selected Filters

Given a user has selected specific filters on the Customizable Recommendation Dashboard, when they apply those filters, then they should see a list of sensor recommendations that match the selected criteria, displayed clearly and accurately.

User Interacts with Sensor Recommendation Details

Given a user has navigated to a sensor recommendation on their dashboard, when they click on the recommendation, then a detailed information pop-up should appear, displaying relevant specifications, benefits, and potential environmental impacts.

User Receives System Alerts for New Sensor Technologies

Given a user has customized their dashboard preferences, when a new sensor technology is added to the recommendations that matches their filters, then the system should send a notification alerting them of this addition via their chosen communication channel.

User Exports Customized Sensor Recommendations

Given a user has configured their dashboard and applied filters, when they select the 'Export Recommendations' option, then the system should generate and download a report in a user-friendly format (such as CSV or PDF) containing the filtered sensor recommendations.

Integration with Compliance Database

"As a compliance officer, I want the sensor suggestions to be aligned with current regulatory standards, so that I can ensure our environmental monitoring meets legal requirements."

Description

The Integration with Compliance Database requirement mandates linking the sensor recommendation system with an existing database that houses regulatory compliance guidelines and sustainability standards. This integration ensures that the sensors recommended not only meet the technical specifications but also align with current environmental laws and regulations. This feature enhances the utility of the system by ensuring users are aware of mandatory compliance requirements, thereby mitigating risk and promoting adherence to sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to receive sensor recommendations based on their current environmental monitoring needs while ensuring compliance with relevant regulations.

Given an enterprise user has their environmental monitoring needs input, when they request sensor recommendations, then the system provides a list of IoT sensors that meet both technical specifications and compliance regulations from the database.

The enterprise user updates their sustainability goals, and the system should reflect how these changes impact sensor recommendations.

Given an enterprise user updates their sustainability objectives, when they request a new set of sensor recommendations, then the system should display updated IoT sensor recommendations aligned with both the new objectives and current compliance requirements.

A compliance manager needs to verify that the recommended sensors comply with local environmental regulations.

Given the compliance manager selects a recommended sensor, when they check the compliance details, then the system must display the corresponding regulatory guidelines and standards that the sensor meets.

An enterprise user requires an interface that shows the integration of sensor data with applicable compliance standards throughout the monitoring period.

Given the user accesses the dashboard, when they view sensor data, then the system should show real-time data alongside relevant compliance indicators and alerts for any regulatory changes.

The system needs to notify users about any regulatory updates that might affect sensor recommendations.

Given that a regulatory change is recorded in the compliance database, when the user logs into the system, then they should receive a notification about how this affects their existing sensor recommendations and requirements.

The enterprise user requires a detailed report on sensor recommendations along with compliance metrics for quarterly reviews.

Given the user requests a compliance report, when they generate it, then the system must produce a report including sensor recommendations, compliance status, and any applicable regulatory metrics.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a product manager, I want to provide feedback on sensor performance after implementation, so that the system can improve its future recommendations based on user experiences."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement involves developing a system for users to provide insights and feedback on the effectiveness of used sensors and the recommendations given. This feature will enable continuous improvement of the recommendation algorithms, ensuring they evolve to meet changing business needs and emerging technologies in environmental monitoring. The outcome is a more accurate and efficient recommendation system that benefits from real-world experiences, assisting enterprises in making better decisions in their sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on the effectiveness of a specific IoT sensor used for environmental monitoring after a designated testing period.

Given the user has access to the feedback portal, when they submit feedback on a used sensor, then the feedback must be saved in the database and linked to the corresponding sensor's performance metrics.

Administrators review feedback submissions from various users on the sensor recommendations to identify areas for improvement in the AI algorithms.

Given that at least five feedback submissions have been received, when the administrator accesses the feedback summary report, then the report must display aggregated feedback data and suggested improvements for the recommendation algorithms.

Users receive automated recommendations for new sensors based on previously submitted feedback and updated AI algorithms.

Given that the feedback loop mechanism has been activated, when a user requests sensor recommendations, then the system must provide updated recommendations that reflect the most recent feedback entries.

The system tracks the changes in recommendation accuracy after implementing feedback from users.

Given that feedback has been processed, when a user compares past recommendations and current recommendations, then the system must show an accuracy improvement percentage derived from user feedback.

Users can categorize their feedback based on the type of suggestion, whether positive or negative, regarding sensor performance and recommendations.

Given the feedback submission form is open, when a user submits feedback, then the form must allow the user to categorize their feedback as 'Positive', 'Negative', or 'Neutral', and store this categorization in the database.

The feedback system integrates with the user’s dashboard to show feedback trends over time related to sensor recommendations.

Given the user accesses their dashboard, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they must see a graphical representation of feedback trends that displays improvements or declines in user satisfaction over time regarding sensor recommendations.

Real-Time Data Synchronization

"As a facility manager, I want to see real-time data from our IoT sensors on the EcoTrack platform, so that I can react promptly to any environmental issues that arise."

Description

The Real-Time Data Synchronization requirement involves implementing a system that ensures continuous and real-time updates of environmental data collected from IoT sensors back to the EcoTrack platform. This requirement guarantees that users receive the most current data to make informed decisions and adjustments as necessary. The benefit lies in enhancing the accuracy and relevance of monitorings, such as emissions levels, enabling immediate action when required and thereby reinforcing a proactive approach to sustainability management.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time environmental data update when emission levels exceed predetermined thresholds.

Given an IoT sensor monitoring emission levels, when the emissions exceed the defined threshold, then the EcoTrack platform should update the data in real-time to reflect the new emission levels within 5 seconds.

Data synchronization during IoT sensor failure and recovery.

Given an IoT sensor has failed, when the sensor recovers, then all missed data records should be synchronized back to the EcoTrack platform with no data loss.

User request for manual refresh of environmental data.

Given a user is viewing the environmental data dashboard, when the user clicks the 'Refresh' button, then the EcoTrack platform should retrieve the most current data from all connected IoT sensors within 3 seconds.

Automated notification of significant data changes to users.

Given real-time data is synchronized from IoT sensors, when there is a significant change in environmental data (e.g., emissions spike), then a notification should be sent to relevant users within 1 minute of the change being detected.

Check data consistency across multiple devices connected to EcoTrack.

Given multiple IoT sensors are providing data to EcoTrack, when a user retrieves data from the dashboard, then all readings from the sensors should be consistent and accurately reflected on the platform.

Validation of real-time data synchronization performance under load conditions.

Given multiple IoT sensors are actively sending data to EcoTrack, when 100 sensors report data simultaneously, then the platform should update all data points within 5 seconds without performance degradation.

User-generated reports based on real-time data.

Given users want to generate a sustainability report, when they select real-time data as a parameter, then the report should accurately reflect the most recent environmental data collected within the last hour.

Marketplace Community Insights

Marketplace Community Insights offers users access to shared experiences, case studies, and best practices from other EcoTrack users regarding IoT sensors. This feature fosters a collaborative environment where organizations can learn from one another, enhancing their installation strategies and maximizing sensor utility.

Requirements

User Collaboration Hub

"As a user of EcoTrack, I want to access a community hub where I can share and learn about IoT sensor installations, so that I can improve my installation strategies and get more value from my sensors."

Description

The User Collaboration Hub will serve as a dedicated space within the EcoTrack platform where users can share insights, experiences, and best practices related to the installation and use of IoT sensors. This feature will facilitate easy access to community-driven content such as case studies, installation tips, and troubleshooting guides, resulting in a more informed user base. The collaboration hub will also support user-generated content, enabling organizations to post their own experiences and learnings. This requirement is critical in promoting a community-oriented approach and maximizing the utility of IoT sensors as users learn from each other's successes and challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access and Navigation to the Collaboration Hub

Given a registered user, when they log into the EcoTrack platform, then they should see the User Collaboration Hub listed in the main navigation menu and be able to click it to access the hub.

Content Submission by Users

Given a user logged into the User Collaboration Hub, when they click on the 'Submit Insight' button, then they should be able to successfully upload a case study or share an experience which must include a title and a description, and receive confirmation of submission.

Searching for Community Insights

Given a user in the User Collaboration Hub, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the system should return relevant community insights, including case studies and troubleshooting guides that match the search term.

Viewing and Accessing Shared Experiences

Given a user in the User Collaboration Hub, when they select a specific case study or insight, then they should be able to view the content in detail, including additional resources or links shared by the community.

User Rating System for Shared Content

Given a user who is viewing content in the User Collaboration Hub, when they read a shared experience or case study, then they should have the option to rate the content on a scale of 1 to 5 stars, which should be recorded and reflected in the overall rating shown to all users.

Receiving Notifications for New Content

Given a user subscribed to the User Collaboration Hub, when new insights or case studies are posted, then the user should receive a notification email alerting them of the new content and providing links for easy access.

Commenting on User-Generated Content

Given a user viewing a shared insight in the User Collaboration Hub, when they enter a comment in the comment section and submit it, then their comment should appear below the content in real-time, reflecting user engagement.

Case Study Repository

"As a user, I want to explore case studies from other organizations using EcoTrack, so that I can understand successful implementations and apply those lessons to my own projects."

Description

The Case Study Repository will provide a centralized location for users to access a collection of documented experiences from other EcoTrack users regarding IoT sensor implementations. Users will be able to browse through various case studies categorized by industry, application, and sensor type, allowing them to draw relevant insights for their own needs. This repository will also feature office hours with experts who can discuss case studies and provide additional context. The repository is essential for enabling informed decision-making and fostering a learning culture within the EcoTrack user community.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Case Study Repository and filters case studies by industry, application, and sensor type to find relevant information.

Given the user is on the Case Study Repository page, when they apply filters for industry, application, and sensor type, then the results should display only the case studies that match the selected criteria.

User views a case study to gain insights on IoT sensor implementation from other EcoTrack users.

Given the user selects a specific case study, when they click on the case study link, then the user should see all details, including title, summary, implementation strategies, and relevant metrics.

User accesses office hours with experts to discuss case studies related to their industry or application.

Given the user has access to office hours, when they register for a session, then they should receive a confirmation email with all relevant details, including date, time, and a link to join the session.

User shares feedback on a case study to enhance community learning and engagement.

Given the user is viewing a case study, when they submit feedback or questions, then their input should be saved and visible to other users in a dedicated feedback section under the case study.

User searches the Case Study Repository using keywords to locate specific implementations.

Given the user inputs relevant keywords in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then the results should include all case studies that contain the entered keywords in their titles or summaries.

User checks the number of views and ratings for each case study to evaluate its popularity and usefulness.

Given the user is in the Case Study Repository, when they view the list of case studies, then each entry should display the number of views and the average rating from users.

User finds a case study that is particularly relevant and saves it to their personal dashboard for easy access later.

Given the user is viewing a case study, when they click the 'Save to Dashboard' button, then the case study should be added to their personal dashboard and be accessible from the dashboard page.

Best Practices Sharing

"As a user, I want to learn from others' best practices in IoT sensor usage, so that I can improve my own operational strategies and ensure compliance more effectively."

Description

The Best Practices Sharing feature will allow users to contribute and access a set of curated best practices for utilizing IoT sensors effectively. This feature will include a submission form for users to share their top tips, strategies, and lessons learned, which will be reviewed and curated by EcoTrack's team for quality assurance. This initiative will enhance user engagement and serve as a powerful tool for continuous improvement, ensuring organizations optimize their sensor usage and remain compliant with environmental standards.

Acceptance Criteria

Submission of Best Practices by Users

Given a user has logged into EcoTrack, when they fill out the best practices submission form and submit it, then the submission should be acknowledged with a confirmation message indicating successful submission.

Review and Curate Submissions

Given that there are user submissions in the best practices section, when the EcoTrack team reviews these submissions, then the approved submissions should be published in the community insights section within 7 business days.

Accessing Shared Best Practices

Given that a user navigates to the community insights section, when they click on the best practices category, then they should be able to view a list of curated best practices contributed by other users, sorted by relevance and date.

Search and Filter Best Practices

Given the best practices list is displayed, when a user uses the search and filter functionality, then they should be able to find relevant best practices based on keywords or categories.

User Feedback on Best Practices

Given a user has accessed a published best practice, when they provide feedback or a comment, then their feedback should be submitted successfully and reflected on the specific best practice page within 24 hours.

Analytics on Best Practices Usage

Given that best practices are being accessed by users, when the EcoTrack team reviews community insights analytics, then they should see usage statistics including the number of views and user engagement metrics reported weekly.

Notifications for New Best Practices

Given that a new best practice has been published, when a user opts into notifications, then they should receive an email notification within 24 hours of the new best practice being published.

Community Rating System

"As a participant of the EcoTrack community, I want to rate and review shared insights, so that I can help highlight the most useful content for my peers."

Description

The Community Rating System will enable users to rate and review shared content such as case studies and best practices within the community hub. This feature will help highlight the most valuable insights and allow users to navigate the community resources effectively. Users will be able to leave feedback and encourage contributions, leading to a more dynamic and engaged user community. This requirement is vital for maintaining high-quality content and ensuring that users prioritize the information that is most relevant and beneficial to their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a rating and review for a case study in the Marketplace Community Hub.

Given a user has access to a case study, when they submit a rating and review, then the submission should be successfully recorded and displayed alongside the case study with the correct user attribution.

User accesses the Community Rating System to filter case studies based on ratings.

Given a user is in the Marketplace Community Hub, when they apply a filter for case studies rated above 4 stars, then only case studies that meet the rating criteria should be displayed.

User views the most highly rated case studies in the Marketplace Community Hub.

Given a user accesses the Marketplace Community Hub, when they navigate to the 'Top Rated' section, then they should see a list of case studies sorted by average rating, showing at least 5 entries.

Admin reviews and moderates user-generated ratings and reviews.

Given an admin is in the Moderation Dashboard, when they view ratings and reviews, then they should have the ability to approve, edit, or delete any user submission based on community guidelines.

User attempts to submit an empty review in the Community Rating System.

Given a user tries to submit a rating without entering text for the review, when they attempt to submit, then a validation message should be displayed indicating that the review cannot be empty.

User receives notifications about new top-rated case studies in the Marketplace Community Hub.

Given a user has opted in for notifications, when new case studies with high ratings are added to the platform, then the user should receive an email notification about these new entries.

User edits their submitted rating and review for a case study.

Given a user has previously submitted a rating and review, when they attempt to edit their submission, then the updated rating and review should reflect changes immediately upon submission.

Integration with Communication Tools

"As a user, I want to share insights and discussions from the EcoTrack community directly in my team’s communication tool, so that we can collaborate more easily and stay informed on best practices."

Description

This requirement involves integrating the Marketplace Community Insights feature with popular communication tools (e.g., Slack, Microsoft Teams) to allow users to share community resources and discussions directly in their favorite platforms. By enabling seamless sharing and communication, users can collaborate more effectively and stay updated on relevant topics related to their IoT sensors. This integration will enhance user engagement and ensure that valuable insights reach users where they are most active, ultimately fostering a collaborative ecosystem around the EcoTrack platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion thread about best practices for IoT sensor installation in a Slack channel connected to EcoTrack Marketplace Community Insights.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform and has connected their Slack account, When the user shares a new discussion thread in EcoTrack, Then the thread should automatically create a corresponding message in the specified Slack channel with all relevant details including title, authorship, and timestamp.

A user receives real-time notifications in Microsoft Teams when new case studies or resources are shared in the EcoTrack marketplace.

Given the user has opted into notifications for case studies in the EcoTrack marketplace, When a new case study is published, Then a notification should be sent to the user’s Microsoft Teams application within 5 minutes of the publication.

A user wants to share an interesting case study from EcoTrack with their colleagues using a direct message in Slack.

Given the user is viewing a case study on the EcoTrack platform, When the user selects the 'Share' option and chooses Slack, Then they should see a dialog to select colleagues and share a direct link to the case study, and the message should include the title and a brief summary.

Multiple users collaborate on editing a shared document that synthesizes best practices gathered from the Marketplace Community Insights feature.

Given at least two users are collaborating on a shared document, When a user updates the document and saves their changes, Then all collaborators should see the updated content in real-time without needing to refresh their document view.

Users are able to categorize and tag resources shared in communication tools for easier retrieval and organization.

Given a user shares a resource in either Slack or Microsoft Teams, When they input tags or select categories upon sharing, Then the shared resource should be stored in EcoTrack’s Marketplace Community Insights with the corresponding tags for future filtering.

A user requests access to community insights directly from the EcoTrack dashboard, wanting to see discussions related to sensor utility.

Given the user is on the EcoTrack dashboard, When they click on the 'Community Insights' section, Then they should be presented with a feed of discussions and insights, along with filters for topic relevance and date.

An administrator reviews user engagement metrics from shared resources on communication tools after the integration has been implemented.

Given the integration has been live for one month, When the administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they should see metrics reflecting the number of shares, engagement rates, and feedback for shared community insights across both Slack and Microsoft Teams.

Seamless Procurement Process

The Seamless Procurement Process streamlines the purchasing workflow by integrating secure payment options and order tracking within the IoT Sensor Marketplace. This feature simplifies transactions, reduces administrative burdens, and allows organizations to procure necessary technology efficiently and conveniently.

Requirements

Integrated Payment Gateway

"As a procurement manager, I want a secure payment gateway integrated into the EcoTrack platform so that I can efficiently complete transactions without worrying about the safety of financial information."

Description

This requirement involves the implementation of a secure and integrated payment processing system within the EcoTrack platform, enabling users to complete transactions with a variety of payment methods. The payment gateway should ensure the highest level of security for users' financial information, complying with industry standards such as PCI DSS. Additionally, it should facilitate instant payment confirmations and support multiple currencies, enhancing the user experience. By streamlining the payment process, businesses will experience reduced transaction times and administrative overhead, allowing them to focus on their sustainability goals rather than payment logistics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Initiates Payment for IoT Sensors in the Marketplace

Given a user has selected IoT sensors to purchase in the EcoTrack Marketplace, when they proceed to checkout and enter appropriate payment details, then the payment should be processed securely, and an instant confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Multiple Currency Transactions

Given that a user is located in a country with a different currency, when they choose a payment method and select their local currency, then the payment should be processed accurately and reflected appropriately on both the user’s transaction history and the EcoTrack backend.

Payment Security Compliance Check

Given the need for secure transactions, when a payment is processed, then it must comply with PCI DSS standards, ensuring no sensitive payment data is unnecessarily exposed during or after the transaction.

Order Tracking After Payment

Given that a user has completed a purchase, when they navigate to their order history, then they should be able to see the status of their order including estimated delivery dates and tracking information if applicable.

Payment Method Flexibility

Given that a user wishes to use different payment methods, when they reach the payment stage, then they should see options for credit cards, PayPal, and other digital wallets, allowing them to choose their preferred method easily.

Transaction Failure Notification

Given that a payment attempt fails due to insufficient funds or network issues, when the user attempts to process the payment, then they should receive a clear error message specifying the reason for the failure, along with options to retry the payment.

Integration with Existing Financial Systems

Given the requirement for an integrated payment solution, when payments are made through EcoTrack, then those transactions should be automatically recorded in the organization’s existing financial management system without manual intervention.

Order Tracking System

"As a user, I want to track my orders in real time within the EcoTrack platform so that I can stay informed about delivery timelines and manage my operations accordingly."

Description

The order tracking system requirement establishes a robust mechanism for users to monitor the status of their purchases in real time. This feature will provide updates on order processing, shipment, and delivery, accessible through the EcoTrack interface. By offering transparency and timely notifications, users can manage their procurement schedules more effectively and reduce uncertainties related to order statuses. This functionality not only improves user satisfaction but also aligns with the platform's commitment to operational efficiency, enabling businesses to make timely decisions based on accurate information.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an order and navigates to the order tracking interface to check the status of their purchase.

Given the user has placed an order, when they access the order tracking section, then the current status of the order is displayed (e.g., Processing, Shipped, Delivered) with a timestamp of the last update.

User receives a notification regarding changes to their order status.

Given the user has placed an order, when there is a change in order status (e.g., from Processing to Shipped), then an automated notification is sent via email and displayed within the EcoTrack interface.

User looks up a past order to check its delivery history.

Given the user has access to order history, when they select a completed order, then the full timeline of the order's status updates (from order placed to delivery date) is displayed accurately.

User contacts customer support regarding a delayed order.

Given the user has contacted customer support, when they inquire about the status of a delayed order, then customer support can retrieve and provide the current order status and expected delivery date via the order tracking system.

User accesses the order tracking system via a mobile device to check their order status while on the go.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they log into the EcoTrack app and navigate to the order tracking section, then the order status is displayed in a mobile-friendly format without any functional issues.

User filters their order list by order status to find specific purchases.

Given the user is in the order tracking section, when they apply a filter for order status (e.g., Shipped), then only the orders matching that status are displayed accurately on the screen.

Customizable Dashboard for Procurement

"As a procurement officer, I want to customize my dashboard in the EcoTrack platform so that I can focus on the metrics and analytics that are most relevant to my purchasing decisions."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a customizable dashboard specifically for procurement functions within the EcoTrack platform. Users will be able to tailor their dashboard views to display relevant metrics and analytics pertaining to their purchasing processes, such as order history, supplier performance, and transaction statistics. This customization empowers users to visualize data in a way that meets their unique workflow needs, enhancing decision-making capabilities and increasing operational transparency. Additionally, the dashboard will include AI-driven insights to provide users with data-backed recommendations for optimizing their procurement strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their procurement dashboard to display order history and supplier performance metrics.

Given the user has access to the customizable dashboard, when the user selects the metrics they wish to display, then the dashboard reflects the user's selections in real-time without any delay.

User applies AI-driven insights to enhance their procurement strategies on the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their procurement dashboard, when the AI-driven insights are available, then the user can see recommended actions for optimizing procurement displayed prominently.

User tracks their order status through the procurement dashboard.

Given an order has been placed, when the user navigates to the order tracking section on the dashboard, then the current status of the order and estimated delivery date are clearly displayed.

Procurement dashboard loads successfully for the user after customization.

Given the user has customized their dashboard settings, when the user logs into EcoTrack, then the customized dashboard loads without errors and displays the correct metrics 100% of the time.

User filters transaction statistics based on specific time frames.

Given the user is viewing transaction statistics on their procurement dashboard, when the user selects a time frame filter (e.g., last month, last quarter), then the dashboard updates the displayed statistics accurately based on the selected time frame.

Administrators update dashboard metrics to reflect new procurement KPIs.

Given the administrator has access to the dashboard settings, when they update the metrics available for display, then all users can see the updated metrics the next time they log into the platform.

Users receive notifications for procurement anomalies or compliance alerts directly on their dashboard.

Given the AI system detects a procurement anomaly, when the user views their dashboard, then a notification appears alerting them to the anomaly, along with actionable recommendations to address the issue.

Supplier Management Module

"As a procurement lead, I want to manage supplier performance metrics directly within the EcoTrack platform so that I can select the best vendors for our organization’s needs."

Description

The supplier management module requirement involves creating a dedicated section within the EcoTrack platform for managing supplier information and performance. This feature will allow users to input, track, and analyze supplier metrics, including delivery times, compliance rates, and service quality. By centralizing supplier data, organizations can make informed decisions about vendor selection and foster better relationships with their suppliers. This module is essential for businesses to streamline their procurement process, ensuring that they work with the best partners to achieve their sustainability and compliance objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

Supplier data entry and management

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Supplier Management Module and enter supplier details (name, contact information, delivery times, compliance rates, service quality), then the system should successfully save the supplier information and display a confirmation message.

Supplier performance tracking

Given a user has entered multiple suppliers into the system, when they request a report on supplier performance metrics (delivery times, compliance rates, service quality), then the system should generate a comprehensive report displaying all relevant metrics accurately and in easily understandable formats.

Supplier analytics dashboard

Given a user is on the Supplier Management Module, when they access the analytics dashboard, then the system should present visual data representations (graphs, charts) for each supplier’s performance metrics allowing for easy comparison between suppliers.

Supplier compliance alerts

Given an established compliance threshold for suppliers, when a supplier's performance dips below the threshold, then the system should automatically notify the user via email and display an alert within the module.

Supplier data update process

Given a user has existing suppliers in the system, when they edit a supplier’s details (e.g., delivery time or service quality), then the updated information should be saved, and a confirmation message should be displayed on the screen immediately.

Supplier relationship management

Given a user is engaging with a supplier for a procurement process, when they access the Supplier Management Module, then they should be able to view historical communications and ratings for that supplier within the module.

Supplier removal process

Given a user decides to remove a supplier from the system, when they select the delete option for a supplier, then the system should prompt for confirmation and upon confirmation, should successfully remove the supplier and display a success message.

Automated Compliance Reporting

"As a compliance officer, I want automated compliance reports generated from my procurement activities in EcoTrack so that I can ensure we meet all regulatory standards without manual effort."

Description

This requirement outlines the development of an automated reporting feature that generates compliance reports based on procurement activities within the EcoTrack platform. The system will analyze data collected from transactions and supplier engagements to produce comprehensive reports that fulfill regulatory and organizational compliance requirements. This feature serves a critical need for businesses aiming to maintain transparency and adherence to sustainability and environmental standards, reducing manual reporting efforts and human errors while ensuring timely and accurate compliance documentation.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a procurement transaction through EcoTrack and selects items from the IoT Sensor Marketplace.

Given that the user selects products from the IoT Sensor Marketplace, when they confirm the order and the payment is processed successfully, then an automated compliance report is generated and saved in the system for that transaction.

A compliance officer retrieves compliance reports within the EcoTrack platform.

Given that multiple procurement transactions have occurred, when the compliance officer selects a specific reporting period and initiates a report retrieval, then the system displays a comprehensive compliance report reflecting all relevant procurement activities within that period.

An automated alert is generated for compliance checks based on procurement data.

Given that new procurement transactions have been completed, when the automated compliance reporting feature analyzes relevant data, then alerts are sent to designated personnel if any procurement action potentially violates compliance regulations.

The system must handle various regulatory requirements specific to different regions.

Given that the EcoTrack platform serves enterprises in multiple regions, when users generate compliance reports, then the reports must accurately reflect the respective regional regulatory requirements applicable to the transactions captured.

A user wants to view historical compliance reports based on past procurement activities.

Given that historical procurement data exists in the system, when the user navigates to the compliance reporting section and selects specific filters for date ranges and types of reports, then the system displays accurate and relevant historical compliance reports as per the applied filters.

The performance of automated compliance reporting is assessed under heavy load.

Given that multiple users are generating compliance reports simultaneously, when the load testing scenario is executed, then the system should generate compliance reports for all requests within 3 minutes without errors or crashes.

The automated compliance reporting feature updates its database in real-time as new procurement data is entered.

Given that a new procurement transaction is completed, when the user checks the compliance report immediately after, then the report reflects the most recent transaction data, demonstrating real-time updates.

Real-time Analytics for Procurement Decisions

"As a procurement analyst, I want real-time analytics for our purchasing data within EcoTrack so that I can derive actionable insights that improve our procurement strategies."

Description

The real-time analytics requirement aims to integrate advanced analytics capabilities within the procurement process. This feature will allow users to access live data analytics regarding spending patterns, supplier effectiveness, and procurement efficiency directly through the EcoTrack platform. Utilizing AI-driven analytics, users can identify trends, forecast needs, and optimize purchasing decisions based on current data. This functionality will support businesses in making more informed, timely decisions, ultimately enhancing their operational efficiency and sustaining their environmental management efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the real-time analytics dashboard to evaluate spending patterns over the last quarter.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the real-time analytics dashboard, then they should see updated graphs and tables showing spending patterns for the last quarter, with data refresh every 5 minutes.

User analyzes supplier effectiveness through the real-time analytics feature.

Given that the user selects a specific supplier from the dashboard, when they click on the supplier's name, then they should see detailed analytics on the supplier's performance metrics including delivery times, order accuracy, and cost efficiency, updated in real-time.

User forecasts future procurement needs based on historical data using real-time analytics.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, when they apply filters for product categories and time frames, then they should be able to generate a forecast report that predicts future procurement needs based on historical spending trends, with clear visualizations.

User identifies trends in procurement efficiency through the analytics provided in the platform.

Given the user has selected the procurement efficiency analysis option,When they examine the provided reports, then they should see a concise summary of trends in procurement efficiency, including metrics like order lead times and cost savings realized, over the past 6 months.

User receives automated alerts for abnormal spending patterns through the analytics dashboard.

Given the user sets predefined thresholds for spending patterns, when an abnormality is detected, then they should receive an automated alert via email and within the EcoTrack platform, highlighting the unusual spending.

User customizes the analytics dashboard to display preferred metrics relevant to their procurement process.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select customization options, then they should be able to add, remove, or rearrange metrics on the dashboard according to their preferences and save these changes successfully for future sessions.

User exports real-time analytics reports into various file formats for stakeholder communication.

Given the user views a completed analytics report, when they select the option to export, then they should be able to successfully download the report in PDF, Excel, and CSV formats with all data intact and correctly formatted.

Integration Compatibility Checker

The Integration Compatibility Checker assesses IoT sensors for their compatibility with existing EcoTrack systems and other tools used by the organization. By ensuring seamless integration with current operations, businesses can avoid costly delays and implement monitoring systems that work harmoniously within their existing infrastructure.

Requirements

IoT Sensor Compatibility Assessment

"As a sustainability manager, I want to assess the compatibility of new IoT sensors with our existing EcoTrack systems so that I can ensure smooth integration and minimize implementation delays."

Description

The IoT Sensor Compatibility Assessment requirement involves the development of a comprehensive tool within the EcoTrack platform that evaluates various IoT sensors for their compatibility with existing EcoTrack systems and third-party tools used by the organization. This tool will analyze the technical specifications, communication protocols, and data formats of potential sensors, cross-referencing them with EcoTrack's operational parameters to ensure optimal integration. By implementing this compatibility checker, businesses can effectively prevent integration issues, saving time and resources during deployment. Furthermore, this requirement aims to facilitate a smoother onboarding process for new IoT devices and enhance overall system reliability by ensuring that all components work together seamlessly, ultimately improving data accuracy and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

IoT Sensor Compatibility Assessment for New Devices

Given a new IoT sensor is submitted for assessment, when the compatibility checker analyzes its specifications, then it should return a compatibility score along with a clear indication of compatible and non-compatible features against EcoTrack's operational parameters.

Integration with Third-Party Tools

Given an organization uses third-party tools alongside EcoTrack, when the compatibility checker evaluates a selected IoT sensor, then it should provide a detailed report highlighting any integration issues with both EcoTrack and the third-party tool specifications.

User Interface for Assessment Results

Given the compatibility analysis is complete, when a user accesses the compatibility checker results, then they should see a user-friendly interface displaying compatibility findings in a visual format with options to download the report.

Historical Data Comparison

Given a set of previously assessed IoT sensors, when a new sensor is evaluated, then the compatibility checker should provide insights comparing the new sensor’s compatibility with the historical data to identify trends over time.

Real-time Notifications for Compatibility Updates

Given a user is actively using the compatibility checker, when a new IoT sensor is added to the database, then the system should notify the user in real time of any updates or changes regarding compatibility assessments relevant to their submitted sensors.

Comprehensive Documentation for Users

Given the development of the compatibility checker, when a user accesses the tool, then they should have access to detailed documentation outlining how to use the tool, interpret results, and understand compatibility scores.

Performance Testing under Load

Given the compatibility checker is deployed, when multiple users submit sensors for assessment simultaneously, then it should maintain performance with a response time of under 2 seconds for at least 95% of the requests.

Real-Time Compatibility Reporting

"As a technician, I want to receive real-time compatibility updates when evaluating new IoT sensors so that I can make informed decisions quickly to facilitate timely installations."

Description

The Real-Time Compatibility Reporting requirement focuses on developing a feature that provides instantaneous feedback on the compatibility status of IoT sensors with the EcoTrack platform. This reporting functionality will analyze sensor data and compatibility assessments in real-time, allowing users to see whether a particular sensor is compatible and ready for deployment or if it requires further assessment. By offering this immediate feedback, the feature aims to streamline the decision-making process during the sensor selection and installation phases, enabling organizations to act quickly on integration opportunities and challenges without unnecessary delays.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a compatibility check for a specific IoT sensor model through the EcoTrack dashboard in a real-time environment.

Given that the user selects an IoT sensor model, when the compatibility check is initiated, then the system should display a compatibility status as either 'Compatible' or 'Incompatible' within 10 seconds.

An organization reviews the real-time compatibility reporting for multiple IoT sensors during a project planning meeting.

Given that the user has selected multiple IoT sensors for assessment, when the compatibility report is generated, then the report should present compatibility statuses for all selected sensors in a clear and organized manner.

A user needs to verify if a new sensor added to the system is compatible before installation.

Given that the new sensor is added to the EcoTrack system, when the user accesses the compatibility reporting feature, then the system must provide an accurate compatibility status and any necessary recommendations for further action.

After a compatibility assessment shows a sensor is incompatible, the user wants to know the reasons behind this outcome.

Given that a sensor is marked as 'Incompatible', when the user requests more information, then the system should provide detailed explanations regarding the incompatibility and suggestions for alternative solutions.

During an integration phase, a user updates the IoT sensor configurations and wants to recheck their compatibility.

Given that the user updates the sensor configurations in the EcoTrack platform, when they request a new compatibility check, then the system should reflect the updated compatibility status based on the latest sensor configurations.

Automated Sensor Configuration Recommendations

"As a field engineer, I want to receive automated configuration recommendations for IoT sensors based on compatibility assessments so that I can ensure optimal performance during installation."

Description

The Automated Sensor Configuration Recommendations requirement involves creating an intelligent recommendation module that advises users on optimal configuration settings for new IoT sensors based on the results of the compatibility assessment. By leveraging historical data and best practices, this feature will guide users on the ideal settings necessary to ensure peak performance and integration with EcoTrack. As a result, organizations will reduce the likelihood of human error during sensor setup and enhance the overall effectiveness of the monitoring systems by adhering to recommended operational standards. This requirement will significantly contribute to improving the user experience and operational outcomes for businesses leveraging EcoTrack.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Integration Compatibility Checker and uploads information about new IoT sensors they plan to implement within their EcoTrack system, seeking optimal configuration settings relevant to their existing infrastructure.

Given the user has uploaded sensor details, when the compatibility assessment is performed, then the system provides a list of recommended configuration settings based on historical data and best practices.

A user executes the Automated Sensor Configuration Recommendations after the compatibility check, aiming to configure a new IoT sensor accurately to ensure optimal performance and integration.

Given the user requests configuration recommendations for the selected sensor, when recommendations are retrieved, then the system displays a checklist of optimal settings with explanations for each.

An organization implements a new IoT sensor following the Automated Sensor Configuration Recommendations provided by EcoTrack, intending to verify the functionality of the sensor within their existing system.

Given the user follows all provided recommendations, when the new sensor is activated, then the system monitors and confirms that the sensor operates within the recommended performance parameters without errors.

After implementing the new IoT sensors, users access EcoTrack to monitor environmental data and assess the overall system performance, comparing it against projected outcomes from the configuration settings.

Given the sensors have been configured according to recommendations, when environmental data is collected, then the system demonstrates improved data accuracy and operational efficiency compared to past performance benchmarks.

Users seek to troubleshoot issues with sensor integration in EcoTrack, referencing the configuration recommendations to adjust settings if necessary.

Given a user identifies an integration challenge, when they review the configuration recommendations, then they can modify the settings in accordance with the suggestions provided and successfully resolve the issue.

A user revisits the configuration recommendations after a system update to determine if any changes are necessary for optimal performance of the pre-existing IoT sensors.

Given the system has been updated, when the user accesses the recommendations, then the system identifies any relevant changes and notifies the user of updated optimal configuration settings.

Integration Documentation Library

"As a project manager, I want access to a comprehensive integration documentation library for IoT sensors so that my team can implement systems efficiently and confidently without external support."

Description

The Integration Documentation Library requirement aims to create a centralized repository of resources that provide detailed documentation on the integration process of various IoT sensors with EcoTrack. This library will include technical specifications, step-by-step integration guides, troubleshooting tips, and case studies to educate users on best practices. By having this information readily available, users can enhance their understanding of the integration process, minimize errors, and streamline the implementation of their sensor systems. This requirement ensures that organizations can leverage the full potential of EcoTrack without the need for extensive external consultations.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration Documentation Library Use Case for IoT Sensor Integration.

Given a user accesses the Integration Documentation Library, when they search for a specific IoT sensor model, then the system should display relevant documentation, including technical specifications and step-by-step integration guides.

User Access and Navigation in the Integration Documentation Library.

Given that a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Integration Documentation Library, then they should be able to easily find and access different categories of documentation with a maximum of three clicks.

Updating the Integration Documentation Library with New Resources.

Given that a new sensor integration guide has been created, when the documentation is uploaded to the Integration Documentation Library, then the system should log the update and notify users who have accessed related materials in the past month.

Retrieving Troubleshooting Information from the Integration Documentation Library.

Given a user encounters an issue during sensor integration, when they access the Integration Documentation Library and search for troubleshooting tips, then they should be able to find a list of common issues and solutions relevant to their specific sensor within two minutes.

User Feedback on Integration Documentation Effectiveness.

Given that the Integration Documentation Library has been in use for three months, when users access the library, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the documentation's clarity and usefulness, with an overall feedback rating of at least 4 out of 5.

Access Control for Integration Documentation Library.

Given that the Integration Documentation Library is live, when a new user account is created for EcoTrack, then the system should automatically grant access to the library based on user role with proper restrictions for sensitive documents.

Case Study Accessibility in the Integration Documentation Library.

Given a user is interested in case studies, when they search for case studies in the Integration Documentation Library, then they should be able to find at least three relevant examples of successful IoT sensor integrations within one minute.

User Feedback Mechanism for Compatibility Checker

"As a product user, I want to provide feedback on the compatibility checker results so that I can help improve the accuracy of the sensor assessments over time."

Description

The User Feedback Mechanism for Compatibility Checker requirement involves establishing a feature that allows users to provide feedback on the compatibility assessment results of IoT sensors. This feedback loop will enable the EcoTrack team to refine the compatibility checker algorithm and improve accuracy over time based on real-world insights from users. By collecting qualitative and quantitative data, the EcoTrack platform can adapt to emerging sensor technologies and changing industry standards, ensuring continuous improvement of the compatibility feature. This requirement is essential for maintaining user trust and enhancing the platform's reliability in sensor integration.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on compatibility assessment of a new IoT sensor after conducting a real-world test within their existing EcoTrack integration environment.

Given a user accesses the Compatibility Checker, when they submit feedback through the feedback interface, then the feedback should be recorded successfully in the system and associated with the specific IoT sensor.

A user reviews the compatibility assessment results for multiple IoT sensors and selects one to provide feedback on its integration experience.

Given a user selects an IoT sensor from the compatibility report, when they provide feedback via a rating scale from 1-5 and add comments, then the system should save this feedback and confirm submission to the user.

EcoTrack team reviews collected user feedback to assess the effectiveness of the Compatibility Checker in predicting sensor compatibility.

Given the EcoTrack team accesses the feedback dashboard, when they filter feedback by IoT sensor type, then they should be able to view a summary of feedback trends including average ratings and common comments for each sensor type.

User accesses historical feedback data to see how the Compatibility Checker algorithm has improved based on user input.

Given a user navigates to the historical feedback section, when they request to view feedback trends over the past year, then the system should display a graphical representation of feedback scores and major updates to the Compatibility Checker algorithm.

A user encounters an error while trying to submit feedback about a specific IoT sensor and contacts support for assistance.

Given the user submits feedback and receives an error message due to a system issue, when they contact support, then the EcoTrack support team should receive a notification with details of the user and the submission attempt for follow-up.

The feedback mechanism includes an option for users to indicate their status as a beta tester or regular user, impacting the analysis of feedback received.

Given a user is filling out the feedback form, when they select their user status, then the feedback should be categorized accordingly in the analysis for future consideration.

Real-Time Availability Alerts

Real-Time Availability Alerts notify users when preferred IoT sensors are back in stock or when new models are launched in the marketplace. This feature keeps businesses updated about the latest sensor technologies and ensures they can act promptly to procure the tools that will best support their sustainability monitoring efforts.

Requirements

Real-Time Availability Push Notifications

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive real-time alerts when preferred IoT sensors are back in stock or new models are launched so that I can promptly procure the tools necessary for effective environmental monitoring."

Description

This requirement encompasses the implementation of push notifications that alert users in real-time when their preferred IoT sensors become available or when new models are released in the marketplace. This functionality is crucial for businesses that rely on timely procurement to enhance their sustainability monitoring efforts. By incorporating this capability, EcoTrack ensures that users stay informed about the latest sensor technologies and can act quickly, thereby reducing downtime and optimizing resource allocation. The seamless integration of this feature within the EcoTrack platform will help clients maintain their competitive edge in sustainability, ensuring they never miss an opportunity to enhance their sensor inventory according to their environmental monitoring needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a push notification when a preferred IoT sensor becomes available after being out of stock.

Given the user has set preferences for IoT sensors, When an IoT sensor becomes available in stock, Then the user receives a push notification on their mobile device within 5 minutes of the stock update.

User receives a push notification when a new model of IoT sensor is launched.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications for new sensor models, When a new sensor model is launched in the marketplace, Then the user receives a push notification with the model details and purchase link within 10 minutes of the launch.

User can enable or disable real-time availability alerts for specific sensors through the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When the user accesses their notifications settings, Then the user can toggle availability alerts on or off for each specified IoT sensor.

User receives a summary of all recent availability notifications in a weekly digest.

Given the user has opted into weekly summaries, When a new week begins, Then the user receives a summary email that includes details of all the IoT sensors that became available or had new models launched during the previous week.

User receives a push notification if their preferred sensor model is about to go out of stock.

Given the user has set preferences for IoT sensors, When inventory of a preferred sensor model falls below a certain threshold, Then the user receives a push notification to alert them of the impending stock depletion.

User can provide feedback on the usefulness of the push notifications received.

Given the user has received at least one push notification about sensor availability, When prompted, Then the user can rate the notification as 'Useful', 'Neutral', or 'Not Useful', and submit their feedback successfully.

User can view a history of all received push notifications related to sensor availability.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When the user navigates to the notification history section, Then the user can see a chronological list of all received push notifications with timestamps and details of each notification.

Historical Sensor Performance Tracking

"As an environmental analyst, I want to track the historical performance of my IoT sensors so that I can assess their reliability and make informed choices regarding future sensor purchases."

Description

This requirement defines the need for a feature that allows users to access and analyze historical performance data of IoT sensors directly within the EcoTrack platform. Users will be able to track metrics such as uptime, accuracy, and maintenance records over time, facilitating informed decision-making when selecting sensors for future projects. By providing insights into historical data, EcoTrack will enhance its users' ability to optimize their environmental monitoring strategies and improve overall sustainability practices, all while providing a user-friendly interface that simplifies data access and analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User views historical performance data for an IoT sensor selected from a list of available sensors, analyzing metrics over a specified time frame.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they select an IoT sensor and specify a date range, then the platform should display the historical performance metrics for that sensor, including uptime, accuracy, and maintenance records.

User generates a report based on the historical performance data of IoT sensors to share with stakeholders for project planning.

Given a user is on the historical performance tracking page, when they choose the sensors and time frames for the report, then the system should allow the user to download a comprehensive report in PDF format with all selected data.

User searches for specific performance trends in sensor data to make informed decisions for future sensor purchases.

Given a user is on the historical performance metrics page, when they apply filters for specific metrics and trends, then the system should display visual graphs and charts representing those trends accurately.

User receives notifications when performance metrics of a selected IoT sensor fall below a predefined threshold during review.

Given a user has set performance thresholds for specific metrics of an IoT sensor, when the sensor's historical performance data is analyzed and found to have fallen below the threshold, then the user should receive an alert notification via email.

User accesses historical performance data for multiple IoT sensors simultaneously to compare their metrics.

Given a user selects multiple IoT sensors on the historical performance tracking page, when they click the 'Compare' button, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the historical performance metrics for the chosen sensors in a user-friendly manner.

User utilizes a help feature while analyzing historical performance data for better understanding and usability.

Given a user is on the historical performance tracking page, when they access the 'Help' section, then the system should provide contextual assists, including tooltips and FAQs related to data interpretation and feature usage.

User sorts historical performance data based on different metrics for customized analysis.

Given a user is viewing the historical performance data table, when they select a column header to sort the data, then the system should reorder the data accordingly, reflecting the selected metric in ascending or descending order.

Customizable Sensor Dashboard

"As a facility manager, I want to customize my sensor dashboard to display the most relevant data and alerts so that I can easily monitor my environmental metrics at a glance."

Description

This requirement involves creating a customizable dashboard where users can see real-time data from their IoT sensors along with alerts and notifications related to sensor status. Users should be able to configure the dashboard layout, choose which metrics to display, and set preferences for alerts. This personalized experience enhances user engagement with the EcoTrack platform and strategizes their sustainability initiatives by providing the most relevant data at a glance. The implementation of this feature will ensure that users have quick access to vital information, thereby improving decision-making processes and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize the layout of their sensor dashboard to prioritize the most important metrics for their sustainability projects.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they navigate to the dashboard customization section, Then they should be able to drag and drop metrics to rearrange their layout and save these preferences for future sessions.

User needs to set preferences for receiving alerts about sensor status to ensure they are notified of critical information.

Given a user accesses the customizable dashboard settings, When they select metrics to receive alerts for, Then they should be able to toggle alert preferences on or off and save these preferences successfully.

User wishes to view real-time data from multiple IoT sensors on their dashboard to monitor environmental conditions across different locations.

Given the user has multiple sensors setup in different locations, When they access their customizable dashboard, Then they should see real-time data from all configured sensors arranged as per their layout preferences.

User wants relevant notifications related to sensor status, such as when sensor data is unavailable or requires maintenance.

Given the user has set up alerts for sensor activity, When a sensor goes offline or requires maintenance, Then they should receive a notification on their dashboard highlighting the issue clearly.

User desires to review and modify the metrics displayed on their dashboard to keep up with evolving sustainability goals.

Given the user is viewing their current dashboard, When they click on the 'Edit Metrics' option, Then they should be able to add, remove, or change the metrics displayed and save these changes effectively.

User wants to ensure that the dashboard is accessible on multiple devices for on-the-go monitoring.

Given the user accesses the EcoTrack platform from a mobile device, When they log in to their account, Then the customizable dashboard should render correctly, displaying the configured layout and metrics just like on desktop.

User wishes to understand the historical performance of the chosen metrics displayed on their customizable dashboard.

Given the user selects a specific metric on their dashboard, When they request to view historical data, Then they should be able to access a chart or visual representation of that metric over time.

Automated Compliance Reporting

"As a compliance officer, I want automated reports that summarize my environmental data so that I can quickly ensure we remain compliant with regulations without the hassle of manual report generation."

Description

This requirement outlines the ability to automate the generation of compliance reports based on real-time data collected from IoT sensors. EcoTrack will gather the necessary data automatically, analyze it, and produce comprehensive compliance reports that align with local environmental regulations. This functionality is critical for businesses aiming to simplify their compliance process, reduce manual reporting errors, and ensure that they are always up-to-date with environmental laws. By automating these reports, EcoTrack will help users maintain transparency and accountability regarding their sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated compliance report at the end of each month reflecting the environmental data collected from IoT sensors over the month.

Given that IoT sensors have collected data throughout the month, when the reporting period ends, then an automated compliance report should be generated, emailed to the user, and saved in the user’s dashboard for review.

User can customize their compliance report template to include specific data fields relevant to their environmental regulations.

Given that the user has access to the report customization feature, when the user selects specific data fields and saves the template, then the customized template should be used for the next generated compliance report.

User needs to ensure that compliance reports adhere to local environmental regulations and standards.

Given that the EcoTrack generates compliance reports, when the user reviews the report, then it must include all necessary data fields that align with the specified local environmental regulations pertinent to the user's location.

User wants to validate the accuracy of an automated compliance report against manual entries from the same period.

Given that an automated compliance report has been generated, when the user compares the report with manually input data, then there should be no discrepancies greater than 5% between the two data sets.

User requires notifications about any errors or issues in the automated report generation process.

Given that the automated reporting process is underway, when an error occurs, then the user should receive an immediate notification via email outlining the issue and providing guidance for resolution.

User desires the ability to download compliance reports in various file formats for external audits.

Given that a compliance report has been generated, when the user selects the download option, then the report should be available for download in at least three formats: PDF, XLSX, and CSV.

User Feedback and Suggestion Management

"As a user of EcoTrack, I want a simple way to give feedback and suggestions about the IoT sensors and the platform so that I can contribute to improving our sustainability tools."

Description

This requirement is designed to integrate a comprehensive user feedback system within EcoTrack, allowing users to submit feedback and suggestions regarding the IoT sensors and the platform itself. This feature will include an intuitive interface for users to provide input, along with a tracking mechanism for submitted suggestions. By doing so, EcoTrack will foster a user-centric development approach, ensuring that the evolution of the platform aligns with user needs and expectations. The incorporation of this system will enhance customer satisfaction and engagement, allowing businesses to feel more involved in the platform's continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on sensor performance through the EcoTrack platform interface.

Given a registered user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the feedback section and submit their feedback on the IoT sensor performance, then the system should acknowledge the submission with a confirmation message and log the feedback for review.

Admin reviews submitted user suggestions within the EcoTrack admin dashboard.

Given an admin is logged into the EcoTrack admin dashboard, when they access the user suggestions section, then they should see a list of all submitted suggestions with their status (new, under review, implemented) and be able to filter by status.

User receives notifications for feedback updates.

Given a user has submitted feedback through the EcoTrack platform, when the admin updates the status of that feedback, then the user should receive an email notification informing them of the change in status.

User interface allows easy submission of feedback and suggestions.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they provide feedback or suggestions using the input fields and submit, then the submission form should validate entries and only accept properly formatted inputs, displaying error messages for any invalid input before allowing submission.

Report generation for user feedback trends.

Given an admin is logged into the EcoTrack admin dashboard, when they select the option to generate a report on user feedback trends, then the system should compile data on submitted feedback frequency, category, and sentiment analysis and present it in a downloadable format.

User can edit their submitted feedback before the admin action.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they access their feedback submission history, then they should have the option to edit their feedback before it is reviewed or acted upon by an admin.

User feedback influences product development priorities.

Given a collection of user feedback submissions categorized by urgency and impact, when the product development team reviews them, then there should be evidence of prioritization in the product roadmap that reflects user concerns and suggestions.

Compliance Radar

Compliance Radar continuously monitors and scans for emerging regulations and industry standards that may impact an organization’s sustainability practices. By providing early insights into potential compliance changes, this feature enables users to proactively adjust their operations, ensuring they stay ahead of regulatory requirements and avoid penalties.

Requirements

Regulatory Update Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts about changes in sustainability regulations so that I can adjust our policies and avoid potential non-compliance penalties."

Description

The Regulatory Update Alerts requirement involves developing a notification system that promptly informs users of emerging regulations and changes in sustainability practices relevant to their industry. This feature will enhance EcoTrack's compliance capabilities by providing users with timely updates, enabling them to proactively adapt their strategies and operations as necessary. The alerts should be customizable based on the user's preferences and specific industry focus. Integration with existing notification systems and dashboards is necessary to ensure that alerts are delivered effectively. This functionality will empower organizations to maintain compliance, reducing the risk of penalties and enhancing their sustainability commitments.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a new sustainability regulation is published that impacts their industry sector.

Given a new regulation is published, When the regulation is applicable to the user's industry, Then the user receives a notification within 24 hours of the regulation's publication.

Users can customize the criteria for receiving regulatory update alerts based on their preferences.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they select specific industries and regulatory topics, Then the system updates their notification settings accordingly and confirms the customization through an alert.

The notification system integrates seamlessly with existing dashboard systems used by users to ensure alerts are visible.

Given a regulatory update alert is generated, When the dashboard is accessed, Then the alert appears prominently on the dashboard within 5 seconds of user login, ensuring visibility.

Users can view a history of past regulatory update alerts and updates.

Given the user selects the 'Regulatory Update History' section, When they access this section, Then all past alerts are displayed along with timestamps and details of each regulation update.

Notifications can be sent through multiple channels such as email, SMS, and in-app alerts based on user preference.

Given a regulatory update occurs, When the user has selected their preferred notification channels, Then alerts are sent via all specified channels without delay.

The system allows users to acknowledge and track previously received alerts for compliance records.

Given a user receives an alert, When they mark it as acknowledged, Then the system logs the acknowledgment and updates the alert status accordingly in the history log.

The user receives reminders to review compliance actions following a new regulatory update alert.

Given a new regulatory alert is acknowledged, When the user has not taken action within 7 days, Then a reminder notification is sent to their preferred channels to prompt review.

Custom Compliance Dashboard

"As a sustainability manager, I want to customize my compliance dashboard to focus on the most relevant metrics, so that I can efficiently monitor our compliance and sustainability performance."

Description

The Custom Compliance Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to visualize their compliance status in relation to current regulations and sustainability goals. This dashboard should provide key performance indicators (KPIs), compliance checklists, and the status of pending regulatory updates. Users should have the ability to customize the dashboard layout and the metrics displayed based on their unique needs and preferences. Integration with the existing analytics and reporting features of EcoTrack is essential to provide users with a comprehensive view of their sustainability and compliance efforts, ultimately supporting better decision-making and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard Preferences

Given a user logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they access the Custom Compliance Dashboard, then they should be able to select and arrange KPIs, compliance checklists, and regulatory updates according to their preferences and save the layout for future sessions.

Real-Time Data Integration

Given the Custom Compliance Dashboard is displayed, when real-time compliance data is updated through IoT sensors, then the dashboard should automatically reflect the latest compliance status without requiring a page refresh.

User Views Compliance Status

Given a user is on the Custom Compliance Dashboard, when they select specific compliance metrics, then they should see a visual representation (e.g., graphs, charts) of their compliance status against the required regulations and sustainability goals.

Access Pending Regulatory Updates

Given the user is utilizing the Custom Compliance Dashboard, when they navigate to the pending regulatory updates section, then they should be presented with a list of any new or upcoming regulations relevant to their industry, including deadlines for compliance.

Dashboard Performance and Load Times

Given a user accesses the Custom Compliance Dashboard, when they load the dashboard, then it should load within 3 seconds to ensure an optimal user experience.

Integration With Existing Analytics Features

Given the Custom Compliance Dashboard is being used, when a user requests a detailed report on their compliance status, then the system should generate an integrated report utilizing data from existing analytics features, summarizing performance in relation to sustainability goals.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given a user has interacted with the Custom Compliance Dashboard, when they provide feedback on their experience, then the system should allow them to submit suggestions for improvement or report issues easily.

Impact Analysis Tool

"As an operations manager, I want to use an impact analysis tool to predict how upcoming regulations will affect our operations, so that I can prepare and adapt our strategy accordingly."

Description

The Impact Analysis Tool requirement is aimed at developing a feature that allows users to simulate and predict the potential impact of new regulations on their operations and sustainability efforts. This tool should utilize AI-driven analytics to provide users with insights into how different regulatory scenarios could affect their compliance and environmental performance. It will empower organizations to make informed decisions about resource allocation and operational adjustments in anticipation of regulatory changes. The tool should be intuitive and easily accessible from the EcoTrack platform, ensuring integration with real-time data and predictive analytics for accurate forecasting.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the Impact Analysis Tool to simulate the potential impact of a new regulatory requirement related to carbon emissions on their operational costs.

Given a user accesses the Impact Analysis Tool, when they input a new carbon emissions regulation, then the tool should generate a simulation report detailing the projected operational cost impact within three minutes.

User accesses the Impact Analysis Tool to compare the effects of multiple regulatory scenarios on sustainability efforts.

Given a user inputs multiple regulatory scenarios into the Impact Analysis Tool, when they request a comparison analysis, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of predicted impacts within five minutes.

User requires real-time data integration in the Impact Analysis Tool for accurate forecasting results.

Given the Impact Analysis Tool is in use, when the user retrieves real-time operational data, then the analysis results should automatically update without delay, ensuring the forecast reflects the most current data.

User seeks recommendations on resource allocation based on the predictions provided by the Impact Analysis Tool.

Given the Impact Analysis Tool has processed a regulatory impact simulation, when the user requests resource allocation recommendations, then the tool should provide at least three actionable suggestions within two minutes.

User wants to easily navigate and access the Impact Analysis Tool within the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they search for the Impact Analysis Tool, then the tool should be accessible within two clicks from the homepage.

User seeks to export the results of the Impact Analysis Tool for reporting purposes.

Given the user has completed a simulation in the Impact Analysis Tool, when they choose to export the report, then the system should allow for download in both PDF and Excel formats within one minute.

User receives notifications about regulatory changes relevant to their simulations in the Impact Analysis Tool.

Given the Compliance Radar is active, when a new regulatory change is published, then users utilizing the Impact Analysis Tool should receive a notification within 24 hours that includes a brief overview of the change.

Risk Assessment Dashboard

The Risk Assessment Dashboard consolidates predictive analytics and compliance data into a user-friendly interface, allowing stakeholders to visualize potential compliance risks associated with their current operations. This feature empowers users by providing clear insights into vulnerability areas, facilitating informed decision-making and strategic planning.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As an operations manager, I want to see real-time environmental data from IoT sensors so that I can make immediate adjustments to ensure compliance and enhance sustainability efforts."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement ensures seamless connectivity with various IoT sensors deployed across the operations of the enterprise. This functionality allows EcoTrack to capture live environmental data, providing up-to-date information for compliance and sustainability management. The integration supports various communication protocols and standards, allowing for a holistic view of environmental metrics in real-time. By facilitating this integration, users can make immediate adjustments to their operations, enhancing their ability to respond to environmental demands and regulatory changes promptly. The constant flow of information helps in maintaining compliance and identifying areas for improvement proactively.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time data from IoT sensors is captured and displayed on the Risk Assessment Dashboard without noticeable delays or data loss.

Given that IoT sensors are actively transmitting data, when the data is received by EcoTrack, then it should be displayed on the Risk Assessment Dashboard within 5 seconds.

The system supports integration with a variety of IoT sensors across different protocols used in the enterprise's operations.

Given a network of different IoT sensors, when a new sensor is added, then the system should recognize and integrate the sensor without manual configuration within 10 minutes.

Users can view historical environmental data alongside real-time data to assess trends and make informed decisions.

Given that both real-time and historical data are available, when a user accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to toggle between real-time and historical views seamlessly.

The data collected from IoT sensors should seamlessly update compliance reports as regulations change or new data is available.

Given a change in compliance regulation, when new sensor data is captured, then the compliance report should update automatically and reflect the real-time compliance status within the dashboard.

Users are able to receive alerts when environmental metrics deviate from predefined thresholds, enabling immediate action.

Given that predefined thresholds for environmental metrics are set, when sensor data indicates a deviation, then the user should receive an alert notification within 2 minutes.

Users can analyze data trends over customizable time periods to assist in risk assessment and strategic planning.

Given that users can specify a time period, when they request to analyze data trends, then the system should accurately display metrics for that time period within 3 seconds.

The interface is user-friendly and accessible, allowing non-technical users to navigate the Risk Assessment Dashboard effectively.

Given that the Risk Assessment Dashboard is accessed by non-technical users, when they interact with the dashboard, then they should be able to perform key functions without requiring assistance or external resources, confirmed by user feedback scores of at least 8/10.

Predictive Risk Analytics Engine

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive forecasts of potential compliance risks so that I can take preventive measures before issues arise."

Description

The Predictive Risk Analytics Engine requirement involves the development of an AI-driven engine that processes historical and real-time data to identify potential risks and compliance issues before they occur. This feature leverages machine learning algorithms to analyze operations trends and forecast future environmental impacts accurately. By implementing this predictive capability, users are empowered to undertake preventive measures, reducing the likelihood of non-compliance and its associated costs. This feature is integral to the Risk Assessment Dashboard, as it provides actionable insights that improve decision-making and strategic planning around sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizing the Predictive Risk Analytics Engine to analyze data from IoT sensors and obtain risk forecasts for their operations over the past month.

Given that the user has access to the Risk Assessment Dashboard, when they select the predictive analytics feature and enter a date range of the last month, then the system should display a comprehensive report outlining potential compliance risks and vulnerabilities based on historical and real-time data.

Corporate sustainability manager accessing the dashboard to review risk assessment outputs and receiving actionable insights to mitigate compliance issues.

Given that the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they apply the predictive risk analytics engine on their operational data, then the system must generate a list of at least three actionable recommendations along with associated risks ranked by severity.

User reviewing the predictive risk analysis results to prepare for an upcoming compliance audit.

Given that the predictive risk analytics engine has processed the user's operational data, when the user accesses the results from the dashboard, then the analysis must provide a confidence score indicating at least 90% accuracy in predicting compliance risks for the next quarter.

Stakeholder meeting to discuss compliance strategies based on the outputs of the Predictive Risk Analytics Engine.

Given that the predictive risk analytics engine has run on the latest operational data, when the stakeholders review the visualization on the Risk Assessment Dashboard, then all members should be able to identify and discuss at least five critical risks highlighted by the analysis within 10 minutes.

User attempting to integrate new operational data into the Predictive Risk Analytics Engine for real-time risk assessment.

Given that new operational data has been uploaded to the platform, when the user initiates an analysis through the Predictive Risk Analytics Engine, then the system should update the risk assessment results in less than five minutes and notify the user of any new risks identified.

Compliance officer generating a summary report of predictive risks for monthly review with executive leadership.

Given that the user is preparing a report from the Risk Assessment Dashboard, when they request a summary of predictive risk analyses for the past three months, then the system must compile a report that includes visual data representations, risk trends, and a breakdown of compliance predictions, delivered in a format compatible with presentation software.

Customizable Risk Scenarios

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to customize risk scenarios based on different operations so that I can better understand how to mitigate specific compliance risks in my organization."

Description

The Customizable Risk Scenarios requirement allows users to create and modify risk scenarios based on specific operational parameters and external factors. Users can simulate different compliance scenarios to assess the potential impact on their sustainability efforts. This feature not only helps in better understanding vulnerability areas but also provides tools for strategic planning and resource allocation. By enabling customization, EcoTrack can cater to diverse industries and business models, ensuring that users can effectively manage unique compliance challenges they face.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Risk Scenarios

Given a user has access to the Risk Assessment Dashboard, when they select the option to create a new risk scenario and input their operational parameters, then the system should successfully save the new customizable risk scenario for future analysis.

Simulation of Compliance Scenarios

Given a user has created a customizable risk scenario, when they initiate a compliance simulation using that scenario, then the system should display the predicted compliance impacts based on input parameters and provide a detailed report.

Editing Existing Risk Scenarios

Given a user has previously created a risk scenario, when they access the scenario for editing and change any operational parameters, then the system should update the existing scenario and preserve historical data for reference.

User Feedback on Scenario Customization

Given that a user has utilized the customizable risk scenarios feature, when they provide feedback on their experience using a rating scale, then the system should capture this feedback and display aggregated results for evaluation.

Comparison of Different Risk Scenarios

Given a user has multiple risk scenarios created, when they select two scenarios for comparison, then the system should visually display key differences and similarities in their predicted compliance impacts side by side.

Extraction of Customized Reports

Given a user has configured various risk scenarios, when they request a report on those scenarios, then the system should generate a comprehensive report that details potential risks and recommendations aligned with user specifications.

Interactive Compliance Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to generate dynamic compliance reports so that I can effectively communicate our sustainability status to stakeholders and support data-driven decisions."

Description

The Interactive Compliance Reporting requirement enables users to generate dynamic reports based on current environmental data and predictive analytics. This feature supports various reporting formats, allowing users to present compliance status to stakeholders effectively. Users can filter reports by date, risk factors, and specific metrics, ensuring tailored insights that align with their strategic goals. This customizable reporting enhances transparency and facilitates informed decision-making within the organization, enabling stakeholders to grasp the impact of operational practices on compliance performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a compliance report for a selected quarter to present in the upcoming board meeting.

Given the user selects a specific quarter and applies relevant filters, When the user clicks the 'Generate Report' button, Then the system should create a report in both PDF and Excel formats including all selected metrics and data summary.

A user wants to evaluate compliance risk factors over different years to identify trends and make projections.

Given the user accesses the interactive report settings and chooses multiple years for comparison, When the user applies the filters and generates the report, Then the system should display a comparison report highlighting trends in compliance risk factors across the selected years.

Stakeholders need to understand the impact of specific operational practices on compliance performance.

Given the user selects operational practices from a pre-defined list and applies the relevant metrics filter, When the user generates the report, Then the report should clearly show the relationship between selected practices and compliance performance metrics with visual representations such as charts or graphs.

A user needs to distribute the generated compliance report to multiple stakeholders via email.

Given a report is generated and ready for distribution, When the user selects the 'Distribute via Email' option and enters the email addresses, Then the system should send the report to all specified addresses and confirm successful delivery.

A compliance manager wants to customize the dashboard view to focus on specific metrics pertinent to their project.

Given the compliance manager accesses the dashboard customization settings, When they select metrics and layout options, Then the dashboard should reflect the changes made in real-time, showcasing only the chosen data points and metrics for easy visibility.

User Access Management System

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user access and permissions so that I can ensure sensitive compliance data is securely handled and accessed by authorized personnel only."

Description

The User Access Management System requirement focuses on implementing a robust access control system that ensures secure, role-based access to the Risk Assessment Dashboard. Users can be assigned different permissions based on their roles, ensuring that sensitive compliance data is only accessible to authorized personnel. This feature is crucial for maintaining data integrity and confidentiality, enhancing user trust in the EcoTrack platform. It also supports audit trails and accountability, which are vital for regulatory compliance and internal governance.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Management

Given an admin user is logged into EcoTrack, When they create a new role with specific permissions for accessing the Risk Assessment Dashboard, Then the new role should be successfully added to the system and visible in the user management interface.

User Access Verification

Given a user with a specific role is logged into EcoTrack, When they attempt to access the Risk Assessment Dashboard, Then the system should either grant or deny access based on their assigned permissions accurately.

Audit Trail Generation

Given a user performs actions on the Risk Assessment Dashboard, When these actions are completed, Then an audit trail should be generated that captures the user ID, action performed, and timestamp, accessible only by admin users.

Permission Update Functionality

Given an admin user is editing an existing role's permissions, When they modify and save these permissions, Then the changes should be reflected immediately in the user access settings and take effect before the next user login.

Unauthorized Access Attempt Logging

Given a user attempts to access the Risk Assessment Dashboard without sufficient permissions, When the attempt is made, Then the system should log this attempt and alert the admin user of the unauthorized access attempt.

Role-Based Access Consistency

Given various user roles are assigned in EcoTrack, When each role accesses the Risk Assessment Dashboard, Then all users within the same role should have consistent access rights and functionalities as defined for that role.

User Role Assignment

Given an admin user is accessing the user management area, When they assign a role to a new user, Then the system should confirm the role assignment and enable the user to access the Risk Assessment Dashboard according to their assigned permissions.

Alert Notification System

"As a compliance manager, I want to receive real-time alerts about potential compliance issues so that I can address them proactively and ensure my organization remains compliant."

Description

The Alert Notification System requirement implements a real-time notification feature that alerts users about potential compliance violations or predictive risk alerts identified by the system. Notifications can be customized based on user preferences, ensuring that stakeholders are informed immediately regarding critical compliance risks. This system enhances proactive management by enabling quick responses to potential issues, thus minimizing risks associated with non-compliance. The notifications can also serve as reminders for upcoming compliance deadlines, helping organizations maintain their sustainability commitments effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time alert notification triggered for compliance violations based on IoT sensor data collection and analysis.

Given a compliance risk is detected by the system, when the user has set their notification preferences, then the user receives an immediate alert via their preferred communication channel.

User customization of alert notification preferences for various compliance triggers.

Given the user accesses the Alert Notification System settings, when they configure their notification preferences, then the system saves and applies these preferences for future alerts.

Automated reminders sent for upcoming compliance deadlines within the dashboard.

Given an upcoming compliance deadline exists in the system, when the alert notification system is active, then a reminder notification is sent to the user at a configurable time prior to the deadline.

User capability to view and manage received alert notifications within the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Risk Assessment Dashboard, when they navigate to the alerts section, then they can view a list of all received alert notifications and dismiss or resolve them.

System reliability in delivering notifications under varying network conditions.

Given that the user is connected to the platform, when a compliance risk alert is triggered during a network disruption, then the alert is queued and successfully delivered once the connection is restored.

Integration with third-party communication tools (e.g., Slack, email) for alert notifications.

Given the user has linked a third-party communication tool to their account, when a compliance violation alert is triggered, then a notification is sent to the linked tool immediately according to user preferences.

Regulatory Change Alerts

This feature sends immediate notifications about significant regulatory changes relevant to an organization’s operations. By delivering timely updates directly to stakeholders, it enhances awareness and preparedness, allowing companies to make necessary adjustments to their compliance strategies before deadlines approach.

Requirements

Regulatory Alerts Delivery

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts about regulatory changes so that I can quickly adjust our compliance strategies and avoid potential penalties."

Description

This requirement ensures that the EcoTrack platform can deliver immediate notifications to relevant stakeholders about significant regulatory changes. The alerts should be comprehensive, providing essential details about the regulation, its potential impact on operations, and deadlines for compliance. This feature will enhance organizational awareness and preparedness by allowing stakeholders to receive timely updates and enable data-driven decision-making. Additionally, the alerts must be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for the types of regulations they wish to be notified about, thereby increasing relevance and user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification Delivery for Regulatory Changes

Given a user is subscribed to regulatory change alerts, when a significant regulatory change occurs, then the user should receive an immediate notification via their selected communication channel (email, SMS, or in-app).

Comprehensive Information in Alerts

Given a notification is sent about a regulatory change, when the user receives the alert, then the alert must include details about the regulation, its potential impact on operations, and specific deadlines for compliance.

User Customization of Alert Preferences

Given a user accesses the alert settings, when the user modifies their preferences for types of regulations to receive alerts about, then the system should save these preferences and only send alerts according to the selected categories.

Testing the Timing of Notifications

Given a regulatory change is officially announced, when the notification is generated, then it should be delivered to all relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of the announcement.

Stakeholder Engagement Analysis

Given the alerts have been sent out for a regulatory change, when the user engagement metrics are assessed, then there should be a minimum of 70% of stakeholders acknowledging receipt within 24 hours of the alert being sent.

History of Regulatory Alerts

Given a user wants to review past regulatory alerts, when they access the alerts history section, then they should be able to view a list of alerts, including dates, regulations, and summary of the impact for at least the past 12 months.

Multi-language Support for Alerts

Given a user from a different language background, when the regulatory change alert is generated, then the alert should be sent in the user's preferred language, corresponding to their account settings.

User Preference Configuration

"As a user, I want to configure my notification preferences for regulatory changes so that I only receive alerts that are relevant to my operations and in my preferred format."

Description

This requirement allows users to configure their preferences for receiving regulatory change alerts within the EcoTrack platform. Users can select specific regulatory categories relevant to their operations, specify the frequency of notifications, and choose their preferred communication channels (e.g. email, SMS, in-app notifications). This customization will ensure that users only receive pertinent alerts, enhancing engagement and reducing notification fatigue, ultimately leading to more effective compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures Notification Preferences for Regulatory Alerts

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the 'Notification Preferences' section and select specific regulatory categories, frequency of notifications, and preferred communication channels, then the configuration should be saved successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User Receives Customized Regulatory Change Alerts

Given a user has configured their notification preferences, when a relevant regulatory change occurs, then the user should receive an alert through their selected communication channels according to the specified frequency.

User Edits Notification Preferences for Regulatory Alerts

Given a user has previously set notification preferences, when they edit these preferences in the 'Notification Preferences' section and save, then the updated preferences should be applied without any errors, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User Opts Out of All Notifications

Given a user is in the 'Notification Preferences' section, when they choose to opt out of all notifications and confirm their choice, then no further regulatory change alerts should be sent to the user, and the system should update their preferences accordingly.

User Receives Alerts Based on Frequency Settings

Given a user has set their notification frequency to 'Daily', when multiple regulatory changes occur within a day, then the user should receive a single summary alert containing all changes rather than multiple notifications throughout the day.

User Views Notification History

Given a user has received regulatory change alerts, when they navigate to the 'Notification History' section, then they should see a chronological list of all alerts that have been sent to them, including the date, time, and type of change.

User Changes Preferred Communication Channel for Alerts

Given a user has set their preferred communication channel to 'Email', when they change it to 'SMS' in the 'Notification Preferences' section and save, then they should receive a confirmation message and subsequent alerts should be sent via SMS thereafter.

Historical Change Tracking

"As a compliance manager, I want access to historical regulatory change alerts so that I can analyze trends over time and improve our compliance strategies accordingly."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a system to track historical regulatory changes that have been communicated through the EcoTrack platform. This tracking feature must include a searchable database that allows users to access past alerts for reference. The ability to review historical changes will aid users in understanding trends in regulation and compliance over time, providing valuable insights for strategic planning and risk assessment.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing historical regulatory changes after receiving an alert to research compliance trends.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Historical Changes' section and enter a date range, then they should see a list of all regulatory alerts that fall within that date range, accurately reflecting the alerts sent.

Admin reviewing historical changes to ensure accuracy of archival process.

Given an admin has access to the system, when they query the historical changes database for a specific regulation, then the system should return the correct change alerts, including date, nature of change, and any related documentation, confirming data integrity and accuracy.

User searching for specific regulatory change by keyword within the historical changes.

Given a user is on the historical changes search page, when they enter a keyword related to a specific regulation in the search bar, then the system should return relevant historical change alerts filtered by that keyword, enabling easy access to desired information.

User utilizing filters to analyze trends in historical regulatory alerts.

Given a user is viewing the historical changes dashboard, when they apply filters such as 'Regulatory Body' and 'Year', then the displayed results should meet the filter criteria and visually represent trends over time through graphs or charts.

Stakeholder receiving a summary report of historical changes for internal review.

Given a stakeholder requests a report of historical regulatory changes, when the report is generated by the system, then it should include a summary with key changes, dates, and impacts, formatted for easy readability and dissemination during internal meetings.

Impact Analysis Tool

"As a project manager, I want an impact analysis tool that assesses how new regulations will affect our operations so that I can make informed decisions and allocate resources effectively."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an impact analysis tool within the EcoTrack platform that evaluates how the newly announced regulatory changes might affect an organization's current operations. The tool should utilize existing data to provide insights on compliance requirements, necessary adjustments in processes, potential risks, and cost implications. By integrating this capability, organizations can proactively strategize on compliance adaptation, minimizing disruptions and ensuring adherence to regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

The user accesses the Impact Analysis Tool after a regulatory change alert is received, seeking to evaluate the implications of the new regulation on their current practices.

Given the regulatory change notification, when the user inputs their current operational data into the Impact Analysis Tool, then the tool should generate a comprehensive impact report detailing compliance adjustments, potential risks, and cost implications within 5 minutes.

After generating an impact report, the user needs to understand recommendations for compliance adjustments based on the analysis.

Given an impact report has been generated, when the user reviews the report, then it should clearly outline specific recommendations for changes in processes that align with the new regulation and highlight priority actions based on risk levels.

The organization seeks to share the impact analysis results with key stakeholders for informed decision-making.

Given the impact report is finalized, when the user selects the share option, then the system should enable a seamless sharing functionality to email stakeholders with a formatted PDF of the report and a summary of key findings within 10 seconds.

The user wants to ensure data accuracy before conducting an impact analysis.

Given the user is about to input data into the Impact Analysis Tool, when they attempt to submit the data, then the system should validate the data fields for completeness and accuracy, providing immediate feedback on any errors to correct before proceeding.

Regulatory officials require access to the organization's compliance adjustments as part of an audit process.

Given the organization has completed an impact analysis, when they generate a compliance adjustment log, then the log should include timestamps, responsible personnel, and documented rationale for each adjustment made as a result of the tool's recommendations.

Dashboard Integration for Alerts

"As a user, I want to see all regulatory change alerts clearly displayed on my EcoTrack dashboard so that I can manage compliance tasks more effectively and efficiently."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating regulatory change alerts into the EcoTrack dashboard, allowing users to have a centralized view of all notifications. Alerts should be visually prominent, categorized, and filterable based on urgency, relevance, and date. This feature enhances the user experience by providing a seamless way to monitor alert statuses, thus facilitating quicker responses to regulatory changes and improving overall compliance efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the EcoTrack dashboard to view regulatory change alerts after a recent data breach announcement; they need to assess new compliance requirements urgently.

Given the user is on the EcoTrack dashboard, When the regulatory change alerts are displayed, Then the alerts must be categorized by urgency and highlighted accordingly.

A compliance officer filters the regulatory change alerts by date to review the most recent updates regarding environmental regulations.

Given the user applies a date filter to regulatory change alerts, When they select 'Last 30 days', Then only alerts from the last 30 days should be displayed in the list.

The organization has just received a new set of regulatory alerts, and the team needs to ensure that all alerts are visible and accessible on the dashboard for relevant stakeholders.

Given new regulatory change alerts are received, When they are integrated into the dashboard, Then all alerts should be visible within 5 minutes of receipt and categorized by relevance.

A user wants to receive notifications for urgent regulatory changes so they can take immediate action.

Given the user subscribes to notifications about urgent changes, When an urgent regulatory alert is generated, Then the user should receive a notification via email and within the dashboard immediately.

Compliance team members discuss the dashboard layout and need to ensure that alerts are easily distinguishable from other information on the dashboard interface.

Given the user reviews the dashboard layout, When comparing alert notifications to non-alert notifications, Then alerts should be visually prominent with clear icons and color coding reflecting their urgency level.

The organization requires a monthly summary of any regulatory changes for their governance board meeting.

Given the user requests a monthly summary report, When the report is generated, Then it must include all regulatory changes from the last month, presented in a clear and concise format with action points required, if any.

Compliance Historical Trends

Compliance Historical Trends analyzes past compliance data and alerts organizations to recurring issues or patterns in non-compliance. By understanding historical challenges, users can implement targeted improvements, ensuring better adherence to regulations over time and reducing the risk of future penalties.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard

"As a compliance manager, I want a data visualization dashboard so that I can quickly assess compliance trends and identify areas that require improvement in my organization."

Description

The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement entails the creation of a user-friendly interface that visually represents compliance data trends over time. This dashboard will include various graphics such as charts, graphs, and heat maps to display key compliance metrics. This functionality empowers users to intuitively understand their compliance status, identify patterns, and take proactive measures to address potential non-compliance issues. The dashboard will seamlessly integrate with existing data sources, such as IoT sensors and historical compliance records, ensuring real-time data representation. The ability to customize views and reports will enhance user engagement and drive more informed decision-making within organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard to review compliance trends for the past year, looking for any patterns in non-compliance incidents that may need attention.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when the user selects the 'Data Visualization Dashboard' option, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds, displaying a range of visualizations including line charts, bar graphs, and heat maps representing compliance data for the selected period.

The dashboard is used by a compliance officer to customize report views based on specific compliance metrics of interest, such as emissions data or waste management compliance.

Given the compliance officer is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they select the 'Customize View' option and choose specific metrics, then the dashboard should update to display only the selected metrics without visual errors within 5 seconds.

A user receives an alert from the dashboard regarding a spike in non-compliance incidents in the last quarter, prompting them to take further action.

Given the dashboard is analyzing compliance data, when a spike in non-compliance incidents is detected, then the user should receive an instant alert notification on their dashboard and via email, summarizing the issue and suggesting actions to address it.

A new user logs into the system for the first time and accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard for an overview of compliance metrics.

Given the new user has a valid user account and logs into EcoTrack, when they access the Data Visualization Dashboard, then they should see a guided tour popup explaining the functionalities and features of the dashboard within their first login.

An organization performs a review of their customized compliance reports generated from the Data Visualization Dashboard over the last six months.

Given the user has selected a six-month timeframe for the report, when they generate the compliance report, then it should be delivered in both PDF and Excel formats within 10 seconds, accurately reflecting all selected data metrics with no missing information.

The dashboard integrates with IoT sensors to display real-time compliance metrics, aiding organizations in promptly addressing issues.

Given that IoT sensors are operational and connected to EcoTrack, when the dashboard is accessed, then it should reflect real-time compliance data updates within 1 minute without requiring a manual refresh.

The user identifies a pattern in compliance violations pertaining to specific months and wants to share this insight with team members.

Given the user has identified a specific trend in compliance violations, when they click on the 'Share' option associated with the trend report, then a summary of the trend should be emailed to selected team members with the correct data attached, including a link to the dashboard for further exploration within 5 minutes.

Automated Alert System

"As a compliance officer, I want an automated alert system so that I can be immediately informed of compliance issues as they arise, ensuring timely action is taken to rectify them."

Description

The Automated Alert System requirement focuses on the development of a notification mechanism that alerts users about compliance issues in real-time. This system will utilize historical data and compliance forecasts to send proactive alerts for recurring violations or potential upcoming risks. Users can configure the alert settings based on their preferences, selecting different channels for notifications (e.g., email, SMS, in-app). By enabling timely communication about compliance statuses, this feature minimizes the risk of penalties and fosters a culture of proactive compliance management within organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a recurring compliance violation when it occurs.

Given the user has configured alert settings for compliance violations, when a violation is detected that matches the historical pattern, then the user receives an alert via their selected notification channel (email, SMS, in-app).

User customizes notification preferences through the EcoTrack dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they access the notification settings, then they can successfully select and save preferences for how and when to receive alerts for compliance issues.

The system generates alerts based on historical compliance data trends.

Given there is historical compliance data available, when the system analyzes this data and identifies a repeat violation pattern, then it proactively sends an alert to the relevant users before the next potential violation date.

User receives alerts for both current compliance violations and forecasted risks.

Given that the Automated Alert System is active, when either a current compliance violation occurs or a potential risk is forecasted based on predictive analytics, then the user receives timely alerts for both scenarios.

User can access a log of past notifications from the Automated Alert System.

Given the user has received compliance alerts, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they can view a comprehensive log of all previous alerts, including timestamps and types of violations reported.

Users can test the alert system configuration before going live.

Given the user has set up their alert preferences, when they initiate a test alert from the dashboard, then the system successfully sends a test notification through the selected channels, confirming the alert setup is correct.

Multiple users can receive alerts simultaneously without delays.

Given that multiple users are configured to receive notifications for the same compliance issue, when a violation occurs, then all users receive the alert within a defined time frame (e.g., 5 minutes), ensuring timely communication across the team.

Historical Data Analysis Tool

"As a data analyst, I want a historical data analysis tool so that I can explore past compliance trends and extract actionable insights that will inform our future compliance strategies."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis Tool requirement involves creating a robust analytical feature that allows users to aggregate and analyze compliance data over specified periods. This tool will provide insights into patterns of non-compliance, trends in data, and statistical analyses that help identify root causes of issues. By leveraging predictive analytics, the tool will also forecast future compliance challenges based on historical patterns. Integration with machine learning algorithms will enhance the accuracy of predictions, enabling businesses to make data-driven improvements to their compliance strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the Historical Data Analysis Tool to examine compliance trends over the past three years to identify recurring issues.

Given the user selects a three-year period of compliance data, when they apply the Historical Data Analysis Tool, then the system should display visual trends and identified patterns of non-compliance in an easily interpretable format.

A compliance officer needs to predict future compliance challenges based on historical data analyzed by the tool.

Given the user has inputted historical compliance data into the tool, when they request a forecast of future compliance challenges, then the system should generate a report indicating potential issues with an accuracy rate of at least 85% based on historical patterns.

A user wants to receive alerts for any identified recurring non-compliance issues from the Historical Data Analysis Tool.

Given the user has configured the alert settings within the tool, when a recurring non-compliance issue is detected, then the system should send an automatic notification via email and within the app to the user within 24 hours of detection.

The organization aims to evaluate the effectiveness of compliance strategies over a specific period by analyzing past compliance data.

Given the user selects a specific period for analysis, when they run the Historical Data Analysis Tool, then the tool should provide a comparative analysis report detailing compliance adherence before and after implementing any identified strategies.

A user needs to customize the dashboard to reflect key compliance metrics derived from the analysis provided by the tool.

Given the user accesses the dashboard customization settings, when they select metrics related to compliance trends and click save, then the customized dashboard should reflect the selected metrics without errors and display real-time data updates.

A user wants to visualize complex historical compliance data trends effectively to share with the management team.

Given the user runs the Historical Data Analysis Tool and selects specific visual representation options, when the data is processed, then the output should include interactive graphs and charts that accurately represent compliance trends, allowing users to explore the data dynamically.

The organization needs to understand the root causes of compliance failures identified by the tool.

Given the user has processed historical compliance data through the tool, when they access the root cause analysis feature, then the tool should provide a detailed report highlighting the top three root causes of non-compliance with supporting data.

Regulatory Update Tracker

"As a compliance director, I want a regulatory update tracker so that I can ensure my team is aware of any legal changes that may affect our operations and compliance efforts."

Description

The Regulatory Update Tracker requirement focuses on developing a feature that provides continuous monitoring of regulatory changes applicable to users' industries. This feature will alert users about any changes in legislation or compliance requirements that could impact their operations. By aggregating this information in one place, users can remain informed about the essentials and ensure that their compliance practices are updated accordingly. Integration with external databases and creditable news sources will enhance the richness of the information provided and assist businesses in avoiding compliance lapses due to inadvertent oversight of regulatory changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives timely alerts on regulatory changes affecting their industry while using the Regulatory Update Tracker feature.

Given a user is subscribed to relevant regulatory updates, When a regulatory change occurs, Then the user receives an alert within 24 hours of the change being published.

User can access a comprehensive dashboard displaying all historical compliance updates and current regulatory changes.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they navigate to the Regulatory Update Tracker dashboard, Then they can view a list of all historical compliance updates and recent regulatory changes, including dates and sources.

User is able to customize their regulatory update preferences based on specific industries and regions.

Given a user accesses their account settings, When they select industries and regions for compliance updates, Then the system saves their preferences and updates the regulatory alerts accordingly.

User can view and download detailed reports of regulatory changes that have occurred over the past quarter.

Given a user has access to the regulatory reports section, When they request a quarterly report, Then they can view and download a comprehensive report of regulatory changes that includes dates, summaries, and implications for compliance.

User receives notifications for compliance deadlines related to the regulatory updates tracked over time.

Given a regulatory change with a compliance deadline, When the deadline approaches, Then the user is notified at least one week prior to the deadline to allow for compliance adjustments.

User can easily access and browse external sources linked to the regulatory updates for further reading.

Given a user is viewing a specific regulatory update, When they click on the provided external link, Then they are redirected to a credible source with additional information about that update.

User can report discrepancies or inaccuracies directly from the Regulatory Update Tracker feature.

Given a user notices an error in the regulatory information, When they use the 'Report an Issue' feature, Then their report is submitted successfully and confirmed with a notification.

User Role Management

"As a system administrator, I want user role management capabilities so that I can control access to compliance data and features, ensuring security and streamlined processes within the platform."

Description

The User Role Management requirement revolves around the ability to define and manage user roles and permissions within the EcoTrack platform. This feature will ensure that users are granted access only to the specific data and functionalities necessary for their roles, enhancing security and accountability. Admin users will be able to create, modify, and delete roles, as well as assign them to individuals or groups within the organization. This granularity of access control will safeguard sensitive compliance data and promote efficient workflows by allowing users to focus on their relevant areas of responsibility within the compliance framework.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin creates a new user role for compliance officers who need access to compliance data but not to financial records.

Given an admin user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they navigate to the User Role Management section and create a new role named 'Compliance Officer', Then the new role should be successfully created and appear in the list of roles with no access to financial records.

An admin modifies an existing user role to restrict access to specific compliance data.

Given an admin user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they select the 'Compliance Officer' role and remove access to certain compliance reports, Then the role should reflect the changes and deny access to those specific reports for users assigned this role.

An admin assigns a user the newly created 'Compliance Officer' role.

Given an admin user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they assign the 'Compliance Officer' role to a user named 'John Doe', Then 'John Doe' should receive a notification confirming the role assignment and only have access to the allowed compliance data.

An admin deletes an existing user role that is no longer required.

Given an admin user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they choose to delete the 'Old Role', Then the role should be removed from the platform and no longer appear in the roles list or grant any permissions to users.

A regular user attempts to access data restricted by their assigned role.

Given a user assigned the 'Limited Role' is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they try to access the sensitive financial reports, Then they should receive an access denied message and not be able to view any financial records.

An admin reviews the access logs to ensure compliance with role permissions.

Given an admin user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, When they access the user activity log, Then they should be able to see a complete history of actions performed by users in the 'Compliance Officer' role, validating access permissions are adhered to.

AI-Driven Compliance Suggestions

AI-Driven Compliance Suggestions offer actionable recommendations to help businesses align with upcoming regulatory changes. By analyzing existing practices against current regulations, this feature provides tailored advice on necessary adjustments, streamlining the compliance process and enhancing overall sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Real-time Regulatory Monitoring

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time updates on regulatory changes so that I can ensure our sustainability practices remain compliant and up-to-date."

Description

The Real-time Regulatory Monitoring requirement allows EcoTrack to continuously scan and analyze regulatory frameworks relevant to the user's industry. This functionality provides timely updates on changes in regulations, ensuring that users are always informed about compliance requirements. By integrating this feature, EcoTrack enhances its value proposition by proactively managing compliance risks and enabling businesses to adapt swiftly to legislative changes, thus reinforcing their sustainability initiatives and operational readiness.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time monitoring of regulatory updates for a waste management company using EcoTrack to stay compliant with new local environmental laws.

Given the waste management company is using EcoTrack, when a new local environmental law is enacted, then the user receives an automatic notification within 5 minutes of the legislative change and can view the new requirement in their dashboard.

An enterprise receives a weekly summary report of relevant regulatory changes identified by EcoTrack, enabling proactive planning.

Given that the regulatory monitoring is enabled, when the weekly report is generated, then the report includes at least 3 actionable insights based on recent regulatory updates tailored to the enterprise’s operations.

A sustainability manager reviews the compliance status of their company based on the regulations monitored by EcoTrack.

Given the sustainability manager is accessing the compliance status dashboard, when they select the regulatory updates section, then they can view all updates with timestamps, impact assessments, and required actions categorized by urgency.

A user wants to integrate EcoTrack with their existing compliance management system for real-time updates.

Given the user has linked their compliance management system with EcoTrack, when a regulatory change occurs, then the system should automatically update to reflect these changes without manual intervention within 10 minutes.

Compliance officers need to demonstrate compliance with new regulations during an audit.

Given the compliance officer is preparing for an audit, when they generate a compliance report from EcoTrack, then the report should accurately reflect all regulatory changes and the company’s compliance status for the past 12 months, ensuring it is fully accessible and downloadable.

A new user has just onboarded onto EcoTrack and needs to understand how to navigate regulatory monitoring features.

Given the new user has created an EcoTrack account, when they complete the onboarding tutorial, then they should successfully navigate and demonstrate understanding of how to access real-time regulatory updates and notifications within 2 attempts.

Personalized Compliance Reports

"As a sustainability manager, I want to generate personalized compliance reports so that I can assess our performance against regulatory standards and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Personalized Compliance Reports requirement enables users to generate tailored reports that align with specific compliance needs and sustainability goals. Users can select parameters such as timeframes, regulatory categories, and performance metrics, allowing for a focused analysis of their compliance status and sustainability efforts. This feature not only simplifies reporting processes but also provides valuable insights that can drive strategic decision-making and operational improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a personalized compliance report for the last fiscal quarter, focusing on water usage and waste management metrics, to assess compliance with national environmental regulations.

Given the user selects the last fiscal quarter and chooses 'Water Usage' and 'Waste Management' as the metrics, when the report is generated, then it should include a breakdown of compliance status, metrics comparison against regulatory benchmarks, and actionable insights for improvement.

User customizes the compliance report parameters to include specific environmental regulations and performance metrics that pertain to their industry.

Given the user selects specific regulatory categories relevant to their industry, when the report is generated, then it must accurately reflect data aligned with chosen regulatory standards and provide a clear summary of compliance status for each selected category.

User reviews the personalized compliance report and requests a PDF export for sharing with stakeholders during a sustainability strategy meeting.

Given the report is generated and displayed on the screen, when the user clicks on the 'Export to PDF' option, then a downloadable PDF document should be created that mirrors the report appearance in the application and includes all selected metrics, graphs, and insights.

User wants to analyze trends over time by comparing compliance metrics from the past three reporting periods.

Given the user selects metrics from the previous three reporting periods for comparison, when the report is generated, then it should display a comparative analysis highlighting improvements or declines in compliance status with visual graphs and key performance indicators.

User utilizes insights from the compliance report to adjust their sustainability practices and submits feedback on the reporting feature.

Given the user reads insights provided in their personalized compliance report and identifies necessary adjustments, when the user submits feedback or changes in the compliance practices via the platform, then their feedback should be saved and acknowledged by the system for future reference.

User accesses the compliance report via a mobile device and checks the status of sustainability metrics on the go.

Given the user logs into the EcoTrack mobile application, when they navigate to the personalized compliance report section, then they should be able to view a mobile-optimized version of their report with all key metrics accessible and easily readable on the device.

Automated Notification System for Compliance Deadlines

"As an operations manager, I want to receive automated notifications about upcoming compliance deadlines so that I can take timely actions and avoid any penalties for late compliance."

Description

The Automated Notification System for Compliance Deadlines requirement facilitates automatic alerts to users about upcoming compliance deadlines and required actions. This feature integrates with the existing dashboard to ensure that users are consistently informed and can plan accordingly. By automating this process, EcoTrack minimizes the risk of non-compliance due to missed deadlines and enhances user confidence in their compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives automated notification for a pending compliance deadline 30 days in advance of the actual deadline.

Given a user has registered for compliance notifications, when a compliance deadline is 30 days away, then the user should receive an automated email notification containing details about the compliance requirement and actions to be taken.

User opens the EcoTrack dashboard and views upcoming compliance deadlines integrated into the compliance notifications section.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack dashboard, when they navigate to the compliance notifications section, then they should see a list of upcoming compliance deadlines with corresponding dates and required actions indicated clearly.

User modifies their compliance notification preferences within the EcoTrack settings.

Given a user has access to their account settings, when they adjust their compliance notification preferences (e.g., frequency or delivery method), then those changes should be saved and reflected in future notifications.

User receives a follow-up reminder notification 7 days before the compliance deadline in the preferred format (email or in-app notification).

Given a user is registered for follow-up notifications, when a compliance deadline is 7 days away, then the user should receive a follow-up reminder in their chosen notification format.

User checks their email and verifies the content and formatting of the compliance deadline notification received.

Given the user is expecting a compliance notification, when they open the email, then they should find clear, readable information regarding the compliance deadline, including deadlines, legal references, and actionable steps, formatted correctly without errors.

System logs compliance deadlines notifications sent to each user for audit purposes.

Given a compliance notification is sent to a user, when the compliance system logs this event, then the log should accurately reflect the time, recipient, and content of the notification sent for future auditing needs.

AI Recommendations for Sustainability Practices

"As a business owner, I want AI-driven recommendations for enhancing our sustainability practices so that I can implement more effective strategies and improve our overall environmental performance."

Description

The AI Recommendations for Sustainability Practices requirement leverages machine learning algorithms to analyze a company's operations and provide actionable recommendations for improving sustainability measures. This feature not only suggests best practices tailored to the user's specific context but also predicts the potential impact of implementing these practices. By utilizing advanced analytics, EcoTrack can help users achieve their sustainability goals more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

AI Recommendations Guide Users Towards Sustainability Improvements Based on Historical Data Analysis

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, When they access the AI Recommendations feature, Then they should receive tailored suggestions based on their historical operational data that prioritize the most impactful sustainability practices.

AI Recommendations Provide Impact Predictions for Suggested Practices

Given a user selects a recommended practice from the AI Suggestions, When they review the prediction metrics, Then they should see an estimated percentage reduction in carbon footprint and cost savings forecasted over the next year.

User Receives Alerts for Upcoming Regulatory Changes

Given the AI system has access to the latest regulatory information, When a relevant upcoming change is detected, Then the user should receive an automated alert detailing the change and how it affects their current sustainability practices.

AI Recommendations Offer Customization Options Based on Industry Standards

Given a user is categorizing their business within EcoTrack, When they engage with the AI Recommendations, Then the suggestions should reflect and align with the specific industry sustainability standards applicable to their organization.

Users Can Track Progress on Implemented Recommendations

Given a user has implemented one or more AI recommendations, When they access the dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of their progress towards sustainability goals and a report of evaluated outcomes.

AI Recommendations Are Updated Regularly Based on New Data Inputs

Given the EcoTrack platform has access to updated operational and regulatory data, When the user requests new recommendations, Then the system should provide suggestions that reflect the most current data and compliance requirements.

Users Can Provide Feedback on AI-generated Suggestions for Future Improvements

Given a user has received and reviewed AI recommendations, When they submit feedback through the provided interface, Then the system should record this feedback for future AI algorithm improvements.

Integration with External Compliance Databases

"As a compliance analyst, I want EcoTrack to integrate with external compliance databases so that I can access a wider range of regulatory information and ensure our practices align with industry standards."

Description

The Integration with External Compliance Databases requirement enables EcoTrack to interface with external databases that offer regulatory information and compliance resources. This feature ensures that users have access to the most accurate and comprehensive information available, enhancing their ability to meet regulatory requirements. By facilitating seamless information exchange, this integration strengthens the credibility of EcoTrack and empowers users with reliable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully accesses external compliance databases via EcoTrack.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Compliance section and select 'External Databases', then they should see a list of connected external databases with a status indicating successful connection.

User receives accurate compliance suggestions based on external database information.

Given the user has integrated external compliance databases, when they request compliance suggestions, then the suggestions provided should reflect the most current regulations pulled from those databases.

User is notified of any issues with external database integration.

Given the user is in the settings area where integrations are managed, when there is a failure in connecting to an external compliance database, then the user should receive a notification indicating the nature of the issue and suggested steps for resolution.

User can update integration settings for external compliance databases.

Given the user has access to integration settings, when they modify any setting for an external compliance database, then those changes should be saved successfully, and confirmation of the update should be displayed.

User can view historical compliance data from external databases within EcoTrack.

Given the user has connected external databases, when they access the historical compliance data section, then they should see a comprehensive report featuring data pulled from those databases over specified time frames.

User can easily remove an integration with an external compliance database.

Given the user navigates to the integration management page, when they choose to remove an external compliance database integration, then the system should confirm the removal, and the database should no longer appear in the list of active integrations.

User can conduct a search for regulatory updates within external databases.

Given the external compliance databases are integrated, when the user enters a query in the search bar of the compliance section, then the system should return relevant regulatory updates from those databases in a timely manner.

Stakeholder Notification Hub

The Stakeholder Notification Hub centralizes communication regarding compliance updates, ensuring all relevant parties receive critical information efficiently. This feature fosters collaboration and transparency, improving organizational response to compliance challenges by keeping everyone informed and engaged in sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Real-time Notification System

"As an environmental compliance officer, I want to receive real-time notifications about compliance updates so that I can quickly address any issues and ensure our organization remains compliant with regulations."

Description

The Real-time Notification System is designed to provide stakeholders with immediate alert notifications regarding compliance updates, policy changes, or critical environmental events. This requirement ensures that notifications can be tailored based on user preferences, allowing for customized alerts for different roles within the organization. It integrates seamlessly with the existing EcoTrack platform to utilize real-time data inputs from IoT sensors, ensuring timely delivery of relevant information. The functionality promotes proactive responses to compliance challenges, facilitating an organized response to sustainability concerns. Users will benefit from increased situational awareness, leading to informed decision-making and enhanced collaboration across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholders receive immediate alerts regarding compliance updates after a recent environmental regulation is announced.

Given that a new environmental regulation is issued, when the notification system processes the update, then all stakeholders subscribed to compliance updates should receive an alert within 5 minutes.

Users can customize the types of notifications they receive based on their roles in the organization.

Given that a user accesses their notification settings, when they select their role and corresponding preferences, then the system should save these preferences and only send notifications relevant to their role.

The system integrates real-time data from IoT sensors to enhance the timeliness of notifications.

Given that an IoT sensor detects a critical environmental event, when this event is logged in the system, then stakeholders should receive an alert within 2 minutes, detailing the nature of the event and required actions.

Notifications are sent through multiple channels to ensure stakeholders receive critical updates promptly.

Given that a compliance update is issued, when the notification is triggered, then the system should send alerts via email, SMS, and in-app notifications to all stakeholders who have opted in for these channels.

A dashboard displays the history and status of notifications sent to stakeholders.

Given that a user accesses the notification history dashboard, when they check the logs, then they should see a timestamped list of all notifications sent, categorized by compliance updates, policy changes, and environmental events.

Stakeholders can acknowledge receipt of notifications to confirm awareness and engagement.

Given that a notification is sent, when a stakeholder receives and acknowledges the notification, then this acknowledgment should be recorded in the system to track stakeholder engagement and response.

User Role Management for Notifications

"As an administrator, I want to manage user roles and their corresponding notification preferences so that I can ensure stakeholders get relevant updates appropriate to their roles in the organization."

Description

User Role Management for Notifications allows administrators to define and manage user roles and their associated notification preferences within the Stakeholder Notification Hub. This feature is critical for ensuring that the right stakeholders receive the appropriate notifications based on their responsibilities and areas of focus. Administrators will have the ability to customize notification settings for different user roles, enhancing the relevance of the information transmitted. It will promote engagement among users by ensuring that they only receive updates pertinent to their tasks, thereby improving operational efficiency and responsiveness to compliance challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholder receives a notification for compliance updates based on their pre-defined role and preferences in the Stakeholder Notification Hub.

Given an administrator has configured user roles and notification preferences, when a compliance update occurs, then stakeholders will receive notifications according to their specific role, ensuring relevance to their responsibilities.

An administrator successfully updates a user's notification preferences through the User Role Management interface.

Given an administrator is on the User Role Management page, when they update the notification preferences for a specific user role and save the changes, then the updated preferences should be reflected in the Notification Hub settings immediately.

A stakeholder can view their notification history to monitor compliance updates received over time.

Given a stakeholder accesses the Notification Hub, when they navigate to the notification history section, then they should see a chronological list of all compliance notifications received, including timestamps and details of each notification.

The system prevents users from receiving notifications that do not pertain to their role to improve efficiency and reduce information overload.

Given a stakeholder has been assigned to a specific role with defined notification preferences, when a non-relevant compliance update is triggered, then the stakeholder should not receive any notifications related to that update.

An administrator is able to remove a user from receiving notifications entirely if their role has changed.

Given an administrator is managing user roles, when they choose to remove a user from receiving notifications and confirm the action, then that user should no longer receive any notifications from the Stakeholder Notification Hub.

The Notification Hub sends out immediate alerts for high-priority compliance updates.

Given a compliance update has been classified as high-priority, when the update is triggered, then all relevant stakeholders should receive an immediate notification via their preferred communication method (e.g., email, SMS).

Stakeholders are informed when their notification preferences have been updated by an administrator.

Given an administrator updates a stakeholder's notification preferences, when the changes are saved, then the stakeholder should receive an alert notifying them of the update to their preferences.

Comprehensive Audit Trail for Notifications

"As a compliance auditor, I want to access a comprehensive audit trail of notifications sent to stakeholders so that I can verify compliance communication and evaluate our organization's responsiveness."

Description

The Comprehensive Audit Trail for Notifications captures and maintains a detailed record of all notification activities within the Stakeholder Notification Hub. This requirement is essential for compliance and accountability, as it ensures transparency and provides a historical view of notification distribution and user interactions. The audit trail will include timestamps, notification content, user responses, and system actions, allowing organizations to track how compliance updates are communicated and addressed. This feature supports internal reviews and external audits, enhancing the organization’s ability to demonstrate its commitment to sustainability and compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification Delivery and Receipt Confirmation

Given a compliance update notification is sent from the Stakeholder Notification Hub, when the recipient opens the notification, then the system logs the delivery timestamp and user interaction in the audit trail.

Audit Trail Completeness and Accuracy

Given multiple compliance notifications have been sent, when accessing the audit trail, then all notifications must be displayed with accurate timestamps, content, and user responses.

Accessibility of Audit Trail for Internal and External Audits

Given an internal auditor requests the audit trail, when the relevant time frame is selected, then the system must generate a complete report of all notification activities that include each notification's details.

User Response Tracking for Notifications

Given a notification is sent to stakeholders, when a user responds to the notification, then the system must log the response content along with the timestamp in the audit trail.

Data Integrity of Notifications Record

Given notifications are sent and logged, when changes occur to any notification content after initial logging, then the original content must remain unchanged in the audit trail while versioning is enabled for tracking.

Performance of the Audit Trail System

Given a high volume of notifications sent within a short time frame, when accessing the audit trail, then the system must respond within two seconds to display the requested data.

Feedback Mechanism for Notifications

"As a team member, I want to provide feedback on the notifications I receive so that I can share my concerns and suggestions for improving our compliance communication."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism for Notifications enables stakeholders to respond directly to notifications received through the Stakeholder Notification Hub. This requirement facilitates a two-way communication channel, allowing users to acknowledge receipt, provide input, and share concerns regarding compliance updates. By incorporating feedback options such as polls or questionnaires, this feature enhances stakeholder engagement and fosters a collaborative approach to sustainability initiatives. The collected feedback will be essential for refining future notification strategies and improving overall communication practices within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Stakeholder receives a compliance update notification through the Stakeholder Notification Hub and accesses the feedback mechanism.

Given the stakeholder has received a notification, when they click on the feedback link, then they should be directed to a feedback form where they can provide input.

A stakeholder submits their feedback through the feedback mechanism regarding a compliance update.

Given the feedback form is filled out, when the stakeholder clicks 'Submit', then a confirmation message should appear indicating the feedback has been successfully received.

A stakeholder chooses to acknowledge receipt of a notification via the feedback mechanism.

Given a notification is received, when the stakeholder selects 'Acknowledge' and submits, then their acknowledgment should be logged in the system and reflected in the notification history.

A compliance update notification includes an option for stakeholders to participate in a poll or questionnaire.

Given the notification contains a poll option, when the stakeholder accesses the notification, then they should be able to view and respond to the poll within the feedback mechanism.

The system aggregates and analyzes feedback collected from stakeholders after a compliance update notification is sent.

Given multiple stakeholders have submitted feedback, when the analysis is performed, then the system should generate a summary report reflecting key insights and user sentiments about the notification.

Stakeholders express concerns regarding the clarity of a compliance update via the feedback mechanism.

Given there is a section for comments in the feedback form, when stakeholders provide their concerns, then the concerns should be stored and made accessible for review by compliance officers for further action.

The feedback mechanism allows users to indicate their preferences for future notification formats or content.

Given stakeholders are prompted for future preferences, when they submit their selections, then these preferences should be recorded in their profile and used to tailor future communications.

Integration with Third-party Compliance Systems

"As a compliance manager, I want EcoTrack to integrate with our existing compliance systems so that I can have all relevant updates in one place and streamline our compliance management efforts."

Description

Integration with Third-party Compliance Systems allows EcoTrack to connect with external compliance management tools and systems, enabling seamless data exchange and ensuring all stakeholders are informed about compliance requirements from various platforms. This requirement enhances the Stakeholder Notification Hub's reach and effectiveness by consolidating compliance updates from different sources into a single dashboard. By improving visibility into environmental compliance from multiple angles, EcoTrack users can make more informed decisions and implement necessary actions efficiently. It promotes collaboration with external organizations and compliance entities, further enhancing sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

System integration with third-party compliance management tools is initiated by a user through the EcoTrack dashboard, which will automatically sync compliance updates and alerts from those external tools during regular updates.

Given the user has linked a third-party compliance management tool, when the integration is activated, then the dashboard displays the latest compliance updates from that tool within 10 minutes of activation.

A user reviews the consolidated compliance updates from various third-party systems in the Stakeholder Notification Hub to ensure all stakeholders are informed of the latest compliance requirements.

Given multiple third-party compliance sources are integrated, when a user accesses the notification hub, then all relevant compliance updates should display correctly with timestamps indicating their source and time of receipt.

The system sends out an automatic alert to all stakeholders when there is a significant compliance update from any integrated third-party system, ensuring immediate awareness and response.

Given there is a significant compliance update from a third-party tool, when the update is received, then all relevant stakeholders receive a notification within 5 minutes and can acknowledge receipt of the alert.

A compliance manager logs into EcoTrack to generate a report that includes compliance updates from third-party systems, ensuring decision-makers have access to all relevant information for strategic planning.

Given the compliance manager requests a report including third-party compliance updates, when the report generation is completed, then the report must include all compliance updates from the last 30 days from all linked systems, in a downloadable format.

Stakeholders access the Stakeholder Notification Hub to review historical compliance updates from third-party systems for analysis and record-keeping purposes.

Given a user requests historical compliance data from the Stakeholder Notification Hub, when the request is made, then the user is able to access a detailed history of updates from the last 12 months from all integrated third-party systems, complete with filters by date and source.

Analytics Dashboard for Notification Effectiveness

"As a project manager, I want to access analytics on the notifications sent so that I can understand stakeholder engagement levels and optimize our communication strategies accordingly."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Notification Effectiveness provides stakeholders with insights into the reach and impact of notifications sent through the Stakeholder Notification Hub. This requirement enables users to analyze engagement metrics, such as open rates, responses, and user feedback trends. By leveraging this data, organizations can assess how effectively compliance information is communicated and identify areas for improvement in notification strategies. This feature empowers decision-makers to refine their communication efforts, enhancing stakeholder involvement and increasing the overall efficacy of sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

View Engagement Metrics on the Analytics Dashboard

Given a user with appropriate access, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see metrics for notification engagement, including open rates, response rates, and feedback trends displayed in a visually clear format.

Filter Notifications by Date Range

Given a user on the Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a date range filter, then the displayed engagement metrics should update to reflect only the notifications sent within that specified date range.

Download Engagement Reports

Given a user with proper permissions, when they select the option to download reports on notification effectiveness, then they should receive a CSV file containing all relevant metrics and data collected in the specified time frame.

Receive Alerts for Low Engagement Rates

Given a predefined threshold for engagement metrics, when metrics drop below this threshold, then the system should automatically send alerts to designated stakeholders to inform them of potential issues.

Visualize Trends Over Time

Given a user viewing the Analytics Dashboard, when they request a visual representation of engagement trends over time, then the system should generate a line graph displaying changes in engagement metrics over the selected period.

Access Historical Data Comparisons

Given a user on the Analytics Dashboard, when they choose to compare engagement data from different time periods, then the dashboard should visually present comparison data to facilitate analysis of trends and improvements.

User Feedback Integration

Given a user on the Analytics Dashboard, when they assess user feedback on notifications, then they should be able to see qualitative insights alongside quantitative metrics, enabling a holistic view of notification effectiveness.

Due Diligence Checklist

The Due Diligence Checklist provides users with a comprehensive list of compliance tasks and requirements aligned with upcoming regulatory changes. By simplifying the compliance preparation process, this feature enhances accountability and helps organizations maintain high standards of environmental responsibility.

Requirements

Dynamic Compliance Updates

""

Description

The Dynamic Compliance Updates requirement ensures that the Due Diligence Checklist is automatically updated in real-time based on the latest regulatory changes across various jurisdictions. This functionality benefits users by minimizing manual effort and maintaining compliance with evolving laws, thus enhancing environmental responsibility. It integrates seamlessly with the IoT data capture elements of EcoTrack, allowing organizations to receive timely alerts and updates tailored to their specific operational context. The expected outcome is a checklist that remains relevant and accurate, aiding users in their compliance preparations without delay or oversights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Due Diligence Checklist feature on EcoTrack to review their compliance tasks and requirements along with the latest regulatory updates.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Due Diligence Checklist, then the checklist should automatically reflect any new regulatory changes that have occurred within the last 24 hours.

An organization's compliance officer reviews the real-time updates in the Due Diligence Checklist following a significant regulatory announcement relevant to their industry.

Given a regulatory change notification is issued, when the compliance officer accesses the checklist, then the relevant compliance tasks and requirements must be highlighted within 1 hour of the notification.

A user receives alerts via the EcoTrack platform regarding changes in compliance tasks that affect their operations based on recent regulations.

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when a regulatory update impacts the Due Diligence Checklist, then the user must receive an alert via email and a push notification on the platform within 10 minutes of the update.

A user wants to ensure that their Due Diligence Checklist remains compliant with ongoing regulatory changes across multiple jurisdictions.

Given the user is managing compliance for multiple regions, when they submit their checklist for review, then the system should confirm compliance across all jurisdictions and highlight any discrepancies or missing items, achieving 100% accuracy in reporting.

An organization conducts a comprehensive review of its Due Diligence Checklist in preparation for an upcoming audit.

Given the audit date is approaching, when the organization runs an audit preparation report through EcoTrack, then the system should show a full compliance status indicating no pending regulatory tasks within 48 hours before the audit.

Users access historical compliance tasks to prepare for an upcoming environmental report.

Given the user selects a date range in the historical data section of the Due Diligence Checklist, when they view the historical records, then all relevant compliance tasks completed must be displayed with accurate timestamps and statuses for the entire date range.

A user wants to customize their Due Diligence Checklist to better fit their specific operational context and regulatory requirements.

Given the user has access to customization features, when they modify their checklist settings, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflected in their checklist without needing to refresh the page.

Customizable Task Prioritization

""

Description

The Customizable Task Prioritization requirement enables users to prioritize compliance tasks on the Due Diligence Checklist based on specific organizational needs and regulatory timelines. This functionality provides range flexibility, allowing users to allocate resources effectively and address the most urgent compliance items first. The feature will enhance accountability, improve task management, and ensure that high-priority items are addressed in a timely manner. It should integrate with user-defined business objectives, further streamlining the compliance preparation process and promoting environmental stewardship within the enterprise framework.

Acceptance Criteria

As a compliance manager, I need to prioritize tasks based on upcoming regulatory deadlines so that my team can focus on the most urgent tasks first.

Given the Due Diligence Checklist, when I set the priority for tasks based on their deadlines, then the tasks should be sorted in descending order, showing the most urgent tasks at the top.

As an organization with multiple departments, I need to customize the task prioritization based on departmental needs, ensuring relevant tasks are allocated to the right teams.

Given the customizable task prioritization feature, when I assign tasks to different departments, then each department should receive notifications for their specific tasks and priority levels accordingly.

As a user, I want to review and edit priorities of tasks in the Due Diligence Checklist to adapt to changing regulatory requirements or internal priorities.

Given the prioritized checklist, when I edit the priority of a specific task, then the task's priority level should update immediately and reflect in the dashboard.

As a sustainability officer, I need to generate reports on compliance task completion rates to assess accountability and identify bottlenecks in our processes.

Given the Due Diligence Checklist, when I generate a compliance report, then the report should accurately reflect the percentage of completed tasks by priority level and department within a given timeframe.

As a team leader, I'm using the priority feature to ensure my team focuses on the top compliance tasks which align with our business objectives.

Given my organizational objectives, when I prioritize tasks in the checklist, then tasks that align with these objectives should be highlighted separately from other tasks in the user interface.

As a compliance staff member, I need to receive alerts for critical tasks that are overdue to ensure no compliance item is neglected.

Given the prioritization of tasks, when a task's deadline is past due, then I should receive an alert notification to remind me of the overdue task and its priority status.

Interactive Reporting Dashboard

""

Description

The Interactive Reporting Dashboard requirement establishes a visual interface that enables users to understand compliance progress and gaps through interactive graphs and charts derived from the Due Diligence Checklist. Users can track their compliance status, see completed tasks, and identify outstanding items instantly, thereby fostering transparency and accountability within their organization. This feature adds significant value by converting complex data into actionable insights and facilitating data-driven decision-making regarding sustainability efforts and compliance strategies. The dashboard should allow for customization and provide export options for external reporting needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Reporting Dashboard to view compliance progress and identify outstanding tasks based on the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, then they should see an overview of compliance progress displayed through interactive graphs and charts, indicating completed and outstanding tasks.

A user customizes the visual elements of the Interactive Reporting Dashboard to better suit their organization's needs.

Given the user is on the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, when they select customization options, then they should be able to modify the layout, color scheme, and data visualizations, and these changes should be saved for future sessions.

A user exports the data from the Interactive Reporting Dashboard for external reporting requirements.

Given the user is on the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the compliance data in multiple formats (e.g., CSV, PDF) without losing data integrity or visual layout.

A user reviews the Interactive Reporting Dashboard for real-time updates on compliance progress.

Given the compliance data is updated in real-time, when the user refreshes the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, then the displayed compliance status should reflect the latest data from the Due Diligence Checklist accurately.

The Interactive Reporting Dashboard integrates seamlessly with existing environmental compliance systems to ensure data consistency.

Given the external compliance systems are connected, when the user refreshes the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, then all compliance metrics should align with the data from these systems without discrepancies.

The dashboard accommodates multiple user roles and permissions for accessing compliance data.

Given different user roles are defined within EcoTrack, when a user attempts to access the Interactive Reporting Dashboard, then they should only see compliance data relevant to their role based on the set permissions.

The Interactive Reporting Dashboard is accessible on various devices including tablets and smartphones.

Given a user accesses the Interactive Reporting Dashboard via a mobile device, when they navigate to the page, then the dashboard should be fully responsive and functional, maintaining usability across different screen sizes.

User Role Management

""

Description

The User Role Management requirement facilitates the assignment of specific roles and permissions for users interacting with the Due Diligence Checklist. This functionality ensures that only authorized personnel can make changes to sensitive compliance tasks while allowing for collaborative interactions where necessary. With clear role delineation, organizations can ensure accountability, maintain compliance integrity, and reduce the risk of unauthorized modifications. This requirement enhances the overall governance aspect of the compliance processes, securing more effective management of environmental responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Assigning Roles to Users in the Due Diligence Checklist during Initial Setup.

Given an admin user accesses the User Role Management section, when they select a user and assign a role with specific permissions (e.g., editor, viewer), then the user should receive a notification of their assigned role and permissions must reflect accurately in their profile.

Editing Permissions for Existing Users in the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given a user with editing permissions opens the User Role Management, when they modify a user's role to a more restricted one, then the affected user must lose their previous permissions and receive a notification of the change immediately.

Verifying Role-Based Access to Compliance Tasks in the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given multiple users with different roles (admin, editor, viewer), when they attempt to access a compliance task, then only users with the appropriate permissions should be able to view or edit the task, while others should see a 'Permission Denied' message.

Collaborative Interaction Among Users with Different Roles in the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given a user with editor permissions invites a viewer to collaborate on a compliance task, when the viewer accesses the checklist, then they should be able to provide comments but not make edits to the task itself.

Audit Trail of Role Management Changes in the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given an admin user makes any changes to the User Role Management (assigning, modifying, or revoking roles), when they save the changes, then an audit log should be generated detailing the change with timestamps and user information.

Notification System for Role Changes in the Due Diligence Checklist.

Given any change is made to a user's role in the User Role Management, when the change is applied, then all impacted users should receive a summary email detailing the changes made to their roles and permissions.

Automated Task Reminders

""

Description

The Automated Task Reminders requirement introduces a feature that sends notifications and reminders to users about approaching deadlines for compliance tasks outlined in the Due Diligence Checklist. This capability aids users in staying proactive about their responsibilities, thus improving adherence to regulatory timelines. The reminders can be customized based on user preferences and priority levels, enhancing operational efficiency and ensuring that no critical deadlines are missed. Integrating this feature with existing communication tools will provide a seamless experience for users to keep compliance top-of-mind.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a reminder notification 3 days before a compliance task deadline.

Given the user has set up their profile preferences for reminders, when the compliance task deadline is 3 days away, then the user should receive an automated reminder notification via their preferred communication tool.

User can customize reminder settings for different types of compliance tasks.

Given the user is on the reminder settings page, when they change the notification preferences for a specific compliance task type, then the system should save the new preferences and apply them to future reminders.

User wants to view all upcoming compliance task reminders in a dashboard.

Given the user is logged into their EcoTrack account, when they navigate to the compliance dashboard, then they should see a list of all upcoming compliance task reminders with their respective deadlines and priorities.

User receives a one-day reminder notification for a critical compliance task.

Given the user has marked a compliance task as critical, when the task deadline is one day away, then the user should receive an automated reminder notification indicating the urgency of the task.

User can dismiss a reminder and select an option to be reminded later.

Given the user has received a reminder notification, when the user chooses to dismiss the reminder, then they should have an option to specify if they want to be reminded later and the system should update the reminder schedule accordingly.

User requests a summary of missed compliance tasks based on reminder notifications.

Given the user is on the compliance tasks page, when they request a summary of missed compliance tasks, then the system should generate and display a list of all tasks that were not completed by their deadlines.

AI-Powered Risk Assessment

""

Description

The AI-Powered Risk Assessment requirement leverages artificial intelligence to analyze and assess potential risks associated with non-compliance listed in the Due Diligence Checklist. By providing automated insights and recommendations based on historical data and predictive analytics, this feature empowers users to identify risks before they become problematic, enhancing proactive management of environmental compliance. The integration of this capability into EcoTrack supports strategic decision-making, allowing organizations to allocate resources effectively and mitigate potential compliance-related challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to conduct a risk assessment based on the Due Diligence Checklist during an upcoming audit.

Given the user has access to the Due Diligence Checklist, When the user selects the AI-Powered Risk Assessment feature, Then the system automatically generates a risk assessment report highlighting potential non-compliance risks and their likelihood based on historical data.

Compliance officer wants to view historical data that influences future risk assessments for a specific regulation.

Given the compliance officer is reviewing the risk assessment, When they request historical data-related queries, Then the system displays relevant historical compliance data used to inform the current risk assessment.

User intends to receive proactive recommendations on mitigating identified risks from the risk assessment.

Given the risk assessment has been completed, When the user accesses the recommendations section, Then the system provides actionable steps to mitigate identified risks with relevant deadlines and resource allocations.

Administrator requires modifications to the criteria used by the AI in risk analysis based on enforcement trends.

Given the administrator has access to the risk assessment settings, When they adjust the machine learning criteria, Then the system updates the AI protocol to reflect the new settings and confirms the update was successful.

A user needs to validate if the AI-Powered Risk Assessment is functioning correctly after updates.

Given recent updates to the AI engine, When a user runs a risk assessment using standard compliance parameters, Then the output must match the expected risk evaluation metrics defined in the previous version before updates.

Best Practice Library

A centralized repository where users can access and contribute a collection of best practices related to sustainability efforts. This feature enables users to easily find effective strategies employed by others in their field, facilitating knowledge sharing and accelerating the learning curve for new initiatives. By leveraging collective wisdom, users can implement proven solutions more quickly and adapt them to their specific contexts.

Requirements

Centralized Repository Access

"As a sustainability manager, I want to easily access a library of proven sustainability best practices so that I can implement effective strategies in my organization."

Description

The Best Practice Library feature must provide a user-friendly interface for accessing a centralized repository of sustainability best practices. This repository should allow users to search, filter, and browse a collection of strategies, case studies, and innovative practices in environmental management. The goal is to facilitate easy access to valuable knowledge, enabling users to quickly implement relevant practices in their organizations. Additionally, the system needs to support a tagging mechanism for categorizing practices, making the search process efficient and focused on specific industries or sustainability challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Best Practice Library

Given a registered user is logged into EcoTrack, when the user navigates to the Best Practice Library, then they should see a user-friendly interface displaying various sustainability best practices categorized by their respective tags.

Searching Best Practices by Tags

Given a user is on the Best Practice Library page, when the user selects a specific tag from the tagging mechanism, then the system should filter and display a list of best practices relevant to that tag within 2 seconds.

Browsing Strategies and Case Studies

Given a user is on the Best Practice Library, when the user chooses to browse the strategies or case studies section, then they should be able to view a list of items with brief descriptions and an option to view more details for each item.

User Contribution to the Library

Given a logged-in user wants to add a best practice, when they fill out the contribution form with all mandatory fields and submit, then the new practice should be added to the library and be visible to all users within 5 minutes.

Searching Best Practices by Keywords

Given a user is in the Best Practice Library, when the user enters a keyword into the search bar, then the system should return a list of best practices containing that keyword in the title or description, within 3 seconds.

Accessing Practice Details

Given a user has selected a specific best practice from the list, when they click on it, then they should be taken to a detailed view of that practice including implementation steps, results, and tags associated with it.

Responsive Design for Mobile Users

Given a user accesses the Best Practice Library on a mobile device, when they navigate through the library, then the interface should adjust appropriately, maintaining usability and visibility of elements like search and filters without horizontal scrolling.

User Contribution Mechanism

"As a user, I want to contribute my organization’s successful sustainability practices so that I can help others improve their initiatives."

Description

The library must include a feature that allows users to contribute their own best practices to the repository. This capability will enable organizations to share their successes and innovative strategies with others in the ecosystem. Users should be able to submit documentation, case studies, and metrics associated with their strategies. The contribution process must be streamlined, with clear guidelines on what constitutes a best practice. Additionally, submitted practices should undergo a review process to ensure quality and relevance, creating a diverse and high-quality resource for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a best practice through the contribution feature of EcoTrack.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the Best Practice Library and select the 'Contribute Best Practice' option, then they should be able to enter required fields such as title, description, documentation, and metrics, and successfully submit the contribution.

A submitted best practice document undergoes a quality review process.

Given a user has submitted a best practice, when the admin reviews the submission, then they should be able to approve or reject the contribution based on predefined quality criteria, and the user should be notified of the decision within 48 hours.

Users can search for best practices in the library.

Given a user is on the Best Practice Library page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then they should receive a list of relevant best practices that contain the keyword in their title or description.

Users can view detailed information of a best practice.

Given a user has accessed the Best Practice Library, when they click on a specific best practice, then they should be taken to a detailed page that displays the full documentation, metrics, and related case studies.

Users can provide feedback on best practices in the library.

Given a user is viewing a best practice, when they select the 'Provide Feedback' option, they should be able to submit a rating (1-5) and an optional comment, and see their feedback reflected immediately after submission.

Admins can analyze contribution metrics to assess the library's usage.

Given an admin is logged into their dashboard, when they access the contribution metrics section, then they should see statistics on the number of submissions, approval rates, and user engagement metrics over the past month.

Practice Rating and Feedback System

"As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on the best practices I’ve implemented so that others can benefit from my insights and experiences."

Description

To enhance the quality of shared practices, the Best Practice Library should implement a rating and feedback system. Users can rate the effectiveness of each practice based on their implementation and share their experiences. This feedback will create a dynamic repository that highlights high-impact practices and allows users to gauge applicability to their specific circumstances. Implementing this system will also drive user engagement and encourage the continuous improvement of shared practices, thereby fostering a community of learning and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User Ratings Submission for Practices

Given a user accesses a shared practice in the Best Practice Library, when they provide a rating from 1 to 5 and submit feedback, then the rating and feedback should be recorded and displayed accurately on the practice page.

Display of Average Ratings

Given multiple users have rated a practice, when a user views the practice details, then the average rating should be calculated and displayed prominently on the page, rounded to two decimal places.

Feedback Visibility to Users

Given a user has submitted feedback on a practice, when another user views the same practice, then the feedback should be displayed alongside the average rating, ensuring that user contributions are visible and informative.

User Engagement Metrics

Given the rating and feedback system is live, when monitoring user interactions, then there should be a measurable increase in user engagement, indicated by at least a 25% increase in ratings and feedback submissions within the first month of implementation.

Reporting of High-Impact Practices

Given the ratings of practices, when a user filters practices by highest-rated, then the system should accurately present a list of the top 10% of practices based on their average ratings, ensuring easy access to high-impact practices.

Advanced Search Functionality

"As a sustainability officer, I want to use advanced search options to find targeted best practices so that I can address specific sustainability challenges within my organization."

Description

The requirement entails developing advanced search capabilities for the Best Practice Library. Users should be able to utilize various search criteria such as keywords, tags, authors, and implementation challenges to locate specific practices that best meet their needs. The advanced search function should also include sorting options to prioritize the most relevant or highly rated practices at the top of the search results. This feature will enable users to efficiently find targeted solutions tailored to their unique sustainability efforts and challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for sustainability practices using keywords related to 'waste reduction'.

Given a user is on the Best Practice Library page, when they enter 'waste reduction' into the search bar, then the system returns a list of best practices that include the keyword 'waste reduction' in their title or description.

User applies multiple filters to narrow down search results.

Given a user has selected filters for tags, authors, and implementation challenges, when they perform a search, then the system displays results that match all selected filters, showing only relevant best practices.

User sorts search results by highest rated practices.

Given a user executes a search, when they choose the 'Sort by Rating' option, then the system lists the best practices starting with the highest rated, with clear rating indicators for each result.

User searches for practices by a specific author.

Given a user wants to find practices created by 'John Doe', when they enter 'John Doe' in the author filter, then the system shows only those practices contributed by John Doe in the search results.

User receives appropriate feedback when no results are found.

Given a user performs a search that yields no results, when they hit search, then the system displays a message stating 'No results found for your search. Please try different keywords or filters.' in a clearly visible manner.

User revisits previous search results after modifying search criteria.

Given a user has modified search criteria, when they select 'back to previous search results', then the system retrieves and displays the original search results before the modifications were made.

User saves their search criteria for future use.

Given a user has performed a search and applies specific filters, when they select the 'Save Search' option, then the system stores the search criteria ensuring it can be easily retrieved in the user's profile section.

Integration with User Dashboards

"As a user, I want to pin important best practices to my dashboard so that I can quickly access them without navigating away from my main interface."

Description

The Best Practice Library must seamlessly integrate with user dashboards within the EcoTrack platform. Users should be able to pin their favorite or most relevant practices to their dashboards for quick reference. This integration will enhance the usability of the library by keeping essential resources readily accessible, allowing users to streamline their sustainability efforts directly from their personalized dashboard environment. Such accessibility will lead to greater utilization of shared practices and ultimately improve compliance and sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User pins a best practice to their dashboard for quick access.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Best Practice Library and select a best practice, then they should see an option to pin it to their dashboard.

User unpins a previously pinned best practice from their dashboard.

Given a user has pinned a best practice to their dashboard, when they click on the unpin option, then the best practice should no longer appear on their dashboard.

User views their dashboard and sees all pinned best practices.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then all pinned best practices should be displayed prominently for easy visibility and access.

User searches for best practices in the library and pins a relevant one.

Given a user is in the Best Practice Library, when they use the search function and find a relevant best practice, then they should be able to pin it directly from the search results.

System updates the dashboard real-time after a best practice is pinned or unpinned.

Given a user pins or unpins a best practice, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the changes without requiring a manual refresh by the user.

User customizes the layout of their dashboard with pinned best practices.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they drag and drop pinned best practices to arrange them, then the dashboard layout should reflect the new arrangement instantly without any errors.

User accesses help tips related to using the Best Practice Library integration with the dashboard.

Given a user is on their dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then they should see tips and guidance specifically related to managing pinned best practices.

Mobile Access Support

"As a field manager, I want to access the Best Practice Library on my mobile device so that I can reference sustainability practices while on-site."

Description

To maximize the usability of the Best Practice Library, a mobile-friendly version of the repository should be developed. This requirement includes ensuring that the library is fully responsive and functional on various mobile devices, thereby allowing users to access best practices on-the-go. Mobile access will enable field users, such as environmental auditors or on-site managers, to quickly reference practices relevant to their current tasks. This capability will enhance the flexibility and utility of the library, ultimately supporting more effective on-site decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Best Practice Library from a mobile device in the field to reference sustainability strategies while conducting an environmental audit.

Given a user is on a mobile device, When they navigate to the Best Practice Library, Then they should be presented with a fully responsive design that allows for easy scrolling and navigation through best practices.

Searching for specific best practices related to waste management on a mobile device.

Given the user has accessed the Best Practice Library on their mobile device, When they enter 'waste management' in the search bar, Then relevant best practices should be displayed in order of relevance.

Contributing a new best practice while using a mobile device in an on-site meeting.

Given a user is in the Best Practice Library on their mobile device, When they select 'Contribute New Best Practice' and fill in the required fields, Then the new best practice should be successfully submitted and visible in the library within one minute.

Viewing best practices in an offline mode while on a site visit without internet access.

Given a user is using the Best Practice Library on a mobile device, When they access best practices while offline, Then they should be able to view previously cached best practices without any issues.

Filtering best practices by category on a mobile device during a sustainability training session.

Given a user is in the Best Practice Library on their mobile device, When they apply a filter for 'Energy Efficiency', Then only best practices related to 'Energy Efficiency' should be displayed.

Returning to the home screen of the Best Practice Library from a best practice detail page on a mobile device.

Given a user is viewing a specific best practice on their mobile device, When they select the 'Home' icon, Then they should be taken back to the home screen of the Best Practice Library without any errors.

Discussion Threads

Dynamic discussion threads allow users to initiate and participate in conversations about specific sustainability topics or challenges. This feature fosters open dialogue, enabling users to seek advice, share insights, and collaborate on innovative solutions. By encouraging interaction, users can build networks, gain diverse perspectives, and enhance problem-solving capabilities within the community.

Requirements

Thread Creation and Management

"As a user, I want to create discussion threads on specific sustainability topics so that I can engage with peers and share insights effectively."

Description

Users must be able to initiate new discussion threads based on specific sustainability topics or challenges relevant to their industries. This includes the ability to title the thread, add a detailed description, and categorize it under predefined or custom tags. The management of these threads should allow users to edit or delete their own posts, ensuring a controlled and relevant dialogue. This requirement is essential to encourage user engagement and ensure that discussions remain focused and pertinent to community needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a discussion thread about a recent sustainability regulation that affects their industry.

Given a logged-in user, when the user navigates to the discussion section, then they should see an option to create a new thread with fields for title, description, and tags.

User attempts to create a discussion thread without filling in the required fields.

Given a user on the thread creation page, when they click the 'Create Thread' button without entering title and description, then they should receive an error message indicating which fields are required.

User categorizes their discussion thread using predefined tags.

Given a user creating a new thread, when they select tags from the predefined list, then the selected tags should be displayed correctly in the thread summary.

User decides to edit an existing discussion thread they created.

Given a user on their discussion thread, when they click the 'Edit' button, then they should be able to modify the title and description, and save the changes successfully.

User wants to delete their own discussion thread after it has served its purpose.

Given a user who owns a thread, when they click the 'Delete' button, then they should receive a confirmation prompt, and upon confirmation, the thread should be removed from the discussion list.

User searches for discussion threads related to a specific sustainability challenge.

Given a user on the discussion page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar, then the system should display all relevant threads containing that keyword in the title or description.

User views the discussion thread they've participated in.

Given a user who has commented on a thread, when they navigate to their profile and check their activity, then they should see a list of all threads they have contributed to, with links to each thread.

Commenting on Threads

"As a user, I want to comment on existing discussion threads so that I can share my opinions and insights with my colleagues."

Description

The system must allow users to comment on existing discussion threads, fostering dialogue and collaboration among users. Each comment should support text formatting, joining discussions with ease, and provide options for users to upvote or downvote comments. This enhances user interaction and ensures that valuable insights and suggestions are prioritized, ultimately leading to more effective problem-solving in sustainability challenges.

Acceptance Criteria

User Comments on a Discussion Thread with Formatting

Given that a user is viewing an existing discussion thread, when they enter a comment using supported text formatting options such as bold, italics, and bullet points, then the comment should render correctly with the specified formatting applied.

User Upvotes and Downvotes Comments

Given that a user has posted a comment on a thread, when another user views this comment, then they should be able to upvote or downvote the comment, and the total count of upvotes and downvotes should update in real time.

Comment Character Limit Enforcement

Given that a user is writing a comment, when they exceed the predetermined character limit, then the system should prevent the comment from being submitted and display an appropriate error message indicating the limit has been exceeded.

Notification of New Comments on Thread

Given that a user is subscribed to a discussion thread, when a new comment is posted, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment within 5 minutes.

Thread Owner Responds to Comments

Given that a thread owner wants to engage with the comments on their thread, when they reply to a comment made on their thread, then their response should appear under the original comment with a visual indication that it is a reply.

Search Functionality for Comments

Given that a user wants to find discussions on a topic, when they use the search functionality, then the system should return comments related to the keywords entered, highlighting the relevant sections within those comments.

Loading Comments Dynamically as User Scrolls

Given that a user is browsing a discussion thread, when they scroll down, then additional comments should load dynamically without requiring a page refresh, maintaining a seamless user experience.

Notification System

"As a user, I want to be notified when someone replies to my comments or threads so that I can stay engaged in conversations without having to check frequently."

Description

A notification system is needed to alert users when there are new replies to the discussion threads they are subscribed to or participated in. Notifications should be customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred modes (email or in-app), ensuring they remain updated without feeling overwhelmed. This requirement is critical for maintaining user engagement and ensuring timely responses to ongoing discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for replies to discussion threads they have participated in or subscribed to.

Given a user is subscribed to a discussion thread, When a new reply is posted, Then the user receives a notification via their selected mode (email or in-app).

User can customize their notification preferences for discussion thread replies.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they select their notification preferences, Then the system saves their choices and applies them to future notifications accurately.

Notifications for replies are delivered in accordance with the user's preference settings.

Given a user has chosen email notifications, When a new reply occurs in a subscribed thread, Then the user receives an email notification within 5 minutes of the reply being posted.

Users can turn off notifications for specific discussion threads.

Given a user has previously subscribed to a discussion thread, When they choose to unsubscribe from notifications for that thread, Then they no longer receive notifications for new replies to that thread.

System logs user interactions with notification settings to enable better user experience analysis.

Given a user interacts with the notification settings, When the setting is changed or saved, Then the system logs the interaction for auditing purposes.

Users receive notifications only for new replies relevant to their selected subscriptions.

Given a user has active subscriptions to multiple discussion threads, When a reply is posted to one of those threads, Then the user receives a notification specifically related to that thread and not others.

Users can temporarily mute notifications during a specified period.

Given a user wants to mute notifications for a certain duration, When they set a mute period in the notification settings, Then notifications are paused for the selected duration and resume automatically afterward.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to search and filter discussion threads so that I can quickly find topics relevant to my interests without scrolling through numerous posts."

Description

Implement a robust search and filter functionality that allows users to quickly find relevant discussion threads based on keywords, categories, or popular tags. This feature should include advanced filtering options, such as sorting by date or engagement level, which helps users navigate through a growing number of threads efficiently. This is fundamental to maximizing the usability of discussion threads and ensuring users can locate valuable content easily.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a search for discussion threads related to carbon footprint reduction in the EcoTrack platform.

Given the user is on the discussion threads page, when they enter 'carbon footprint reduction' in the search bar and press 'Search', then the system returns a list of relevant discussion threads that match the search term.

User applies filters to sort discussion threads by the most engaged topics.

Given the user is viewing the list of discussion threads, when they select the 'Most Engaged' filter option, then the displayed threads are sorted based on the number of replies or likes in descending order.

User wants to filter discussion threads by category to find sustainability technology discussions.

Given the user is on the discussion threads page, when they select 'Sustainability Technology' from the category filter, then only threads associated with that category are displayed.

User attempts to use the tag filter to find popular discussions about waste management.

Given the user has clicked on the 'Waste Management' tag, when they view the filtered discussion threads, then the results should only include threads tagged with 'Waste Management' and be sorted by the most recent activity.

User enters a keyword that returns no matching discussion threads.

Given the user types 'non-existing topic' in the search bar and clicks 'Search', then the system displays a message indicating no threads were found and suggests related topics.

User needs to quickly find the latest discussion on renewable energy.

Given the user navigates to the discussion threads page, when they use the sorting filter to select 'Newest First', then the threads displayed should be arranged in order from the most recent to the oldest.

User wants to search for threads using multiple keywords.

Given the user is on the discussion threads page, when they enter 'sustainability' and 'innovation' in the search bar, then threads containing both keywords should be displayed in the results.

User Reporting and Moderation

"As a user, I want to report inappropriate comments so that I can help maintain a respectful and productive discussion environment."

Description

Include a mechanism for users to report inappropriate or irrelevant comments and threads. This requires establishing moderation tools for admin users to review these reports, take necessary action, and maintain a healthy discussion environment. These safeguards ensure that the community remains focused, respectful, and conducive to professional discourse around sustainability topics.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a report for an inappropriate comment on a discussion thread.

Given a user views a discussion thread with multiple comments, when the user clicks on the report button for a specific comment, then the comment should be flagged for moderator review and the user receives a confirmation message.

Admin reviews reported comments and takes action.

Given the admin accesses the moderation tools, when they view a list of reported comments, then they should be able to approve, delete, or ignore each report with appropriate notifications sent to the reporting user.

User reports a discussion thread as inappropriate.

Given a user encounters a thread that they believe is inappropriate, when they click on the report thread button, then the thread should be flagged for review and the user should receive an acknowledgment of their report submission.

Notification system for users after their report is handled.

Given the admin has taken an action on a reported item, when a decision is made (approved, deleted, ignored), then the user who reported the item is notified of the outcome via email.

Multiple reports on a single comment by different users.

Given multiple users report the same comment, when the moderator reviews the comments, then all reports should be visible, and the moderator can take action on the comment based on the aggregated reports.

User attempts to report a comment without being logged in.

Given a user is not logged into their account, when they try to report a comment, then they should be prompted to log in before they can submit a report.

All moderation actions are logged for auditing purposes.

Given any moderation action is taken on a reported comment or thread, when the action occurs, then the details (action type, moderator ID, timestamp) should be recorded in the system for future audits.

User Profiles and Expertise Display

"As a user, I want to view the profiles of other users so that I can assess their expertise and decide who to connect with for further discussions."

Description

Develop user profiles that showcase each user’s contributions to discussions, including a list of threads started, comments made, and areas of expertise. This feature enhances credibility within the community, allowing users to identify and connect with thought leaders and experts in various sustainability areas. It promotes networking and collaboration among users, essential for exchanging ideas about sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their profile to understand their contributions and areas of expertise during a team meeting.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to their profile page, then they can see a summary of their contributions, including threads started and comments made, along with a clearly listed area of expertise.

User searches for sustainability experts to seek advice on environmental compliance.

Given a user opens the discussion threads feature, when they click on a user profile linked to a discussion, then they should see the user's contributions and areas of expertise highlighted, allowing them to identify suitable experts to consult.

A user wants to engage with a community member after reading their insightful comments in several threads.

Given a user is viewing a discussion thread, when they click on a community member's profile, then they are directed to that member's profile page showcasing their discussion contributions and areas of expertise, with an option to connect or message them.

An administrator reviews user profiles to ensure accurate display of contributions for community engagement reports.

Given an administrator has access to user profiles, when they review a user’s profile, then they should see an accurate count of threads started and comments made, reflective of the user's activity in the platform.

A user wishes to update their profile with new insights and contributions after participating in several recent discussions.

Given a user is on their profile page, when they submit updates to their contributions, then the profile should refresh to display the newly added threads and comments within 5 seconds.

A user navigates to the profiles of other community members to find potential partners for sustainability projects.

Given a user is browsing community profiles, when they view another user's profile, then they should see relevant expertise areas and a summary of their recent contributions to discussions, facilitating potential collaboration.

Success Stories Showcase

A dedicated section for users to spotlight their successful sustainability projects and initiatives. Through storytelling, users can share the processes, challenges, and results of their efforts, inspiring others and providing tangible examples of what can be achieved. This not only motivates community members but also cultivates a culture of recognition and encouragement.

Requirements

User Submission Portal

"As a sustainability manager, I want to submit my team's success story on EcoTrack so that I can inspire other users and share best practices in environmental management."

Description

The User Submission Portal will allow users to easily submit their success stories related to sustainability initiatives. This feature will facilitate the collection of project details, including objectives, processes, challenges faced, and outcomes achieved. By enabling users to provide rich narratives and attach supporting documents or images, this portal will enrich the community's shared knowledge base. It will integrate seamlessly with the existing EcoTrack dashboard, allowing submissions to be displayed prominently for community recognition and inspiration, thereby fostering a collaborative environment of learning and growth in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access and Submission Process

Given a registered user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the User Submission Portal, then they should see a clear and intuitive interface for submitting their success story, including fields for objectives, processes, challenges, and outcomes, as well as the option to upload supporting documents or images.

Validation of Submission Fields

Given a user is filling out the submission form, when they leave required fields empty and attempt to submit, then they should receive an error message specifying which fields need to be completed before submission is allowed.

Integration with Existing Dashboard

Given a user successfully submits their success story, when they return to the EcoTrack dashboard, then their submission should be prominently displayed in the Success Stories Showcase section along with relevant metadata such as submission date and user name.

Community Engagement and Recognition

Given a submission is successfully displayed in the Success Stories Showcase, when other users view the story, then they should be able to like and comment on it, fostering engagement and discussion about the sustainability initiatives.

Document and Image Attachment Support

Given a user is submitting their success story, when they attach a document or image file, then the system should accept the file within specified size limits and file types, and notify the user of a successful upload after submission.

Admin Moderation of Submissions

Given an administrator is reviewing submitted success stories, when they access the User Submission Portal, then they should be able to moderate submissions, approving or rejecting them and providing feedback to the user where necessary.

User Notification upon Submission Status Change

Given a user has submitted a success story, when the admin approves or rejects the submission, then the user should receive an email notification about the status change, including any comments from the admin for rejected submissions.

Success Stories Display

"As a platform user, I want to read success stories shared by others so that I can learn about effective strategies and outcome-driven approaches adopted by my peers."

Description

The Success Stories Display feature will curate and present user-submitted success stories in an engaging format on the EcoTrack platform. This section will utilize customizable templates to showcase stories with relevant images, project outcomes, and author details, facilitating an attractive and informative layout. Features such as search filters and categorization by sustainability topics will enhance user navigation and accessibility to different success cases. It plays a vital role in highlighting user achievements, encouraging participation, and demonstrating real-world applications of the platform's capabilities in environmental sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a success story about their recent sustainability project through the EcoTrack platform, detailing the project goals, processes, challenges faced, and outcomes achieved, including an image and author details.

Given a user successfully uploads a success story with all required fields filled out (title, description, image, author details), when the story is submitted, then it should be displayed in the Success Stories Display section with an aesthetically pleasing format and correct order of information.

A user wants to filter success stories by specific sustainability topics to find relevant information that matches their interests and projects.

Given a user accesses the Success Stories Display section, when they apply filters based on sustainability topics, then the displayed stories should update accordingly to show only those that match the selected filters.

The user wants to navigate through the Success Stories Display and view individual success stories with enhanced details.

Given a user clicks on a success story in the Success Stories Display section, when the story is opened, then it should display comprehensive details including project outcomes, challenges, and author comments in a user-friendly format.

A user aims to submit feedback on a success story they read to encourage the author or share their thoughts.

Given a user is reading a success story, when they click the 'Leave Feedback' option, then they should be able to submit a comment and see it displayed below the story after successful submission, confirming their input was recorded.

An administrator or user with appropriate permissions wants to manage the success stories by editing or deleting them if necessary.

Given a user with management permissions accesses a particular success story, when they choose to edit or delete the story, then the changes should be saved, or the story should be removed from the display as appropriate, with confirmation provided to the user.

A user wishes to see a diverse range of success stories to understand various approaches to sustainability across different industries.

Given the Success Stories Display section is accessed, when the user scrolls through the stories, then they should see a diverse array of success stories from different industries and sustainability topics represented.

The user wants to share a success story on social media to promote their project and inspire others.

Given a user is viewing a success story, when they click the 'Share' button, then they should be prompted to share the story on their selected social media platform with the correct story link and image included.

Comment and Interaction System

"As a reader of success stories, I want to be able to comment on the submissions so that I can ask questions and express my thoughts, thereby fostering interaction with the authors."

Description

The Comment and Interaction System will enable users to engage with submitted success stories through comments, likes, and questions. This feature will facilitate community interaction, allowing users to express appreciation, ask for additional details, and foster discussions around the shared stories. By creating a space for dialogue, this feature enhances community engagement and encourages users to connect with each other over shared interests and challenges in sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement with Success Stories

Given a success story is posted, When a user views the story, Then the user should have the ability to comment, like, or ask a question about the story.

View and Post Comments

Given a user is logged in, When they navigate to a success story, Then they should be able to post a comment and see their comment appear under the story in real-time.

Interaction Metrics Display

Given multiple interactions on a success story, When a user views the story, Then the total number of likes and comments should be displayed prominently at the top of the story.

Moderation of Comments

Given a comment is flagged as inappropriate, When the moderation tool is activated, Then the comment should be reviewed and either removed or retained based on the guidelines.

Notifications for Responses

Given a user has commented on a success story, When another user replies to their comment, Then the original commenter should receive a notification about the reply.

Anonymous Feedback Option

Given a success story, When users engage with the story, Then they should be given an option to leave anonymous feedback without revealing their identity.

Search and Filter Comments

Given there are multiple comments on a success story, When a user utilizes the search or filter function, Then they should be able to find specific comments based on keywords or author names.

Achievement Badges for Contributors

"As an active user, I want to earn achievement badges for sharing my success stories so that my contributions are recognized and appreciated within the EcoTrack community."

Description

The Achievement Badges feature will recognize users who submit success stories or contribute valuable insights to the platform. Badges will be displayed on user profiles, serving as a form of recognition that encourages continued sharing and participation within the community. This gamification aspect will not only motivate users to engage but also help in building a reputation system within EcoTrack, where contributors can gain recognition based on their involvement and impact.

Acceptance Criteria

Recognition of Users Submitting Success Stories

Given a user submits a success story, when the story is reviewed and approved, then the user should automatically receive an Achievement Badge associated with that project.

Display of Badges on User Profiles

Given a user has received Achievement Badges, when a visitor views the user's profile, then all relevant badges should be displayed clearly and accurately on the profile page.

Gamification Engagement

Given users receive Achievement Badges, when they engage in subsequent activities (submitting stories, commenting, etc.), then at least 70% of users should report feeling more motivated to participate in the community.

Criteria for Badge Issuance

Given established criteria for various badges, when a user meets all requirements for a specific badge, then the badge should be issued immediately to the user's profile.

Notification System for Badge Issuance

Given a user receives an Achievement Badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification via email and within the EcoTrack platform.

Tracking Badge Recipients for Analytics

Given users receive badges, when the badge issuance process is completed, then all data regarding badge recipients should be accurately recorded in the analytics dashboard for future insights.

User Feedback on Badge Effectiveness

Given users are awarded badges, when feedback is collected, then at least 80% of users should report that badges make them feel recognized and valued within the community.

Expert Q&A Sessions

Scheduled sessions where industry experts and thought leaders share their expertise and answer questions from the community. This feature provides users with direct access to valuable insights and guidance on current sustainability challenges and trends. By engaging with experts, users can enhance their understanding and apply best practices more effectively in their organizations.

Requirements

Expert Session Scheduling

"As a sustainability manager, I want to schedule Q&A sessions with experts on specific sustainability topics so that my team can gain insights that directly address our current challenges and improve our practices."

Description

The Expert Session Scheduling requirement allows users to book one-on-one or group sessions with industry experts at designated times. The scheduling tool integrates with users' calendars and offers a seamless interface for picking available slots. This feature enhances the EcoTrack platform by providing users with direct access to expert insights, thereby supporting their sustainability decision-making processes. Users can select sessions based on specific themes or topics, ensuring they get information relevant to their compliance and sustainability efforts. With automated reminders and confirmation notifications, this feature also reduces no-shows and maximizes engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User books an Expert Q&A session for sustainability topics through the scheduling interface.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Expert Session Scheduling tool, then they should be able to view available time slots, select a slot, and receive a booking confirmation via email.

User selects a specific topic for the Expert Q&A session from a predefined list.

Given a user accesses the Expert Session Scheduling tool, when they choose a topic from the available list before booking a session, then the system should display relevant experts based on the selected topic.

User receives automated reminders for an upcoming Expert Q&A session they have booked.

Given a user has booked an Expert Q&A session, when the session date approaches, then the user should receive an automated reminder notification 24 hours in advance via email.

User cancels a booked Expert Q&A session and receives a cancellation confirmation.

Given a user has booked an Expert Q&A session, when they select the cancel option in their booking confirmation, then they should receive a cancellation confirmation notification via email.

User checks the history of their past Expert Q&A sessions.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to their profile's Expert Q&A history page, then they should see a list of all past sessions including topics discussed and expert names.

The system prevents double booking of Expert Q&A sessions.

Given a user attempts to book an Expert Q&A session at a time that is already reserved by them, when they select that time slot, then the system should display an error message indicating the slot is unavailable.

Interactive Q&A Interface

"As an EcoTrack user, I want to interact with experts during Q&A sessions through chat and polls so that I can actively engage in discussions and get answers tailored to my inquiries."

Description

The Interactive Q&A Interface requirement facilitates real-time communication between users and experts during the sessions. This interface features live polling, chat functionalities, and a curated list of frequently asked questions to guide discussions. By implementing this feature, EcoTrack promotes active user participation and helps users extract the most relevant information from experts. This interactivity deepens user engagement and transforms passive listening into an active learning experience, fostering a community-oriented environment where knowledge sharing thrives.

Acceptance Criteria

User participates in a scheduled Expert Q&A session where they can submit questions and engage with industry experts in real-time.

Given an active Expert Q&A session, when a user submits a question via the chat interface, then the user should receive a confirmation that their question has been received within 2 seconds.

During an Expert Q&A session, users should be able to participate in live polling related to the session topics.

Given an Expert Q&A session with an active poll, when a user selects an option in the poll, then their selection should be recorded and reflected in real-time on the dashboard.

User wants to review frequently asked questions to prepare for the Expert Q&A session.

Given the Interactive Q&A Interface, when a user accesses the FAQs section, then they should see a curated list of at least 10 relevant questions and answers displayed clearly.

Experts deliver responses to users during the Expert Q&A session while ensuring discussions are flowing smoothly with the help of moderators.

Given a session with multiple questions, when an expert responds to a user’s question, then the response should be displayed to all attendees within 5 seconds of being submitted.

Users engage in discussions and share insights with each other during the Expert Q&A session.

Given an ongoing Expert Q&A session, when a user posts a comment in the chat, then the comment should appear in the chat window for all participants to see within 3 seconds.

Users want to exit the Expert Q&A session while being able to save their questions and comments for later review.

Given a user is participating in an Expert Q&A session, when they click the 'Leave' button, then they should be prompted to save their chat history, and if they confirm, the history should be saved to their profile.

Users have accessibility needs and require support to participate effectively in the Expert Q&A session.

Given the Interactive Q&A Interface, when a user activates accessibility features, then text-to-speech and closed captioning options should be available and easily enabled.

Expert Insights Repository

"As a product user, I want to access a repository of past expert sessions and insights so that I can continuously learn and apply new knowledge to our environmental compliance strategies and initiatives."

Description

The Expert Insights Repository requirement allows for the archiving and categorization of recorded Q&A sessions and expert insights in a searchable database. Users can revisit past sessions, access transcripts, and browse topics relevant to their needs. This repository turns valuable knowledge into an accessible resource for the EcoTrack community, enabling continuous learning and improvement beyond the live sessions. By having this feature, users can track changes in sustainability practices and compliance over time, ensuring they stay informed about industry's evolving standards and best practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Expert Insights Repository to search for sustainability trends discussed in past Q&A sessions.

Given the user is on the Expert Insights Repository page, when they enter a relevant keyword in the search bar, then the system should return a list of all Q&A sessions and insights that match that keyword with relevant filtering options.

A user wants to view a specific archived Q&A session based on the topics covered during the live session.

Given the user is browsing the Expert Insights Repository, when they select a specific topic from the categories, then the system should display all Q&A sessions categorized under that topic, complete with transcripts and recording access.

The admin needs to ensure the repository is regularly updated with newly recorded sessions and insights after each live event.

Given a new Q&A session has been recorded, when the admin uploads the session's recording and transcript to the repository, then the system should automatically categorize and store the session and notify users of the new content via email.

A user is interested in accessing past Q&A sessions to prepare for an upcoming compliance meeting.

Given the user selects the 'Compliance' category in the Expert Insights Repository, when they view the results, then the system should show past sessions with the most recent insights regarding sustainability compliance and highlight the content of the sessions.

A user wants to download transcripts of past Q&A sessions for offline review.

Given the user has navigated to a specific Q&A session in the Expert Insights Repository, when they click on the download button for the transcript, then the system should provide the transcript in a .pdf format without any errors.

Users should be able to submit feedback on the usefulness of insights provided during Q&A sessions.

Given a user has accessed a Q&A session in the repository, when they click on the feedback link, then the system should allow them to submit a rating and comments, which should be stored and made available for review by administrators.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a participant in the expert sessions, I want to provide feedback and rate sessions so that I can influence the quality and relevance of future expert Q&A offerings."

Description

The Feedback and Rating System requirement encourages users to provide feedback on expert sessions and rate their experiences. This feature collects user insights on the relevance and usefulness of the sessions, enabling EcoTrack to adapt its offerings and improve future content. By analyzing this data, EcoTrack can identify trending topics and potential areas for improvement, ultimately fostering a community that values user input and expert content refinement. This continuous feedback loop will ensure that future sessions remain relevant and beneficial to the users.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after participating in an expert Q&A session.

Given a user attends an expert Q&A session, when they click on the feedback submission button, then they must be prompted to provide a rating (1 to 5 stars) and textual feedback before submission is completed.

Admin reviews aggregated feedback from users after multiple expert sessions.

Given the admin accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, when they select a specific expert Q&A session, then they should view a summary of user ratings and trends in textual feedback across all submissions for that session.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback for an expert session.

Given a user submits their feedback for an expert Q&A session, when the submission is successful, then they should receive an on-screen confirmation message and an email acknowledging receipt of their feedback.

Feedback and rating data is used to optimize future expert sessions.

Given collected feedback data is analyzed, when a session with low ratings is identified, then the topic and format should be reviewed and adjusted for future sessions to enhance user satisfaction.

Users can view historical feedback on expert Q&A sessions.

Given a user navigates to the expert sessions archive, when they select any expert Q&A session, then they should see all feedback and ratings submitted by users for that session in a clear format.

Notification of new expert sessions based on user interests from feedback.

Given the feedback collected from users includes topics of interest, when a new expert Q&A session is scheduled that aligns with those interests, then users who provided relevant feedback should receive an email notification with session details.

Expert Selection Criteria

"As a project coordinator, I want to know the criteria used to select experts for the Q&A sessions so that I can be assured of the quality and relevance of the information shared during these events."

Description

The Expert Selection Criteria requirement establishes a framework for identifying and vetting industry experts who will participate in the Q&A sessions. This includes defining qualifications, experience levels, and areas of expertise that align with the user needs identified through market research. By ensuring that only qualified and relevant experts lead sessions, this feature enhances the credibility of the EcoTrack platform and boosts user trust in the information shared. Establishing clear selection criteria also helps in effectively marketing sessions to users, ensuring maximum attendance and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Expert Selection Process for Q&A Sessions

Given a list of potential experts, when the selection process is initiated, then experts must meet at least 3 out of 5 defined qualifications and possess relevant experience in sustainability to be considered for participation.

User Engagement in Expert Q&A Sessions

Given that the expert selection process is complete, when the Q&A session is scheduled, then at least 70% of registered users must attend the session for it to be considered engaging.

Expert Qualification Validation

Given a list of selected experts, when their qualifications are reviewed, then each expert must have a minimum of 5 years of experience in their field and at least 2 published articles related to sustainability to qualify for the session.

Feedback Mechanism for Q&A Sessions

Given the completion of an expert Q&A session, when feedback is collected from attendees, then at least 80% of participants must indicate that the session met their expectations for it to be deemed successful.

Publication of Expert Profiles for Sessions

Given selected experts for a Q&A session, when their profiles are published on the EcoTrack platform, then profiles must include a brief bio, qualifications, and areas of expertise, providing users sufficient information about each expert.

Marketing Effectiveness for Q&A Sessions

Given the Q&A session is scheduled, when marketing efforts are executed, then at least a 20% increase in user sign-ups for the session should be observed compared to previous sessions to be considered effective.

Personalized Recommendations for Sessions

"As a regular EcoTrack user, I want to receive personalized recommendations for expert sessions based on my past interactions and current sustainability challenges so that I can make the most out of the resources available to me."

Description

The Personalized Recommendations for Sessions requirement uses machine learning algorithms to analyze user behavior, preferences, and sustainability challenges, providing tailored session suggestions. This feature enhances user experience by directing them to the most relevant upcoming expert sessions, maximizing their learning opportunities. By personalizing the Q&A experience, EcoTrack can drive user engagement and satisfaction, ensuring that users have a seamless path toward knowledge acquisition and application in their organizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Expert Q&A Sessions feature and logs in to their EcoTrack account to explore upcoming sessions based on their interests and past activities.

Given the user is logged in, when they visit the Expert Q&A Sessions page, then they should see a list of recommended sessions tailored to their interests based on their previous participation and selected preferences.

A user wants to filter expert sessions based on specific sustainability topics they are interested in, aiming to find sessions that closely match their organization’s current challenges.

Given the user has selected specific sustainability topics, when they apply the filters, then the recommended sessions should include only those that are relevant to the selected topics, reflecting a maximum of 10 options at once.

After attending an expert session, a user provides feedback regarding the relevance and usefulness of the session to assess the recommendation algorithm's effectiveness.

Given the user has completed a session, when they submit feedback, then the system should record this feedback and adjust future recommendations based on the feedback received for improved personalization.

A returning user revisits the EcoTrack platform after a month to check for updated recommended sessions that align with their evolving interests and activities.

Given a user logs in after one month, when they access the Expert Q&A Sessions page, then the recommendations should reflect any new sessions and changes based on their updated user data and interaction history over the past month.

An administrator needs to review the effectiveness of the personalized recommendations feature by analyzing user engagement statistics to determine if users are attending suggested sessions.

Given the administrator is accessing the analytics dashboard, when they view the engagement reports, then they should see data showing the percentage of users who attend recommended sessions as compared to non-recommended ones, with a target of at least 30% attendance for recommended sessions.

Collaboration Projects

A feature that allows users to propose, join, or manage collaborative projects within the community. By bringing together resources, skills, and ideas, users can tackle larger sustainability challenges collectively. This functionality promotes teamwork and accelerates project outcomes, making sustainability efforts more impactful through shared resources and knowledge.

Requirements

Project Proposal Workflow

"As a sustainability manager, I want to propose collaborative projects so that I can effectively gather support and resources from colleagues to tackle significant environmental challenges together."

Description

The Project Proposal Workflow requirement outlines the process by which users can submit, review, and approve proposals for collaborative sustainability projects. This functionality will include customizable templates for submissions, a review board feature for tracking feedback, and approval pathways to ensure all projects align with organizational goals. This requirement enhances EcoTrack by streamlining collaboration, facilitating quicker decision-making, and ensuring that projects have necessary oversight, thus increasing project effectiveness and accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a new project proposal through the EcoTrack platform using a customizable template.

Given a user on the EcoTrack platform, when they fill out and submit a project proposal using a customizable template, then the proposal should be saved in the system and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

A review board monitors submitted project proposals for feedback and approval.

Given a submitted project proposal, when the review board accesses the proposal, then they should be able to add comments, request revisions, or approve the proposal with a clear and visible status change.

Users receive notifications of feedback on their submitted project proposals.

Given a user who submitted a project proposal, when the review board provides feedback, then the user should receive an email notification with the feedback details within 24 hours.

The system allows users to view the status of their project proposals.

Given a user logged into their EcoTrack account, when they navigate to the 'My Proposals' section, then they should see a list of their submitted proposals along with their current statuses (e.g., pending, approved, rejected).

Users can modify and resubmit project proposals based on review feedback.

Given a user receives feedback on a project proposal, when they make the required changes and resubmit the proposal, then the system should reflect the new submission and notify the review board for reevaluation.

Users can filter project proposals based on their current status.

Given a review board member accessing the project proposals section, when they apply filters for proposal statuses (e.g., approved, pending, rejected), then the system should display only the proposals that match the selected criteria.

Collaborative Resource Sharing

"As an EcoTrack user, I want to share resources and expertise with my project team to enhance our ability to execute our sustainability initiatives and solve problems effectively."

Description

The Collaborative Resource Sharing requirement focuses on enabling users to share tools, data, and expertise within project teams. This feature must facilitate the uploading and downloading of documents, tools, and other resources, with a user-friendly interface for tagging and searching resources. This capability not only optimizes resource utilization but also fosters a culture of sharing and innovation among users, which is essential for collective sustainability efforts and maximizing project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a resource to a collaborative project.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Collaborative Resource Sharing section and select 'Upload Resource', then they must successfully upload a document of up to 10MB and receive a confirmation message.

User searches for a resource within a collaborative project.

Given a user is on the Collaborative Resource Sharing page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then they must see relevant resources listed that match the keyword within 5 seconds.

User tags a resource during upload.

Given a user is uploading a resource, when they enter tags in the designated field and submit the upload, then the tags must be associated with the uploaded resource and visible to all users.

User downloads a resource shared by another team member.

Given a user has access to a shared resource, when they click the 'Download' button, then the resource must be downloaded successfully without errors and the download speed must be no less than 2MBps.

User views the details of a shared resource.

Given a user selects a resource from the list, when they click on the resource title, then the user must see a detailed view of the resource that includes the title, description, upload date, and associated tags.

User removes their uploaded resource from collaborative sharing.

Given a user is logged in and views their uploaded resources, when they select the option to 'Remove' and confirm, then the resource must be deleted from the database and no longer visible to other users.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a project leader, I want to monitor the progress of collaborative projects so that I can identify bottlenecks early and make informed decisions to keep the team on track."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement aims to deliver a comprehensive set of visual analytics and data representation of project progress. Users will be able to see key performance indicators, timelines, and milestones achieved in real time. This feature is crucial for maintaining transparency among all project members, ensuring accountability, and enabling timely adjustments to keep projects on track. Integrating this dashboard into the EcoTrack platform enhances decision-making by providing relevant insights at a glance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard after logging into the EcoTrack platform to view the progress of their collaborative sustainability project.

Given a valid user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to view real-time project progress, including key performance indicators, timelines, and milestones achieved.

The dashboard automatically updates to reflect changes in project status without needing to refresh the page.

Given a collaborative project is being actively updated by members, when any member modifies project data, then the Progress Tracking Dashboard should refresh automatically to display the updated information within 10 seconds.

A user wishes to filter project progress visualizations based on different KPIs such as 'energy savings' or 'waste reduction.'

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they apply filters for specific KPIs, then only relevant data visualizations should be displayed, and the dashboard should adjust accordingly without errors.

Users want to download a report of the project progress they have viewed on the dashboard.

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to download a report, then they should receive a formatted report in PDF format reflecting the current progress and all displayed metrics.

A project manager needs to set a milestone for the ongoing collaborative project on the dashboard.

Given a project manager is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to add a milestone, then they should be able to input the milestone details, and upon submission, the milestone should be reflected on the dashboard accurately.

Users want to receive notifications for significant updates or changes in project status reflected on the dashboard.

Given a user is subscribed to project notifications, when a significant change occurs in project status or KPIs, then the user should receive a notification via the EcoTrack platform and via email, if they have opted for email notifications.

Community Feedback Mechanism

"As a project participant, I want to provide feedback on collaboration projects so that I can share my insights and contribute to improving project outcomes."

Description

The Community Feedback Mechanism requirement introduces a structured process for users to give and receive feedback on projects and collaborations. This feature will include rating systems, comment sections, and feedback loops that facilitate continuous improvement and community engagement. By incorporating user feedback, EcoTrack ensures that projects evolve according to user experiences and expectations, leading to higher satisfaction and more successful outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a project for feedback after its initial phase.

Given a user has completed a project and accessed the community feedback mechanism, when they submit their project for feedback, then the project should be visible in the feedback section for other users to rate and comment on within 5 minutes.

Community members rate and comment on a submitted project.

Given a submitted project is visible in the feedback section, when a community member views the project, then they should be able to leave a rating (1 to 5 stars) and a comment, which should be recorded immediately upon submission.

Project initiator reviews feedback from the community.

Given the project initiator has submitted their project for feedback, when they access the feedback section, then they should be able to see all ratings and comments with timestamps, including the ability to sort comments by rating or date.

Feedback loop closure after project iteration.

Given the project initiator has made changes to the project based on feedback received, when they resubmit the project for feedback, then the system should archive the previous feedback and provide an option for reviewers to see how their suggestions were implemented after the new submission.

Monitoring feedback trends over time for projects.

Given a project has received multiple rounds of feedback, when an administrator views the feedback trends, then they should see a graphical representation of average ratings and comment counts over time, which helps assess project evolution and user satisfaction.

User receives notifications when feedback is provided on their project.

Given a user has submitted a project for feedback, when any community member rates or comments on the project, then the user should receive a notification via email and/or within the EcoTrack platform within 1 hour of feedback being submitted.

Preventing feedback spam or abuse.

Given a community member has left multiple ratings and comments in a short period on the same project, when the system detects this activity, then it should flag this behavior for review and limit the user to one rating and one comment per project within a 24-hour period.

In-app Communication Tool

"As a project member, I want to communicate with my team in real time within EcoTrack so that we can collaborate more effectively without switching to different platforms."

Description

The In-app Communication Tool requirement ensures that users can communicate directly within the EcoTrack platform while working on projects. This must include functionalities for messaging, notifications, and group discussions to reduce reliance on external communication tools. By enabling seamless communication, projects can progress more efficiently as team members can easily share updates, discuss ideas, and resolve issues in real time, fostering teamwork and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User sends a message to a project team member regarding project updates.

Given that I am logged into EcoTrack, when I navigate to the communication tool and select a team member, then I should be able to send a message, and it should be delivered without errors.

User receives a notification for new messages in a project thread.

Given that I am part of a project team, when a message is sent in a project thread, then I should receive a real-time notification of the new message, ensuring I do not miss important updates.

User creates a group discussion for project brainstorming.

Given that I want to facilitate a group discussion, when I create a new discussion thread in the communication tool, then there should be an option to add team members, and the thread should be accessible to all invited members.

User views a summary of all notifications related to a project.

Given that I have ongoing projects, when I access the notifications section of the communication tool, then I should see a chronological list of all notifications related to my projects with timestamps.

User looks up past messages in a project communication thread.

Given that I am in a project communication thread, when I select the option to view past messages, then I should be able to scroll through the message history and find messages sent by any team member during the project duration.

User initiates a group video call through the in-app communication tool.

Given that I am collaborating on a project with multiple team members, when I select the option to start a video call, then all invited team members should receive an invitation to join the call with a link provided in the tool.

User marks a message as important within a project thread.

Given that I want to highlight a critical message, when I mark a message as important in the project communication thread, then that message should be visually distinguished from regular messages for all team members in the thread.

Gamification Points System

A rewards system that encourages active participation within the forum by awarding points for contributions such as posting questions, sharing success stories, or answering peer inquiries. Users can compete on leaderboards, earn badges, and unlock exclusive resources, fostering engagement and a sense of community. This gamified approach makes participation fun and motivates users to contribute consistently.

Requirements

Points Accumulation Mechanism

"As a user, I want to earn points for my contributions in the forum so that I can feel recognized for my efforts and compete with others in a friendly manner."

Description

Implement a points system that assigns specific point values to various user activities within the EcoTrack forum. Users should earn points for actions such as posting questions, providing answers, and sharing success stories. This system will motivate users to engage more frequently with the platform and create a culture of participation. It integrates seamlessly with existing user accounts and activity tracking systems, allowing for real-time updates to user points totals. The accumulated points can be displayed on user profiles, enhancing user motivation and tracking engagement over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns points for posting a question in the EcoTrack forum.

Given a user posts a question, when the post is submitted successfully, then the user's points should increase by the designated value for posting a question.

User receives points for providing a complete and helpful answer to a peer's question.

Given a user provides a response to a question, when the response receives at least one upvote from other community members, then the user's points should increase by the designated value for answering questions.

User shares a success story and earns points for their contribution.

Given a user submits a success story, when the story is approved by a moderator, then the user's points should increase by the designated value for sharing success stories.

Users can view their accumulated points on their profile page.

Given a user logs into their EcoTrack account, when they navigate to their profile page, then they should see their total accumulated points displayed prominently.

Points should be updated in real-time as users engage with the platform.

Given a user participates in activities that earn points, when the action is completed, then the user's points total should be updated immediately without requiring a page refresh.

Users can compete on leaderboards based on their points.

Given multiple users have engaged in the forum, when they access the leaderboard page, then users should be ranked according to their total points, with the top users displayed at the top of the list.

Users can earn badges after reaching specific point thresholds.

Given a user accumulates points, when the user reaches a predefined point threshold, then the corresponding badge should automatically be awarded and displayed on their profile.

Leaderboard Display

"As a user, I want to see how I rank against others in the forum so that I can be motivated to engage more and improve my contributions."

Description

Develop a leaderboard feature that visually presents the top users based on the number of points earned through their contributions. The leaderboard should be updated in real-time and displayed prominently within the EcoTrack forum to foster a competitive spirit among users. It will serve as an incentive for users to engage more with the community and increase participation. The leaderboard will include various timeframes (weekly, monthly) and categories (overall, by contributions) to encourage ongoing engagement and excitement.

Acceptance Criteria

Leaderboard updates in real-time based on user activity during the forum discussions.

Given a user earns points by posting questions, answering inquiries, or sharing success stories, when the user submits a contribution, then the leaderboard should update the user’s points and position immediately without requiring a refresh.

Display leaderboard with multiple timeframes such as weekly and monthly.

Given the leaderboard is accessed by a user, when the user selects to view points for a specific timeframe (weekly or monthly), then the leaderboard should correctly display the top users according to the selected timeframe.

Categorization of leaderboard display by contributions and overall points.

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when the user selects a category (overall or by contributions), then the leaderboard should update to show the top users according to the chosen category, ensuring accurate point calculations per category.

Visible leaderboard placement within the EcoTrack forum to enhance user participation.

Given the structure of the EcoTrack forum, when a user navigates to the forum homepage, then the leaderboard should be prominently displayed at the top of the page, ensuring high visibility and access for all users.

Awarding badges for achieving specific point milestones.

Given a user reaches a specific point milestone (e.g., 100 points), when the user’s points reach that milestone, then the system should automatically award and display a corresponding badge on the user’s profile.

Compiling user points correctly to avoid discrepancies and ensure fairness.

Given the points system is integrated with user activities, when a user engages in activities that earned points, then the total points displayed on the user’s profile and leaderboard should reflect the accurate cumulative points without errors.

Badge Creation and Management

"As a user, I want to earn badges for my contributions so that I can showcase my achievements and feel a sense of accomplishment within the community."

Description

Create a badge system that rewards users with virtual badges for achieving certain milestones or levels of participation. Badges can be awarded for various achievements such as 'Top Contributor', 'Most Questions Asked', or 'Problem Solver'. This feature will not only make participation more enjoyable but will also help users visualize their growth and involvement in the community. The badges should be accessible on user profiles and a central badge gallery should allow users to view and share their collected badges.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a badge for being a Top Contributor in the forum after posting a certain number of helpful responses within a month.

Given a user has posted more than 10 helpful responses this month, when the badge system evaluates contributions, then the user should automatically receive the 'Top Contributor' badge and the badge should appear on their profile.

Admin creates a new badge for 'Most Questions Asked' and configures the criteria for earning it in the admin panel.

Given an admin has specified the conditions for the 'Most Questions Asked' badge, when the admin saves the configuration, then the badge should be listed in the badge management system and be assignable to users fulfilling the criteria.

A user views their profile to see the badges they have collected, including a visual representation of their achievements.

Given a user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to the badges section, then they should see a visual representation of all badges earned, including their names, descriptions, and dates of award.

User shares their collected badges on social media to promote community engagement.

Given a user has collected badges, when they click the 'Share on Social Media' button, then a pop-up should appear with options to share each badge individually or all badges at once, and the shared content should include badge images and descriptions.

A leaderboard displays the top users based on badge collection and points earned through contributions.

Given the badges system has been populated with user achievements, when the leaderboard page is accessed, then it should correctly display the top users ranked by points accumulated from badges received, and the ranking should update in real time based on user participation.

Users receive notifications when they earn a new badge or when they are close to achieving a milestone for a badge.

Given a user has earned a badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert detailing the badge earned along with its significance and how to achieve further badges.

The central badge gallery showcases all available badges along with their descriptions and the criteria for earning them.

Given a user accesses the central badge gallery, when the gallery loads, then it should display all badges with visual representations, descriptions, and clear criteria for earning each badge, allowing users to track their progress towards earning them.

Exclusive Resource Unlocking

"As a user, I want to access exclusive resources as rewards for my contributions so that I can enhance my learning and professional development."

Description

Implement a feature that allows users to unlock exclusive resources, such as white papers, webinars, or advanced analytics tools, after achieving certain point thresholds or earning specific badges. This functionality will provide a practical incentive for participation in the forum, as users will have tangible rewards that enhance their learning experience and foster continued engagement. The unlocking process should be straightforward and automatically notify users when they are eligible for new resources.

Acceptance Criteria

Resource Unlocks After Achieving Point Threshold

Given a user who has reached the designated point threshold for a specific exclusive resource, when they check their profile, then they should see the resource marked as unlocked and available for access.

Notification of Resource Eligibility

Given a user has reached the points required for unlocking a specific resource, when they log into their account, then they should receive an automated notification alerting them of their eligibility to access the new resources.

Badge Confirmation for Resource Unlocking

Given a user who has earned the required badge to unlock a specific exclusive resource, when they navigate to the resources section of the platform, then the resource should be displayed as available for immediate access.

Automatic Access to Resource Upon Unlocking

Given a user whose account has just been updated to reflect the unlocking of an exclusive resource, when they attempt to access the resource, then they should be granted immediate access without additional steps.

Leaderboard Point Reflection Post Unlock

Given that a user has unlocked a resource due to accumulating points, when they check the leaderboard, then their points total should accurately reflect the addition of the points earned for unlocking the resource.

User Engagement Metrics Pre and Post Implementation

Given the implementation of the exclusive resource unlocking feature, when evaluating user engagement metrics, then there should be a measurable increase in user contributions and participation in the forum activities within one month after deployment.

Social Sharing Integration

"As a user, I want to share my achievements on social media so that I can celebrate my involvement and encourage others to join the forum."

Description

Integrate social media sharing capabilities that allow users to share their achievements, such as points accrued or badges earned, directly on their personal social media accounts. This feature will enable users to celebrate their contributions and invite more people to the EcoTrack community, potentially increasing user engagement and recruitment. Sharing options should be easily accessible and customizable to suit users' preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares their accrued points on social media after completing a significant milestone on the EcoTrack forum.

Given a user has logged into their EcoTrack account and has earned points for contributions, when they click the 'Share' button on the points summary page, then a window should prompt them to select their preferred social media platform, and upon selection, the achievement should be automatically shared on their profile.

A user attempts to customize their social sharing message before posting on social media.

Given a user is on the social sharing interface, when they select a social media platform, then they should be provided with an option to edit the pre-filled message before sharing it, and the shared message should reflect the user's custom input.

User accesses their profile to view their most recently shared achievements on social media.

Given a user has shared achievements on social media, when they navigate to their profile's sharing history log, then they should see a list of the last five shared achievements, each linked to their respective social media post.

A user wants to share their badge earned for community contributions on their social media account.

Given a user has earned a badge, when they click the 'Share Badge' option on their badges page, then they should be able to select a social media platform and successfully post an image of the badge along with a customizable message related to their achievement.

A new user discovers how to use the social sharing feature during their onboarding process.

Given a new user is going through the onboarding tutorial, when they reach the section on community engagement, then they should see a demonstration of how to use the social sharing feature, including available platforms and customization options.

A user encounters an issue while trying to share their achievements on social media.

Given a user clicks to share but encounters a connectivity error, when they check their notification log, then they should see an error message indicating the issue and suggesting steps to retry sharing at a later time.

A user receives feedback on their shared social media posts from their EcoTrack peers.

Given a user shares their achievement on social media, when their EcoTrack peers see the post, then they should be able to like and comment on the post from their respective social media accounts, fostering interaction.

Resource Exchange Portal

An interactive space within the forum where users can offer or seek resources—such as tools, templates, or case studies—that pertain to sustainability efforts. This feature enhances collaboration by enabling users to share valuable materials with one another, ensuring the community thrives on shared knowledge and resources.

Requirements

User Authentication System

"As a user, I want to securely log in to the Resource Exchange Portal so that I can share and access sustainability resources safely and privately."

Description

Develop a secure user authentication system that allows users to create accounts, log in, and manage their profiles within the Resource Exchange Portal. This will include multi-factor authentication (MFA) options to enhance security, as well as password recovery features. The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that users can safely access the portal and maintain the privacy of their contributions and interactions. Integration with existing user databases will be necessary to facilitate seamless transitions for current users of the EcoTrack platform. Ultimately, this system will enhance user trust and contribute to the overall security of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration Process for New Users

Given a new user accesses the Resource Exchange Portal, when they submit the registration form with valid information, then an account is created, and a confirmation email is sent to the user.

User Login and Multi-Factor Authentication

Given a registered user attempts to log in, when they enter valid credentials and complete the multi-factor authentication process, then they should be granted access to their user profile in the Resource Exchange Portal.

Password Recovery Functionality

Given a user has forgotten their password, when they follow the password recovery process and provide the required information, then they should receive an email to reset their password and successfully access their account after resetting it.

User Profile Management

Given a logged-in user accesses their profile settings, when they update their profile information and save the changes, then their updated information should be reflected in their profile upon reloading.

Integration with Existing User Databases

Given that there are existing users in the EcoTrack platform, when the user authentication system is implemented, then all current users should be able to log in using their existing credentials without issue.

Failed Login Attempts and Security Alerts

Given a user attempts to log in with invalid credentials, when they fail three consecutive login attempts, then their account should be temporarily locked, and an email alert should be sent to the user about the potential security risk.

User Logout Process

Given a logged-in user chooses to log out, when they click the logout button, then they should be redirected to the home page, and their session should be terminated securely.

Resource Submission Workflow

"As a contributor, I want an easy way to submit resources to the portal so that I can share valuable sustainability tools with the community."

Description

Create a streamlined resource submission workflow that guides users through the process of offering tools, templates, or case studies for sustainability efforts. This workflow will include a user-friendly interface to upload resources, a categorization system for easy navigation, and an approval mechanism for reviewing submitted content before it is published. The objective is to foster an active community by making it easy for users to contribute high-quality materials while ensuring the integrity of the resources shared. This requirement will greatly enhance user engagement and the overall utility of the portal.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a resource to the Resource Exchange Portal for the first time.

Given a registered user, when they navigate to the resource submission section and upload a valid resource file, then the system should successfully save the resource and provide a confirmation message.

User categorizes the resource during the submission process.

Given a user is submitting a resource, when they select a category from the dropdown menu provided, then the resource should be tagged with the selected category for future filtering.

Admin reviews and approves a submitted resource.

Given an admin accesses the resource review section, when they approve a submitted resource, then the resource should be marked as approved and made visible to all users in the Resource Exchange Portal.

User attempts to upload a resource without a file.

Given a user tries to upload a resource without selecting a file, when they submit the form, then the system should display an error message indicating that a file is required.

User views available resources in the Resource Exchange Portal.

Given a user is on the Resource Exchange Portal page, when they request to view available resources, then they should see a list of resources displayed according to the selected filters, if any.

User searches for specific resources using keywords.

Given a user is on the Resource Exchange Portal, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should return a list of resources matching the keyword criteria.

Submission form includes guidelines for users.

Given a user is filling out the resource submission form, when they open the form, then they should see clear guidelines outlining the types of acceptable resources and submission criteria to ensure high-quality contributions.

Collaborative Discussion Forums

"As a user, I want to participate in discussion forums so that I can engage with others and gain insights into effective sustainability practices."

Description

Implement collaborative discussion forums within the Resource Exchange Portal where users can engage in conversations about shared resources, sustainability practices, and challenges. These forums will allow users to post questions, provide answers, and share experiences related to sustainability efforts. By facilitating discussions, users can build connections, share knowledge, and create a supportive community focused on sustainability. This feature is essential for enhancing user interaction and ensuring that knowledge flows freely among users.

Acceptance Criteria

User Posting a New Discussion Topic about Sustainability Practices

Given a registered user, when they navigate to the Collaborative Discussion Forums and click on 'Post New Topic', then they should be able to submit a topic title and a detailed description, which should be visible to all users upon submission.

User Responding to an Existing Discussion Topic

Given a user viewing a discussion topic, when they enter a response in the comment box and click 'Submit', then their response should appear under the original topic with a timestamp and the user's name.

Searching for Discussions Based on Keywords

Given a user on the Collaborative Discussion Forums, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of relevant discussion topics containing that keyword.

User Reporting Inappropriate Comments

Given a user reading comments in a discussion, when they click on the 'Report' button next to a comment, then the system should prompt the user to provide a reason, log the report for moderation, and notify the user of the successful report submission.

User Upvoting Helpful Responses

Given a user in a discussion thread, when they click the 'Upvote' button on a response, then the total upvotes should increase by one and the change should be reflected in real-time on the page without needing a refresh.

Notification for New Replies in Followed Discussions

Given a user has followed a discussion topic, when a new reply is posted, then the user should receive a notification in their alerts section, ensuring they are informed about the latest activity.

User Editing Their Own Comments

Given a user who has posted a response, when they click on the 'Edit' button next to their comment, then they should be able to modify their text and save the changes, updating the comment in real-time.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to quickly search for specific resources so that I can find the tools I need for my sustainability projects without wasting time."

Description

Develop robust search and filter functionality to allow users to easily locate specific resources within the Resource Exchange Portal. This will include keyword search options, filters for resource types, and category classifications, enabling users to find relevant tools and case studies efficiently. The implementation of this feature will enhance user experience by reducing the time it takes to locate important resources, promoting increased engagement and usage of the portal.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific sustainability tool using a keyword in the search bar.

Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Portal, When the user enters a keyword related to a sustainability tool in the search bar and presses 'search', Then the system should display a list of resources that match the keyword within 2 seconds.

User applies a filter for resource types to narrow down search results.

Given the user has performed a search for resources, When the user selects a filter for resource type (e.g., tools, templates, case studies), Then only resources that match the selected filter should be displayed, ensuring accurate representation of the filtered results.

User uses multiple filters to refine search results.

Given the user is viewing search results, When the user selects filters for both resource type and category, Then the displayed resources should only include items that meet all selected filter criteria, confirming that the filtering function works correctly.

User views a list of resources without applying any filters.

Given the user accesses the Resource Exchange Portal without entering any search criteria, When the user clicks on 'View All Resources', Then the system should display a complete and categorized list of all available resources, ensuring all items are visible to the user.

User accesses help or guidance on using search and filter functionality.

Given the user is on the Resource Exchange Portal, When the user clicks on the 'Help' icon related to search and filter options, Then the system should provide clear instructions and use-case examples for how to effectively use the search and filter functionalities, enhancing user support.

User sorts search results by relevance and date.

Given the user has performed a search and the results are displayed, When the user selects to sort the results by either relevance or date, Then the system should rearrange the results accordingly, ensuring the sorting function is effective and user-friendly.

User Feedback and Rating System

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on resources so that I can contribute to the improvement of the community's offerings."

Description

Create a user feedback and rating system that allows users to rate and provide feedback on the resources they have accessed from the Resource Exchange Portal. This feature will enable users to gauge the usefulness and effectiveness of the resources shared, encouraging contributors to provide quality materials. Insights collected from this system can help maintain high standards within the portal and guide future resource contributions. This requirement is vital for fostering a culture of quality and ongoing improvement within the community.

Acceptance Criteria

User rates a resource after accessing it from the Resource Exchange Portal.

Given a user accesses a resource, when they select a rating from 1 to 5 stars and submit feedback, then the rating should be recorded in the system and displayed alongside the resource.

User leaves descriptive feedback about a resource's effectiveness after utilizing it.

Given a user has accessed a resource and clicks on the feedback option, when they submit a comment describing their experience, then the feedback should be stored and linked to the user's rating for that resource.

Admin reviews user feedback for quality control on submitted resources.

Given an admin accesses the Resource Exchange Portal's feedback section, when they filter feedback by resource or user, then all related feedback must be displayed accurately, allowing for quality assessment.

Users see an aggregated rating for each resource within the Resource Exchange Portal.

Given a resource has received multiple ratings, when a user views the resource details, then an average rating should be calculated and displayed prominently.

Community members receive notifications when a resource they rated receives new feedback.

Given a user has rated a resource, when new feedback is submitted for that resource, then the user should receive a notification regarding the new feedback.

Users can edit their feedback and ratings for a resource post-submission.

Given a user has submitted a rating and feedback, when they select the edit option, then they should be able to modify their rating and feedback, which will then update in the system.

Notifications and Updates System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about new resources and discussions so that I can stay engaged with the community and not miss important updates."

Description

Develop a notifications and updates system that keeps users informed about new resources, discussions, and community highlights within the Resource Exchange Portal. This system should include email notifications and in-app alerts to ensure users stay up-to-date with the latest contributions and events. The aim is to enhance user engagement and ensure that the community remains active and informed. Integration with user preferences will allow users to customize the types of notifications they receive.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives email notification for a new resource added to the Resource Exchange Portal.

Given a user has opted in to receive email notifications, when a new resource is added to the portal, then the user should receive an email notification within 15 minutes.

User interacts with in-app alerts for new discussions on the forum.

Given a user is logged into the platform, when a new discussion is posted in the Resource Exchange Portal, then the user should see an in-app alert within 5 minutes.

User updates their notification preferences to only receive alerts for specific resource types.

Given a user decides to customize their notification preferences, when they select the specific types of resources, then they should only receive email and in-app alerts related to the selected resource types.

User receives a weekly summary of community highlights via email.

Given the user has subscribed to the weekly summary, when the time arrives, then the user should receive an email containing highlights of the community activities and new resources added in the past week.

User can view and manage their notification preferences within their account settings.

Given the user navigates to the account settings section, when they click on 'Notification Preferences', then they should be able to view and modify their notification settings properly.

System handles unsubscribe request from users effectively.

Given a user decides to unsubscribe from email notifications, when they click the unsubscribe link, then their preferences should be updated immediately, and they should not receive any further emails.

User receives alerts for discussions they are following.

Given a user is following a specific discussion thread, when a new comment is posted in that thread, then that user should receive an in-app alert and an email notification, if enabled, within 10 minutes.

Waste Minimization Suite

The Waste Minimization Suite utilizes advanced algorithms to analyze operational processes and identify areas where waste can be reduced. By providing actionable insights on resource usage, this feature helps organizations lower their waste outputs and improve overall efficiency. Users benefit from practical recommendations tailored to their specific operations, making it easier to implement effective waste reduction strategies.

Requirements

Waste Identification Algorithm

"As an operations manager, I want to identify areas of waste in our processes so that I can implement targeted strategies to reduce waste and improve efficiency."

Description

The Waste Identification Algorithm is designed to analyze real-time operational data from integrated IoT sensors to pinpoint specific areas within the organization where waste is occurring. By utilizing machine learning techniques, this algorithm will process historical and current data to identify inefficiencies and predict potential waste scenarios. This functionality not only enables organizations to understand their waste generation patterns but also facilitates targeted interventions that can lead to significant waste reduction. The implementation of this algorithm will directly contribute to the sustainability goals of the organization, allowing for enhanced resource efficiency and compliance with environmental regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Waste Identification through IoT Sensor Data Analysis

Given operational data is being captured from IoT sensors, when the Waste Identification Algorithm is executed, then it should accurately identify at least 90% of known waste areas within a specified timeframe based on historical patterns.

Predictive Waste Scenarios Generation

Given that historical and current operational data is processed, when the algorithm performs a predictive analysis, then it should generate at least three actionable waste reduction scenarios for the user to evaluate.

Integration with Compliance Reporting Tools

Given that the Waste Identification Algorithm has successfully detected waste areas, when the compliance reporting tools are accessed, then the system should automatically generate a report reflecting identified waste areas compliant with relevant environmental regulations.

User Interface for Actionable Insights Display

Given that the Waste Identification Algorithm has completed its analysis, when users access the dashboard interface, then they should see clear and actionable insights along with specific waste reduction recommendations based on the analysis.

Feedback Loop for Algorithm Improvement

Given that users have access to waste reduction insights, when they implement recommendations and report outcomes, then those results should contribute to refining the algorithm, improving its predictive accuracy by at least 15% in the next iteration.

Performance Benchmarking of Waste Identification

Given a set of baseline waste metrics, when the Waste Identification Algorithm is deployed, then it should demonstrate a minimum of 25% improvement in waste identification accuracy over the baseline within the first month of operation.

Stakeholder Training and Onboarding to Use Algorithm Insights

Given that the Waste Identification Algorithm is operational, when stakeholders are trained on how to interpret and act on the outputs, then at least 80% of trained stakeholders should be able to demonstrate effective use of the waste reduction insights within one month.

Resource Utilization Dashboard

"As a sustainability officer, I want to view a dashboard that summarizes our resource utilization so that I can easily identify trends and areas for improvement in our waste management initiatives."

Description

The Resource Utilization Dashboard provides a comprehensive visual representation of resource consumption across various operational processes. This dashboard aggregates data collected from IoT sensors and presents it in customizable widgets, allowing users to see real-time data on resource usage, waste metrics, and performance benchmarks. By enabling users to monitor key indicators at a glance, this feature empowers organizations to make informed decisions swiftly and implement corrective actions where necessary. Additionally, it supports historical data analysis, fostering a culture of continuous improvement in waste management practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Resource Utilization Dashboard to assess waste metrics after a production cycle.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrack and accesses the Resource Utilization Dashboard, when they select the waste metrics widget, then the system should display real-time data on waste outputs and alerts for any exceeding thresholds.

User customizes their Resource Utilization Dashboard to highlight specific resource metrics relevant to their operations.

Given that the user is on the Resource Utilization Dashboard, when they customize widgets to display specific metrics, then the dashboard should save these settings and reflect the updates upon the next login.

User analyzes historical data trends on resource utilization for a specific time period.

Given that the user selects a time frame from the historical data options, when they view the Resource Utilization Dashboard, then the system should present an accurate graphical representation of resource usage trends within that time period.

User receives notifications regarding significant changes in resource utilization from the dashboard.

Given that the user has set up notifications for resource usage changes, when the system detects a deviation from predefined resource thresholds, then the user should receive an immediate alert via their chosen communication channel.

User generates a report from the Resource Utilization Dashboard for stakeholder review.

Given that the user has selected the report generation option, when they choose the metrics and time frame for the report, then the system should output a downloadable report that accurately reflects the selected data and visualizations.

User compares the current resource utilization data against historical benchmarks for decision-making.

Given that the user accesses the benchmarking feature from the dashboard, when they select the current data and the desired historical benchmarks, then the system should clearly display comparative metrics that allow for straightforward assessment.

User interacts with the dashboard on a mobile device to check real-time resource stats.

Given that the user accesses the Resource Utilization Dashboard through a mobile app, when they navigate to the real-time resource stats section, then the app should display all relevant metrics in a user-friendly layout optimized for mobile view.

Automated Reporting System

"As a compliance officer, I want an automated reporting system that generates waste reduction reports so that I can ensure our compliance with environmental regulations without spending excessive time on manual data compilation."

Description

The Automated Reporting System streamlines the generation of compliance and waste reduction reports necessary for internal reviews and regulatory submissions. This feature will automatically compile data from various sources, including the Waste Identification Algorithm and Resource Utilization Dashboard, and produce customized reports based on user-defined criteria. By automating this process, organizations can save significant time spent on manual reporting, minimize human errors, and ensure that they remain compliant with environmental standards. The outcome is timely and accurate reports that enhance transparency and accountability in sustainability practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated report generation for quarterly waste compliance review.

Given that the user selects the 'Quarterly Waste Compliance' option and inputs the review period, when the report generation is triggered, then the system compiles data from the Waste Identification Algorithm and generates a report within 10 minutes, containing waste reduction metrics and compliance status for the specified period.

Customization of report templates based on user requirements.

Given that the user accesses the report customization section, when they define specific metrics and formatting preferences, then the system saves these preferences and applies them to all future report generations for the specified metrics.

Integration of real-time data from IoT sensors for report accuracy.

Given that the system is connected to live IoT sensors, when a report is generated, then the report reflects real-time data updates without discrepancies greater than 5% between reported and actual metrics as per recent sensor readings.

Exporting generated reports to multiple formats.

Given that a report has been generated successfully, when the user selects the export option, then the system allows exporting the report in at least three formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) without data loss or format issues.

Automated notifications for report generation completion.

Given that a report generation process is initiated, when the report is completed, then the system sends an email notification to the initiating user within 5 minutes of completion, confirming the successful generation and availability of the report.

User access control for reporting features.

Given that an admin user is configuring access settings, when they set permissions for generating and viewing reports, then the system enforces these permissions by preventing unauthorized users from accessing reporting features or data.

Historical data retrieval for previous reporting periods.

Given that a user requests a report for a previous period, when they specify the timeframe, then the system retrieves and compiles data accurately from past records, creating a report that meets the same metrics as current reports.

Resource Usage Dashboard

The Resource Usage Dashboard offers a real-time visualization of resource consumption across various departments within the organization. By integrating data from IoT sensors, this feature allows users to monitor performance, identify trends, and highlight inefficiencies. The dashboard empowers users to make informed decisions quickly, enhancing resource management and supporting sustainability objectives.

Requirements

Real-time Resource Monitoring

"As a sustainability manager, I want to see real-time resource consumption data on the dashboard so that I can quickly identify and address any inefficiencies to improve our sustainability performance."

Description

The Real-time Resource Monitoring requirement focuses on ensuring that the Resource Usage Dashboard integrates seamlessly with IoT sensors to capture and display live data on resource consumption across various departments. This integration enables users to monitor energy, water, and material usage instantaneously, facilitating quick identification of trends and inefficiencies. The functionality not only supports sustainability goals but also enhances operational efficiency by providing actionable insights in real time.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time data capturing and display through IoT sensor integration.

Given that an IoT sensor is installed in the resource area, when the sensor detects resource usage, then the Resource Usage Dashboard must display the updated consumption data within 5 seconds.

User notification for abnormal resource usage patterns.

Given a user is logged into the Resource Usage Dashboard, when the system detects a 20% increase in resource consumption compared to the previous hour, then an alert must be generated for the user.

Cross-departmental resource usage comparison.

Given the Resource Usage Dashboard contains data from different departments, when a user selects the comparison view, then the dashboard must display a comparative analysis of resource consumption between at least three departments.

Historical data retrieval for resource usage.

Given that a user selects a specific date range, when the user requests historical resource usage data, then the dashboard must display accurate data for at least the last six months.

Customization of dashboard visuals by the user.

Given that a user is on the Resource Usage Dashboard, when the user customizes the visual settings, then the changes must be saved and reflected immediately upon resuming the session.

Integration with external compliance reporting tools.

Given that the Resource Usage Dashboard is configured to connect with external compliance tools, when the user initiates a data export, then the exported data must conform to the specified compliance format without errors.

Support for multi-user access and role-based visibility.

Given that multiple users are accessing the Resource Usage Dashboard, when a user with restricted access logs in, then they must only see data relevant to their department without visibility into other departments' data.

Customizable Dashboard Views

"As an operations manager, I want to customize the dashboard layout and metrics displayed so that I can focus on the specific resource usage data that is most relevant to my department's needs."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement allows users to personalize their view of the Resource Usage Dashboard. Users can choose which metrics to display, adjust the layout, and save their preferences. This flexibility enhances user engagement and ensures that relevant information is always front and center. By providing tailored dashboard views, the feature empowers users to focus on specific areas of interest and heightens the overall user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes the Dashboard for Department Performance Metrics

Given a user logged into EcoTrack, when they select metrics to display on their Resource Usage Dashboard, then the dashboard must update to reflect these selected metrics, showing real-time data specific to the selected department.

User Saves Customized Dashboard Layout

Given a user has customized their dashboard layout, when they save their preferences, then the dashboard must retain these preferences and display the same layout upon subsequent logins.

User Adjusts Metric Display on Dashboard

Given a user on the Resource Usage Dashboard, when they drag and drop metrics to rearrange their order, then the dashboard must reflect this new order immediately without requiring a page refresh.

User Changes Dashboard Theme and Layout

Given a user who wants to customize the visual experience, when they select a different theme and adjust the layout settings on the dashboard, then the dashboard must apply these changes instantly and save the new settings for future sessions.

User Views Dashboard on Different Devices

Given a user who has customized their dashboard, when they access EcoTrack from a different device, then the dashboard must display the same customized settings and layout as on the original device.

User Resets Dashboard to Default Settings

Given a user with a customized dashboard, when they choose to reset their dashboard to default settings, then the dashboard must revert to the original layout and metric selections as defined by the system.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want to access historical resource consumption data so that I can analyze trends over time and support our strategic sustainability initiatives."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement enables users to access and analyze past resource consumption patterns. By providing tools for visualizing historical trends and generating comparative reports, this feature helps organizations make informed decisions based on data over time. The functionality is crucial for identifying long-term patterns, measuring sustainability improvements, and forecasting future resource needs, thereby supporting strategic planning efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Historical Data for Resource Consumption Analysis

Given that a user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they select a date range and resource type, then the dashboard should display a line graph illustrating resource consumption trends over the selected time period.

Generating Comparative Reports of Resource Usage

Given that a user has selected two or more historical data ranges, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then the system should produce a comparative report highlighting differences in resource consumption between the selected periods.

Filtering Historical Data by Department

Given that a user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they apply a filter for a specific department, then the dashboard should update to show only the resource consumption data relevant to that department.

Saving Historical Analysis Settings for Future Use

Given that a user has set filters and selected a date range in the Historical Data Analysis, when they click the 'Save Settings' button, then the system should allow the user to name and save the current settings for easy access later.

Exporting Historical Data to CSV Format

Given that a user has run a historical data analysis, when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should generate a CSV file containing the displayed data that can be downloaded.

Visualizing Resource Consumption Trends Over Time

Given that the user is viewing the Resource Usage Dashboard, when they toggle between daily, weekly, and monthly views, then the historical data visualization should update to reflect the selected time granularity.

Searching Historical Data by Keywords

Given that the user is on the Historical Data Analysis page, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and click 'Search', then the dashboard should filter and display relevant historical data that matches the search criteria.

Automated Reporting System

"As a compliance officer, I want the system to automatically generate weekly resource usage reports so that I can easily keep track of our sustainability performance without manual effort."

Description

The Automated Reporting System requirement ensures that the Resource Usage Dashboard can generate and distribute periodic reports automatically, summarizing resource consumption metrics, trends, and compliance with sustainability goals. This feature alleviates the burden of manual reporting and enhances information dissemination among stakeholders. It is vital for keeping teams informed and accountable while reinforcing the organization’s commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated report generation for weekly resource consumption metrics.

Given the Automated Reporting System is configured for weekly generation, when the reporting period ends, then a report summarizing the resource consumption metrics for each department should be generated and saved in the designated storage space.

Automatic distribution of reports to stakeholders.

Given the reports are generated successfully, when the distribution process is initiated, then all stakeholders should receive the report via their preferred communication channels (email, internal dashboard, etc.) without manual intervention.

User access to previously generated reports through the dashboard.

Given that reports are generated automatically, when a user accesses the Resource Usage Dashboard, then they should be able to view and download any reports generated in the last six months.

Alerts for reports that fail to generate or distribute.

Given the reporting system, when a report generation fails, then an alert should be triggered and sent to the system administrator to ensure timely resolution.

Customization options for report contents based on user roles.

Given the diverse user roles in the organization, when a user sets preferences for report contents, then the generated reports should reflect the selected metrics and criteria specific to their role.

Compliance metrics reflection in reports against established sustainability goals.

Given established sustainability goals, when the automated report is generated, then it should include a compliance section that visually represents the performance against these goals using graphs or percentage indicators.

User feedback collection on the report content and usability.

Given the reports are distributed, when users review the report, then they should have an option to provide feedback on its clarity, relevance, and usability, which can be collected for future improvements.

Alert Notifications for Resource Thresholds

"As a facility manager, I want to receive alerts when resource consumption exceeds specific thresholds so that I can take immediate action to reduce waste and improve sustainability."

Description

The Alert Notifications for Resource Thresholds requirement allows users to set up automatic alerts when resource usage exceeds predefined levels. This functionality ensures that potential inefficiencies or environmental impacts are addressed promptly. Users can receive notifications via email or SMS, enabling quick responses to resource management challenges, contributing to sustainability goals, and minimizing waste.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a resource threshold for electricity consumption in the Resource Usage Dashboard.

Given the user have access to the Resource Usage Dashboard, When they set a threshold of 500 kWh for electricity consumption, Then an alert notification should be sent when the usage exceeds this threshold.

User receives alert notifications via email for exceeding water consumption thresholds.

Given the user has configured their profile to receive notifications via email, When water consumption exceeds the predefined threshold of 1000 liters, Then an email alert must be generated and sent to the user immediately.

User receives SMS alerts for high resource utilization during business hours.

Given the user has opted to receive SMS notifications, When any department's resource usage exceeds 70% of the predefined limit during business hours, Then an SMS should be sent to the user with details of the violated threshold.

User modifies an existing resource threshold and expects the changes to take effect immediately.

Given the user has made changes to the resource threshold for gas consumption, When they apply the changes and the new threshold is set to 300 cubic meters, Then any usage exceeding this threshold should trigger an alert notification without delay.

User wants to verify that multiple thresholds can trigger alerts concurrently.

Given the user has set thresholds for both electricity and water consumption, When the usage for both resources exceed their respective thresholds at the same time, Then alerts for both resources must be sent to the user.

Admin checks the log of sent alert notifications to users.

Given the admin has access to the alert notification logs, When they retrieve the logs for the last 30 days, Then all notifications sent to users should be accessible and include timestamps and resource details.

User sets thresholds for resource usage but receives no alerts despite exceeding limits.

Given the user has set a threshold and resource usage exceeds it but no alert is received, Then the system should log an error and notify the user that the alert settings may not be configured correctly.

User Role Management

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions in the dashboard so that I can ensure data security and relevant access to resource usage data for each department."

Description

The User Role Management requirement provides the capability to define different user roles within the Resource Usage Dashboard, granting varied access levels and functionalities based on the user's role in the organization. This feature is essential for maintaining data security and ensuring users only interact with the information relevant to their responsibilities, thereby enhancing user experience and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I need to create new user roles for the Resource Usage Dashboard so that I can ensure proper access control based on job functions.

Given an admin user, when they create a new user role with specified permissions, then the new role should be successfully added to the database, available for assignment, and reflected in the user role management interface.

As a department manager, I need to assign specific access levels to my team members based on their roles to ensure they only see the information pertinent to their work.

Given a department manager, when they assign a user to a role with defined permissions, then the assigned user should have access to only the data and features associated with that role.

As a user, I need to view my available permissions on the Resource Usage Dashboard to understand what data I can access.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the settings section, then they should see a list of their permissions clearly displayed, indicating the functionalities they can access.

As a system administrator, I need to edit the permissions of an existing user role to adapt to changes in organizational structure.

Given an admin user, when they modify the permissions of an existing user role, then the changes should be saved in the system and reflected in the user management interface immediately.

As a security officer, I need to audit user roles and access levels to ensure compliance with data governance policies.

Given a security officer, when they generate a report on user roles and permissions, then the report should accurately reflect all current user roles, their assigned permissions, and the users associated with each role.

As a developer, I need to ensure that the User Role Management system complies with data protection regulations.

Given the user role management feature is implemented, when a security review is performed, then the feature must meet all specified data protection regulations regarding access control and data segregation.

Efficiency Booster Recommendations

Efficiency Booster Recommendations provide targeted suggestions for optimizing various operational workflows based on data analysis. By leveraging historical data and predictive analytics, this feature identifies opportunities for enhancing operational performance, reducing resource consumption, and achieving sustainability goals. Users gain tailored action plans that empower them to implement improvement strategies effectively.

Requirements

User Engagement Metrics

"As an EcoTrack admin, I want to access user engagement metrics for the Efficiency Booster Recommendations so that I can analyze how effectively users are adopting the suggestions and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The User Engagement Metrics requirement involves the development of tools within EcoTrack for monitoring and analyzing user interactions with the Efficiency Booster Recommendations feature. This includes gathering quantitative data such as the frequency of recommendations utilized, their implementation rates, and user feedback. By providing insights into user behavior, this requirement enables the EcoTrack team to continually refine the recommendations system, ensuring that it remains relevant and impactful. The integration of this requirement is essential for enhancing user satisfaction and operational efficiency, as it supports a data-driven approach to improving feature adoption and effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

Tracking User Engagement with the Efficiency Booster Recommendations Feature

Given a user accesses the Efficiency Booster Recommendations feature, when they implement a recommendation, then the implementation rate must be recorded accurately in the system's analytics dashboard.

Collecting Frequency Data on Recommendation Usage

Given a user logs into the EcoTrack platform, when they utilize recommendations from the Efficiency Booster feature, then the system must log the frequency of usage for each recommendation over a defined period (e.g., weekly or monthly).

Analyzing User Feedback on Recommendations

Given that the user has the option to provide feedback on each recommendation, when they submit their feedback, then the feedback must be stored in the database with a timestamp and linked to the respective recommendation for analysis.

Generating Visual Reports on User Engagement Metrics

Given the User Engagement Metrics requirement is integrated, when an administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, then they must be able to view visual reports displaying user engagement metrics such as implementation rates and feedback trends.

Ensuring Data Accuracy and Consistency in Metrics Collection

Given that data is collected from multiple sources, when the system aggregates user engagement metrics, then the data must be verified for accuracy and consistency before display on the dashboard.

Notifying Users of New Recommendations

Given that new recommendations are developed and added to the system, when a user logs into EcoTrack, then they must receive a notification regarding the new recommendations available for them to view and implement.

Dynamic Recommendation Engine

"As an operations manager, I want a dynamic recommendation engine that offers personalized efficiency suggestions based on my operational data so that I can optimize workflows and meet sustainability targets."

Description

The Dynamic Recommendation Engine requirement focuses on the implementation of an advanced algorithm that analyzes real-time data from IoT sensors and historical user behavior. This engine will generate personalized efficiency recommendations for each user, taking into account their specific operational context, goals, and past interactions with the system. By continuously learning from new data, the recommendation engine will improve its suggestions over time, driving better engagement and sustainable practices among users. This requirement is critical for providing tailored support that enhances operational performance and aligns with users' sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives personalized efficiency recommendations based on real-time operational data analysis.

Given a user interacts with the EcoTrack platform, when the Dynamic Recommendation Engine processes their real-time IoT sensor data, then the user should receive at least three actionable efficiency recommendations tailored to their specific operational context within 5 minutes.

User can view the dynamic recommendations in a user-friendly dashboard interface.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when the recommendations are generated, then they should be displayed prominently on the user dashboard with clear visual indicators that highlight potential efficiency improvements and sustainability impacts.

The recommendation engine updates its suggestions based on user feedback and changing data over time.

Given that a user has implemented a suggested efficiency recommendation, when they provide feedback on the recommendation, then the recommendation engine should adjust its future suggestions based on this feedback and new data, ensuring continuous learning and improvement.

The efficiency recommendations are verified for accuracy and relevance before being shown to users.

Given that recommendations are generated by the Dynamic Recommendation Engine, when these recommendations are prepared for the user, then at least 90% of the suggestions should meet defined accuracy benchmarks based on historical data analysis and user context relevance.

Users receive notifications for new recommendations based on significant changes in data or operational goals.

Given that there is a significant update from IoT sensor data or a change in user-defined operational goals, when such a change occurs, then the user should be notified through the EcoTrack communication channels within 10 minutes and presented with updated efficiency recommendations.

The user can access a help resource that explains how to implement the recommendations effectively.

Given that a user has received efficiency recommendations, when they click on a help icon next to any recommendation, then they should be directed to a detailed resource that provides step-by-step guidance on how to implement that specific recommendation.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a user of the Efficiency Booster Recommendations, I want to provide feedback on the suggestions I receive so that I can help improve the recommendations based on my experience."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement entails the creation of a structured process for users to provide feedback on the Efficiency Booster Recommendations. This will include options for users to rate the recommendations, suggest improvements, and report outcomes from implemented suggestions. Gathering this information will be crucial for refining the recommendation system and ensuring that it meets user needs effectively. The integration of a robust feedback mechanism enhances user engagement and fosters a sense of ownership among users as they contribute directly to the evolution of the feature.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can provide feedback on Efficiency Booster Recommendations after implementing suggested actions.

Given a user has implemented an efficiency recommendation, When the user accesses the feedback section, Then they should have options to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars, leave comments, and submit the feedback successfully.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback on a recommendation.

Given a user submits their feedback, When the feedback is submitted, Then the user should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded and thank them for their contribution.

Users can view and track the history of their feedback on recommendations.

Given a user views their feedback history section, When they navigate to that section, Then they should see a list of all their feedback entries with dates, ratings, and comments displayed in chronological order.

Admin users can analyze feedback received from all users to improve recommendations.

Given an admin accesses the feedback analysis dashboard, When they review the feedback data, Then they should be able to view aggregated ratings, common themes in comments, and suggestions for improvement based on user feedback.

Users can suggest new features or improvements related to Efficiency Booster Recommendations.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, When they choose the option to suggest improvements, Then they should be able to enter a description of their suggestion and submit it without errors.

Feedback mechanisms should include a reporting option for users to report issues with recommendations.

Given a user finds an issue with a recommendation, When they select the option to report it, Then they should be guided through a form to submit the issue, which logs their report for review.

Automated Optimization Alerts

Automated Optimization Alerts notify users of significant deviations in resource utilization patterns and suggest immediate adjustments to optimize performance. This proactive feature helps organizations respond swiftly to changes, ensuring resources are utilized efficiently and aligning operations with sustainability targets. Users benefit from timely insights and recommendations that facilitate quick corrective actions.

Requirements

Resource Utilization Monitoring

"As a sustainability manager, I want to receive real-time alerts about resource utilization deviations so that I can quickly address inefficiencies and optimize our operational performance."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a system for continuously monitoring resource utilization patterns across various departments within the organization. By integrating IoT sensor data with AI analytics, the system will detect deviations from normal usage patterns and trigger automated alerts. This functionality is critical for ensuring that organizations can proactively address inefficiencies before they translate into significant waste or increased costs. This system not only supports sustainability goals by promoting more efficient resource use but also enhances operational performance by enabling data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Monitoring of Resource Utilization Patterns Across Departments

Given that a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when the system monitors resource utilization data from IoT sensors, then the system should trigger an automated alert if a deviation of more than 15% from the established resource usage baseline is detected.

Automated Alert Notification to Users

Given that a significant deviation is detected, when the system triggers an alert, then the user should receive the notification via email and within the EcoTrack dashboard within 5 minutes of the alert being generated.

User Interaction with Optimization Recommendations

Given that the user receives an optimization alert, when the user accesses the alert notification, then they should be presented with at least three actionable recommendations to optimize resource usage effectively.

Historical Data Analysis for Continuous Improvement

Given that the resource utilization monitoring system has been operational for 30 days, when the user accesses the reports section, then they should be able to view a comparative analysis of resource utilization patterns before and after the alert system was implemented.

Feedback Mechanism for Alert Effectiveness

Given that a user has acted upon an optimization alert, when they provide feedback on the effectiveness of the alert, then the system should allow users to rate the alert on a 1 to 5 scale and record their comments for future reference.

Integration with Existing Sustainability Metrics

Given that the organization has other sustainability tracking tools, when the user accesses the EcoTrack platform, then the resource utilization metrics should be integrable with at least two other sustainability metrics tools being used.

System Performance under Concurrent Usage

Given that multiple departments are monitoring resource utilization, when the system experiences simultaneous data input from at least ten different IoT sensors, then the platform should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for alert notifications and resource data updates.

Predictive Trend Analysis

"As an operations director, I want to receive predictive insights about future resource consumption trends so that I can adjust our resource allocation and improve efficiency proactively."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing advanced predictive analytics features that leverage historical data and real-time sensor inputs to forecast future resource consumption trends. By employing machine learning algorithms, this feature will provide actionable insights on potential future deviations in resource usage. This will allow organizations to plan and adjust their resource management strategies in advance, thereby minimizing waste and aligning usage with sustainability targets. Predictive trends will empower stakeholders with tailored reports and action plans based on anticipated resource needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Users receive alerts for significant deviations in resource utilization patterns after the predictive trend analysis has identified a potential issue based on historical data and real-time sensor inputs.

Given that the predictive trend analysis has been completed, When resource utilization deviates beyond a predefined threshold, Then the system should automatically generate an optimization alert and notify the relevant users.

Users can view and interact with the actionable insights generated from predictive trend analysis on their customizable dashboards.

Given that the predictive trend analysis has provided insights, When users access their dashboards, Then they should see the predictive trends with clear visualizations and recommendations for resource adjustments.

Stakeholders receive tailored reports on anticipated resource needs based on predictive trend analysis.

Given that the predictive trend analysis has been conducted, When stakeholders request reports, Then the system should generate tailored reports indicating forecasted resource consumption for specified timeframes.

Users are able to implement recommended adjustments in real-time based on predictive trends and optimization alerts.

Given that an optimization alert has been issued, When a user follows the recommendations, Then the system should track and display the adjustments made and their impact on utilization patterns.

The machine learning algorithms used for predictive analysis improve accuracy over time based on incoming data.

Given that the predictive trend analysis is running continuously, When new historical and real-time data is ingested, Then the machine learning algorithms should update their predictions in a defined cycle and improve their accuracy by at least 10% over a specific initial benchmark.

Users can customize alert thresholds for resource utilization deviations according to their operational requirements.

Given that the system allows for customization, When a user sets a new threshold for alerts, Then the system should successfully save and apply the new threshold for future predictive trend analysis.

The system maintains a log of all alerts and actions taken as a result of predictive trend analysis for compliance and audit purposes.

Given that alerts have been triggered, When users access the compliance log, Then the log should display all historical alerts, user actions taken, and timestamps related to predictive trend analysis.

Custom Alert Configuration

"As a facility manager, I want to customize alert settings for resource utilization so that I only receive notifications that are relevant to my department and critical for maintaining operational efficiency."

Description

The custom alert configuration requirement allows users to set personalized thresholds and conditions for receiving optimization alerts. This functionality will enable users to tailor notifications based on specific operational needs and sustainability goals. By permitting customization, users can focus on the most relevant metrics for their departments, ensuring that the alerts they receive are aligned with their operational priorities. This flexibly enhances the overall user experience, ensuring that stakeholders remain engaged and responsive to optimization opportunities without being overwhelmed by non-critical alerts.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets custom thresholds for resource utilization alerts based on departmental sustainability goals.

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they access the custom alert configuration settings and input specific thresholds for resource utilization, then the system should save these thresholds and apply them to future optimization alerts.

User receives an alert when resource utilization exceeds the personalized threshold set in the configuration.

Given a user has configured a threshold for resource utilization, when actual utilization exceeds this threshold, then the system should trigger an optimization alert and notify the user via their preferred communication method.

User modifies existing alert settings for their department's resource utilization metrics.

Given a user has existing custom alert configurations, when they select an alert to modify and change the threshold value, then upon saving, the system should update the alert configuration without errors and reflect the new threshold when displaying the settings.

User reviews the history of alerts triggered based on their custom configurations.

Given a user has set up multiple custom alert configurations, when they access the alert history section, then the user should see a comprehensive list of past alerts triggered, including the date, time, and metric details corresponding to each alert.

User attempts to set a custom alert threshold that conflicts with company-wide sustainability policies.

Given a user attempts to set a threshold that does not comply with established company sustainability policies, when they try to save the new configuration, then the system should display a warning message indicating the conflict and prevent saving the invalid threshold.

User wants to receive alerts for multiple metrics simultaneously.

Given a user accesses the custom alert configuration, when they select multiple resource utilization metrics to receive alerts for, then the system should allow them to save settings for all selected metrics and individually configure thresholds for each one.

Compliance Reporting Automation

"As a compliance officer, I want automated compliance reports generated based on real-time data so that I can ensure our organization remains compliant with environmental regulations without manual effort."

Description

This requirement involves automating the generation of compliance reports based on real-time data collected from IoT sensors and resource utilization metrics. The automation of compliance reporting will save time for users and ensure that organizations remain aligned with environmental regulations effortlessly. This feature will guarantee that compliance documentation is generated accurately and on schedule, contributing to better oversight and accountability within the organization. It will also enhance credibility when dealing with regulatory bodies and stakeholders, demonstrating a commitment to sustainable practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates compliance report based on IoT sensor data.

Given real-time data is being collected from IoT sensors, when the user requests a compliance report, then the system shall generate and display a report summarizing compliance with environmental regulations containing relevant metrics from the past month.

Automated alerts for compliance report generation errors.

Given that data is being collected from IoT sensors, when the system encounters an error during the report generation process, then the user shall receive an automated alert detailing the nature of the error and suggested corrective actions.

Scheduling of compliance reports generation.

Given the user's preference settings for compliance reporting, when the user sets a schedule for report generation, then the system shall automatically generate and email the compliance report according to the set schedule without requiring manual intervention.

Updating compliance reporting templates.

Given changes in regulatory requirements, when an administrator updates the compliance reporting templates, then the system must reflect these updates in all future reports generated from that point onward.

Verification of compliance report accuracy.

Given a compliance report has been generated, when an external auditor reviews the report, then the report must meet all regulatory compliance metrics and maintain an accuracy rate of 98% based on the real-time data utilized.

User access and permissions for compliance report generation.

Given multiple user roles within the organization, when a user attempts to generate a compliance report, then the system should validate that the user has the appropriate permissions based on their role before allowing report generation.

User feedback mechanism for compliance reports.

Given that a compliance report has been generated, when the user reviews the report, then the user should have the option to provide feedback on report clarity and usefulness which will be saved for future improvements.

Predictive Maintenance Insights

Predictive Maintenance Insights utilize data analytics to forecast maintenance needs for equipment and systems based on resource usage patterns. This feature helps organizations anticipate potential issues and address them before they escalate into costly downtimes. By optimizing maintenance schedules, users enhance efficiency and resource allocation, ultimately contributing to a more sustainable operation.

Requirements

Real-time Data Analytics

"As an operations manager, I want to access real-time analytics so that I can monitor equipment performance and identify issues as they arise, preventing costly downtimes."

Description

Real-time Data Analytics is essential for aggregating and analyzing data from various IoT sensors embedded in organizational equipment and systems. This requirement ensures that users receive live insights into operational performance, resource usage, and potential environmental impacts. By processing data in real time, the system can identify trends, anomalies, and patterns, thereby empowering organizations to make informed decisions quickly. This integration significantly enhances user confidence in their ability to manage compliance and sustainability metrics proactively, fostering a more sustainable operational strategy.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time alerts when IoT sensors detect anomalies in operational performance such as abnormal resource usage or equipment performance deviations.

Given an anomaly has been detected by the IoT sensors, when the alert system triggers, then the user should receive an instant notification via email and in-platform alert.

User can visualize real-time data trends on a customizable dashboard for different operational metrics such as energy consumption and equipment performance.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when the user selects the metrics to display, then the dashboard should update to reflect real-time data for those selected metrics within five seconds.

User can access historical data analysis to compare past operational performance against current data to identify trends over time.

Given the user requests historical data for a specific equipment, when the data is retrieved, then the user should be able to view performance over time in a graphical format with selectable time ranges.

User can generate a report summarizing the real-time data analytics findings for stakeholder presentations.

Given the user selects the report generation option, when the report is generated, then the user should be able to download a PDF that includes all active metrics and insights derived from real-time data.

Automated compliance checks run based on real-time data inputs from IoT sensors to ensure environmental standards are being met.

Given real-time data from sensors, when the compliance algorithm processes this data, then it should automatically flag any non-compliance issues and notify the user immediately.

User can set thresholds for resource usage, and receive alerts when these thresholds are exceeded based on real-time data from IoT sensors.

Given the user has set thresholds for various resources, when real-time data exceeds these thresholds, then the user should receive an alert via email and system notification.

User can seamlessly integrate data analytics insights from EcoTrack with existing enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems for holistic operational visibility.

Given the integration setup is complete, when data is pushed from EcoTrack to the ERP system, then the data analytics insights should accurately reflect within the ERP system without discrepancies.

Automated Maintenance Alerts

"As an engineer, I want to receive automated maintenance alerts so that I can address issues before they escalate, ensuring all equipment operates optimally."

Description

Automated Maintenance Alerts are notifications generated by the system when predictive analytics determine that maintenance is due based on resource usage data and historical performance patterns. This requirement helps organizations stay ahead of maintenance needs without manual tracking, ensuring that all equipment remains operational and efficient. Alerts can be customized based on user preference, allowing for immediate action on potential issues, thereby reducing the risk of unexpected failures. This proactive approach not only minimizes downtime but also supports sustainability initiatives by improving resource efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated maintenance alert when predictive analytics indicate that equipment maintenance is due based on resource usage data.

Given the system has identified a maintenance need from resource usage patterns, when the maintenance threshold is reached, then an automated alert should be sent to the registered user without manual intervention.

User customizes alert preferences to receive notifications via email or SMS for different equipment types.

Given the user is in the alert settings section, when they select their preferred notification method (email or SMS) for specific equipment types, then the system should save these preferences successfully and apply them to future alerts.

User accesses the dashboard to view a history of automated maintenance alerts for their equipment.

Given the user is viewing the maintenance alerts dashboard, when they select a specific time period, then the system should display a detailed history of all automated maintenance alerts within that selected timeframe.

User receives real-time notifications about predictive maintenance alerts on their mobile device.

Given the user has downloaded the EcoTrack mobile app and enabled push notifications, when a maintenance alert is generated, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device immediately.

User modifies the customization settings for maintenance alerts after receiving initial notifications.

Given the user has received initial maintenance alerts, when they access the customization settings, then they should be able to modify alert frequency and channels (e.g., instant, daily summary) and the system should apply these changes immediately.

Customizable Maintenance Scheduling

"As a facility manager, I want to customize maintenance schedules for our equipment so that we can minimize downtime and align maintenance with production cycles."

Description

Customizable Maintenance Scheduling allows users to tailor maintenance timelines according to specific operational needs and resource usage patterns. This requirement is vital for enabling organizations to adjust maintenance plans dynamically as production peaks and troughs occur, optimizing resource allocation and minimizing unnecessary maintenance efforts. By incorporating this flexibility, EcoTrack enhances operational efficiency and reduces waste, aligning maintenance practices with sustainability goals and operational capabilities. Users can set preferences for frequency, duration, and specific equipment, ensuring that maintenance practices are strategically aligned with business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Customization of Maintenance Schedule for Production Peaks

Given a user at the maintenance scheduling dashboard, When the user selects 'Add Schedule' and inputs a peak production period for the specified equipment, Then the maintenance schedule should update to reflect the new timeline without conflicts in the existing schedule.

Applying Different Maintenance Frequencies to Various Equipment

Given a user has access to multiple pieces of equipment, When the user sets differing maintenance frequencies for each piece of equipment, Then the system should save those frequencies and display them correctly in the maintenance overview dashboard.

Dynamic Adjustment of Maintenance Based on Resource Usage Patterns

Given a user has established a baseline for resource usage, When the resource usage exceeds the baseline, Then the system should suggest an adjustment to the maintenance schedule within 24 hours.

User-Friendly Interface for Setting Maintenance Preferences

Given a user accesses the maintenance preferences interface, When the user attempts to set preferences for duration and frequency of maintenance, Then the interface should provide tooltips and examples to aid in the input process, and successfully save the preferences when prompted.

Automated Notifications for Upcoming Maintenance Events

Given a user has configured maintenance schedules, When a maintenance event is approaching, Then the user should receive a notification via email and in-app alert at least 48 hours in advance.

Reporting Functionality for Maintenance Activities

Given a user has scheduled maintenance tasks, When the user accesses the reporting feature, Then the system should generate a report that includes all completed maintenance activities, upcoming tasks, and reported issues within the last three months.

Integration of User Feedback on Maintenance Scheduling

Given a user completes a maintenance activity, When the user is prompted to provide feedback, Then the feedback should be logged in the system and utilized to improve future maintenance scheduling suggestions within the platform.

Predictive Failure Modeling

"As a data analyst, I want to utilize predictive failure modeling to identify at-risk equipment so that we can proactively initiate maintenance or replacement strategies before failures occur."

Description

Predictive Failure Modeling uses advanced algorithms and machine learning techniques to simulate potential equipment failures based on historical data and predictive analytics. This requirement provides organizations with insights into their most critical assets at risk of failure, allowing for strategic planning for maintenance or replacement. By understanding these risk factors, businesses can allocate resources more effectively and prioritize interventions that support both operational integrity and environmental compliance. This modeling leads to reduced unplanned downtimes and assists in long-term sustainability planning.

Acceptance Criteria

Forecasting equipment maintenance needs using the Predictive Failure Modeling feature in EcoTrack based on real-time data inputs from IoT sensors.

Given that the historical failure data is properly integrated, when the Predictive Failure Modeling is initiated, then it should accurately predict the maintenance needs for at least 90% of the equipment within the next 30 days based on sensor data analysis.

Utilizing Predictive Failure Modeling to generate maintenance reports for critical assets at risk of failure.

Given that the Predictive Failure Modeling has been executed, when a maintenance report is generated, then it should include a prioritized list of at least the top 5 critical assets at risk of failure, along with estimated failure dates.

Integrating user input to adjust the predictive algorithms for more accurate failure modeling.

Given that user feedback is submitted regarding the accuracy of the predictive models, when the adjustments are made to the algorithms, then the model should reflect improved accuracy in predictions by at least 20% as judged by comparison with actual failures over the following month.

Evaluating the effectiveness of Predictive Failure Modeling in reducing unplanned downtimes.

Given that the organization has implemented the Predictive Failure Modeling, when comparing the downtime data for the three months before and after implementation, then unplanned downtimes should be reduced by at least 30% post-implementation.

Tracking the long-term sustainability impacts of using Predictive Failure Modeling.

Given that the Predictive Failure Modeling is regularly utilized, when sustainability metrics are reviewed every quarter, then there should be a documented improvement in at least two sustainability metrics (e.g., reduced waste, improved efficiency) attributed to proactive maintenance based on the model insights.

Providing user training on how to interpret the insights from Predictive Failure Modeling.

Given that user training sessions are conducted, when users complete the training, then at least 80% of attendees should pass a knowledge assessment based on interpreting the insights provided by the Predictive Failure Modeling feature.

Scenario Simulation Tools

Scenario Simulation Tools allow users to model potential changes in operational processes to evaluate their impact on resource consumption and waste generation. By running ‘what-if’ analyses, this feature enables organizations to experiment with different strategies and identify the most sustainable approaches before implementation. Users can confidently choose paths that align with their sustainability objectives.

Requirements

Dynamic Scenario Modeling

"As an operations manager, I want to model different operational processes to evaluate their impacts on resource consumption and waste generation so that I can choose the most sustainable strategies before implementation."

Description

The Dynamic Scenario Modeling requirement allows users to take various inputs such as operational processes, resource consumption metrics, and waste generation data to create dynamic simulations. Users should be able to manipulate multiple variables and test different operational strategies in a virtual environment. This requirement should provide comprehensive feedback on potential impacts, offering visual analytics and reports to enhance decision-making. Implementing this feature is crucial for EcoTrack as it positions the platform as a proactive tool for sustainability management and resource optimization.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Scenario Modeling in an operational meeting to determine the impact of reducing energy consumption by 20% across multiple processes.

Given a user has access to the Dynamic Scenario Modeling feature, when they input data for current resource consumption metrics and set a target to reduce energy consumption by 20%, then the simulation should generate potential impact reports indicating resource savings and waste generation changes within 10 minutes.

A user simulating different operational strategies to evaluate changes in waste generation due to a new recycling process integration.

Given a user modifies the operational strategy to include a new recycling process, when they run the simulation, then the system should provide immediate feedback on waste generation metrics and suggest optimizations based on the new inputs.

A team assessing the sustainability outcomes in preparation for an upcoming corporate sustainability report.

Given that the user has multiple scenarios saved, when they select a scenario for evaluation, then the system should generate a comprehensive visual analytics report that summarizes the environmental impacts with clear metrics for inclusion in a sustainability report, available for download in PDF format.

An organization testing different supply chain models to minimize emissions during transportation.

Given that the user inputs transportation data and selects different supply chain models, when they execute the dynamic simulation, then the system must return detailed emissions per model along with a comparison chart to facilitate decision making within 5 minutes.

A user running 'what-if' analyses to assess the financial implications of implementing a new energy-efficient technology.

Given the user has created a scenario with existing operational costs, when they simulate the adoption of the new technology, then the system should calculate and display the projected return on investment and payback period for the technology within 10 minutes.

A user reviewing simulation results to refine their operational strategies for improved resource allocation.

Given the user has completed a simulation of multiple operational strategies, when they access the results, then the system should allow them to filter results by resource type and provide visual representations of efficiency gains.

A manager evaluating the impacts of employee training programs on operational sustainability metrics.

Given a user inputs training program data into the simulation model, when the simulation runs, then it must return specific metrics outlining how training improvements correlate with operational sustainability performance within 15 minutes.

User-Friendly Interface for Simulations

"As a sustainability analyst, I want an easy-to-use interface for setting up and running simulations so that I can efficiently analyze different sustainability scenarios without needing extensive training."

Description

The User-Friendly Interface for Simulations requirement focuses on creating a simple yet effective design for the scenario simulation tools. The interface should allow users to easily set up simulations without needing technical expertise. Key functionalities should include drag-and-drop features, intuitive dashboards, and clear visualization of results in real-time. This feature is particularly essential for enhancing user experience and ensuring that stakeholders can efficiently utilize the simulation tools to achieve their sustainability goals without encountering barriers related to complexity.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a new simulation to assess the impact of reducing resource consumption in their manufacturing process.

Given the user is on the simulation setup page, when they drag and drop resource parameters into the simulation area, then the system should allow them to configure the parameters without needing technical support.

User analyzes the results of a simulation that modeled waste generation changes.

Given the user has completed the simulation, when they access the results dashboard, then the visualizations should clearly display the resource consumption and waste generation metrics in an understandable format.

A stakeholder reviews the expected outcomes of a planned sustainability initiative using the simulation tool.

Given the stakeholder accesses the simulation tool, when they select the ‘what-if’ analysis for the sustainability initiative, then they should receive a visual representation of the potential impacts within one minute.

User customizes a simulation based on specific operational parameters and saves it for later use.

Given the user has customized their simulation parameters, when they click the save button, then the system should confirm the simulation is saved and allow the user to access it in the future without loss of data.

User seeks assistance via the simulation tool help section while modeling a complex scenario.

Given the user accesses the help section, when they search for guidance, then the system should provide relevant FAQ entries and video tutorials that address their queries effectively.

Automated Reporting of Simulation Results

"As a compliance officer, I want automatic generation of reports after simulations so that I can easily share insights and recommendations with management and stakeholders."

Description

The Automated Reporting of Simulation Results requirement allows for seamless generation of reports based on the outcome of the scenario simulations. Users should receive automated insights summarizing key findings, recommendations, and visual representations of the data after each simulation run. This capability will facilitate transparent communication of results, aid in strategy refinement, and support compliance reporting needs. The development of this feature is vital as it ensures that users not only run scenarios but also can easily communicate the impact of different strategies to stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting Generation After Simulation Run

Given that a user has completed a scenario simulation, when the simulation finishes processing, then an automated report summarizing the key findings, visualizations, and recommendations must be generated and sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes.

Report Content Completeness and Accuracy

Given that the automated report has been generated, when the user reviews the report, then it must include all necessary sections: 'Executive Summary', 'Key Findings', 'Recommendations', and 'Data Visualizations'. Each section must accurately reflect the outcomes of the simulation run.

User Notification of Report Availability

Given that an automated report is generated, when the report is available, then the user must receive a notification within the EcoTrack dashboard and via email, alerting them that the report is ready to be viewed.

Customization of Report Formats

Given that a user prefers specific reporting formats, when the user selects their format preferences (PDF, CSV, etc.), then the automated report must be generated in the selected format without data loss or alteration.

Historical Report Access

Given that a user has run multiple simulations, when the user accesses the report history section, then they must be able to view and download all previously generated reports organized by date and simulation type.

Performance Metrics in Reports

Given that a user has completed a scenario simulation, when the automated report is generated, then it must include performance metrics such as resource consumption and waste generation, compared to baseline figures, allowing for evaluation of sustainability impact.

Benchmarking Algorithm Insights

Benchmarking Algorithm Insights compare an organization’s resource utilization and waste metrics against industry standards and best practices. By providing insights into performance gaps and improvement opportunities, this feature aids organizations in setting and achieving more ambitious sustainability goals. Users leverage benchmarking data to drive accountability and enhance their competitive position in sustainable practices.

Requirements

Dynamic Benchmarking Metrics

"As a sustainability manager, I want real-time benchmarking metrics so that I can quickly identify performance gaps and make timely adjustments to our sustainability initiatives."

Description

Dynamic Benchmarking Metrics enables organizations to continuously adjust and refine their resource utilization and waste metrics based on real-time data collected from IoT sensors. This feature integrates seamlessly with existing data streams within EcoTrack, allowing for live updates and adjustments to benchmarking comparisons. By aligning the analysis with the latest industry standards and practices, users can identify shifts in their operational efficiency and sustainability practices. This ongoing assessment empowers organizations to not only track their progress but also recalibrate their strategies in real time, ensuring they remain competitive and compliant with sustainability goals. The ability to make data-driven adjustments leads to greater accountability and more ambitious sustainability targets, effectively supporting the organization's commitment to continuous improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Benchmarking Metrics in Action: A sustainability manager at a medium-sized manufacturing company accesses EcoTrack's dashboard to view real-time metrics from their IoT sensors. They need to see how their current resource utilization compares to industry benchmarks and identify any immediate gaps between actual performance and best practices.

Given the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they select the Benchmarking Metrics feature, then they should see real-time updates of their resource utilization metrics compared to industry standards, with any gaps highlighted.

Adjusting Metrics for Continuous Improvement: During a quarterly sustainability review, an organization wants to adjust their benchmarks based on new data gathered from the last quarter's IoT observations. The goal is for them to refine their waste metrics in line with the latest industry data.

Given the organization has input new data from last quarter, when the user requests a refresh of the benchmarking metrics, then the system should automatically incorporate the new data and update the metrics displayed in the dashboard.

Identifying Performance Gaps: A compliance officer observes discrepancies in their waste disposal metrics compared to best practice benchmarks and intends to take actionable steps to correct the inefficiencies.

Given the benchmarking algorithm has processed the latest datasets, when the compliance officer views the benchmarking insights, then they should see clear visual indicators of any performance gaps alongside actionable recommendations for improvement.

Real-time Compliance Notifications: An operations manager needs to ensure their resource usage is compliant with both internal goals and external regulations. They want to receive alerts when their data strays from acceptable parameters measured against industry standards.

Given the user has set their compliance parameters in EcoTrack, when real-time data from the IoT sensors indicates a deviation, then the system should trigger a notification alerting the user to take corrective action.

Customizing Benchmark Targets: A user wants to customize their benchmarking targets to align with specific internal sustainability objectives, beyond standard industry metrics. They need the flexibility to set personalized goals based on their unique operational reality.

Given the user has administrative access, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Targets section, then they should be able to input and save custom resource utilization targets that deviate from standard benchmarks without issues.

Automated Report Generation

"As a compliance officer, I want to automate the generation of sustainability reports so that I can save time and ensure accuracy and transparency in our environmental performance documentation."

Description

Automated Report Generation offers users the ability to create comprehensive sustainability reports effortlessly. This requirement allows stakeholders to generate reports that reflect their organization’s environmental compliance and sustainability metrics at the click of a button. By utilizing pre-defined templates and real-time data inputs, users can easily customize reports for various audiences, from internal presentations to external stakeholder communications. The feature enhances transparency and accountability by providing clear, data-backed insights into performance against industry benchmarks. This functionality not only saves time but also improves the accuracy and consistency of reporting within the organization, reinforcing EcoTrack's commitment to empowering users with actionable insights and facilitating informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can generate an automated sustainability report for internal stakeholders detailing resource utilization metrics over the past quarter with one click.

Given that the user has selected the 'Generate Report' option and chosen the 'Internal Stakeholders' template, when they click 'Submit,' then a sustainability report should be generated that includes at least three key resource metrics and is saved in the user's 'Reports' folder.

Users can customize the generated reports to include specific metrics relevant to external stakeholders such as regulations and achievements.

Given that the user is in the report generation interface, when they select the 'External Stakeholders' template and customize the report by adding at least two specific metrics, then the system should produce a report that reflects these customizations accurately with no errors.

The system should ensure the accuracy of data included in reports by pulling real-time data from connected IoT sensors when the report is generated.

Given that the user generates a report, when the report is created, then it must include real-time data that matches the latest information provided by the IoT sensors and should be verified against the source data within 30 seconds.

Users want to share the generated sustainability report via email directly from the platform after report generation.

Given that a user has completed the report generation using the desired template, when they select 'Share via Email' and enter valid email addresses, then the system should send the report as a PDF attachment to all specified email addresses without any errors.

The system must maintain a history log of all generated reports for audit and review purposes.

Given that a report has been generated, when checking the report history log, then it should display entries for all generated reports, including the date, time, user ID, and report type, ensuring accurate and unaltered records.

Users can view and select different templates before generating a report to meet diverse stakeholder needs.

Given that the user is on the report generation page, when they click on the 'Template Selection,' then they should see a list of at least five different report templates with a brief description of each option available for selection.

Users require the ability to edit previously generated reports before sharing them with stakeholders.

Given that the user selects a report from the history log, when they choose 'Edit Report,' then the system should allow them to modify the report contents and re-generate it to reflect the changes made before final sharing.

Interactive Dashboard for Benchmarking Insights

"As an operations director, I want an interactive dashboard to visualize our benchmarking insights so that I can make informed decisions based on our sustainability performance metrics."

Description

The Interactive Dashboard for Benchmarking Insights provides users with a visually engaging and customizable interface to explore their organization's sustainability performance against industry standards. This requirement integrates various data visualizations, such as graphs, heat maps, and trend lines, allowing users to dissect their resource utilization and waste metrics in a dynamic manner. Users can filter data by parameters such as time frame, department, or resource type, leading to deeper insights into areas needing improvement. The interactive nature ensures that users can engage with the data directly, manipulate views for tailored analysis, and derive actionable insights that directly support strategic decision-making. This feature enhances user experience by transforming raw data into meaningful information, thus facilitating organizational accountability and sustainability goal achievement.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Dashboard to analyze waste metrics over the past year.

Given the user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they select the Interactive Dashboard, then they should see visualizations of waste metrics, including a bar graph and a pie chart representing the data for the last year.

User filters the data by department to examine specific resource utilization.

Given the user is viewing the Interactive Dashboard, when they apply the filter for a specific department, then the visualizations should refresh to display only the resource utilization metrics for that department.

User compares their organization's resource utilization against industry benchmarks.

Given the user has loaded the benchmarking insights on the dashboard, when they select the comparison option, then they should be able to see their metrics alongside industry standards, including highlighted areas of performance gaps.

User customizes the dashboard layout to better suit their analytical needs.

Given the user is on the Interactive Dashboard, when they drag and drop visualizations to rearrange them, then the layout should be saved, and the changes should persist upon the next login.

User views trend lines to assess changes in usage over time.

Given the user accesses the timeline view on the dashboard, when they enable trend line visualization, then they should see a clear representation of changes in resource utilization over the selected time frame, with relevant data points labeled.

User exports the benchmarking insights for a report presentation.

Given the user is on the Interactive Dashboard, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download a report in PDF format containing all current visualizations and insights.

Alerts for Benchmarking Deviations

"As a sustainability analyst, I want to receive alerts when our metrics deviate from benchmarks so that I can address issues promptly and improve our sustainability efforts."

Description

Alerts for Benchmarking Deviations is a proactive feature designed to notify users when their sustainability metrics deviate significantly from industry benchmarks. By utilizing AI-driven analytics, this requirement allows EcoTrack to analyze data trends and generate alerts for users, ensuring they are quickly informed about potential issues. This feature directly integrates with the benchmarking algorithm, analyzing real-time data inputs to detect emerging patterns that may indicate lapses or improvements in sustainability practices. By providing timely alerts, users can react promptly to potential risks or opportunities, reinforcing management practices that lead to enhanced accountability and accelerated improvement efforts in their sustainability goals. This proactive approach underscores EcoTrack’s commitment to supporting organizations in staying ahead of compliance requirements and market expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications when their resource utilization exceeds industry benchmarks by 20%.

Given the user has set benchmark thresholds, when the resource utilization data enters the system and exceeds the defined threshold by 20%, then the user should receive an immediate alert via email and in-app notification.

Alerts are sent in real-time when sustainability metrics fall below established benchmarks.

Given that sustainability metrics are continuously monitored, when any metric falls below the established benchmark, then an alert should be sent to the user within 5 minutes of detection.

Users are able to view a history of alerts related to benchmarking deviations for accountability purposes.

Given that the user has received alerts, when they access the alert history dashboard, then they should see all alerts with timestamps, metric details, and actions taken over the past 6 months.

AI-driven analytics accurately identifies trends that may lead to deviations from sustainability metrics.

Given that the AI model has been trained with historical data, when the model analyzes current trends, then it should be able to predict at least 85% of deviations before they occur based on the data patterns observed.

Users can customize the thresholds for alerts based on their organizational goals.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they select the option to customize alert thresholds, then they should be able to set and save new thresholds for each sustainability metric without errors.

Users are notified when a significant improvement in sustainability metrics is detected by the system.

Given the user has set up performance improvement alerts, when the system detects a 15% improvement in any sustainability metric compared to the last month, then the user receives a congratulatory alert via email.

Users can deactivate specific alerts without affecting others.

Given the user is viewing their alert settings, when they choose to deactivate a specific alert, then that alert should be turned off and no longer trigger notifications without impacting other alerts.

Comparative Analysis Tool

"As a strategic planner, I want a comparative analysis tool to see how our sustainability metrics compare to industry peers so that we can adjust our goals and strategies accordingly."

Description

The Comparative Analysis Tool allows users to not only view their own performance metrics but also benchmark them against similar organizations within the same sector. This feature provides insights into how the organization stacks up against its peers, identifying industry leaders and laggards, thus enabling users to set realistic and aspirational sustainability goals. By incorporating external benchmarking data sourced from industry reports and databases, this tool enhances EcoTrack's value proposition as a comprehensive sustainability management platform. It supports target-setting and drives competitive analysis, aiding organizations in understanding their relative position in sustainability practices and facilitating strategic planning. This requirement ultimately encourages a culture of continual learning and improvement between organizations within the ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Comparative Analysis Tool to generate a report comparing their sustainability metrics against industry benchmarks.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Comparative Analysis Tool and input their current metrics, then the system displays a comprehensive comparison report that includes performance gaps and best practice benchmarks.

User generates a comparative analysis report and exports it to share with stakeholders.

Given a user has successfully generated a comparative analysis report, when they select the export option, then the system provides the report in downloadable formats (PDF, CSV) and confirms successful export with a notification.

User reviews the insights from the comparative analysis to identify opportunities for improvement.

Given the comparative analysis report is generated, when the user reviews the insights, then the system highlights specific performance gaps and suggests at least three actionable improvement strategies based on industry standards.

User sets new sustainability targets based on benchmarking insights received from the tool.

Given the user has accessed the benchmarking insights, when they utilize those insights to set new sustainability targets, then the system records the targets and confirms successful target setting with a summary notification.

User compares their organization’s metrics against at least three peer organizations in the same sector.

Given the Comparative Analysis Tool is utilized, when the user selects peer organizations for comparison, then the system provides a detailed analysis that includes at least three peers and visual representation of comparative metrics.

User receives automated notifications for industry benchmarking updates.

Given the user has opted into benchmarking updates, when new industry standards or benchmarking data is available, then the system sends an email notification summarizing the changes and suggests actions if applicable.

Challenge Creator

The Challenge Creator feature allows users to design and launch their own sustainability challenges tailored to their organization's goals. Users can specify challenge objectives, timelines, and participation criteria, fostering creativity and engagement among employees. This customization empowers teams to align challenges with specific sustainability priorities, making participation more relevant and impactful.

Requirements

Custom Challenge Design

"As a sustainability manager, I want to create custom sustainability challenges so that I can engage my team in aligning with our organization's specific sustainability goals."

Description

The Custom Challenge Design requirement enables users to create tailored sustainability challenges by allowing them to specify unique objectives, set timelines, and define participation criteria. This feature enhances user engagement and drives more impactful participation by ensuring that challenges align with the specific sustainability missions of the organization. It will integrate seamlessly with the EcoTrack platform, allowing users to leverage real-time data and analytics in their challenge strategies. The functionality is crucial as it empowers employees to actively contribute to sustainability initiatives, thereby promoting a culture of environmental stewardship within the company.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a Custom Challenge in EcoTrack

Given a user with the necessary permission, when they fill out the challenge creation form with specified objectives, timelines, and participation criteria, then the challenge should be saved and appear in the user's dashboard as an active challenge.

Editing an Existing Custom Challenge

Given a user on the challenge management page, when they select an existing challenge and modify the objectives, timelines, or participation criteria, then the changes should be saved and reflected immediately in the challenge details.

Launching a Custom Challenge

Given a user has created a challenge with defined objectives and timelines, when the launch button is clicked, then all participants defined in the criteria should receive a notification regarding the challenge launch.

Monitoring Challenge Participation Metrics

Given that a challenge has been launched, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see real-time participation metrics, including the number of participants, their progress, and any submitted results.

Generating Reports on Challenge Outcomes

Given that a challenge has concluded, when the user requests a report on the challenge's outcomes, then a comprehensive report should be generated, including overall participation, achieved objectives, and any noted environmental impacts.

Setting Up Notifications for Upcoming Challenges

Given a user wants to stay informed about upcoming challenges, when they configure notification preferences in their settings, then they should receive alerts via email or in-app notifications before a challenge starts.

User Feedback on Challenges

Given a user has participated in a sustainability challenge, when the challenge concludes, then the user should be prompted to provide feedback, which should be stored and accessible for future challenge enhancements.

Challenge Progress Tracking

"As a team leader, I want to track the progress of our sustainability challenges so that I can motivate my team and ensure we are achieving our environmental targets."

Description

The Challenge Progress Tracking requirement provides users with the ability to monitor the progress of various sustainability challenges in real time. This feature will include visualizations of participation rates, achievements, and overall impact towards environmental goals. Integration with EcoTrack's data analytics will allow users to gain insights on engagement levels and challenge effectiveness, enabling timely interventions and adjustments to maximize participation. The ability to track progress is essential to maintaining motivation and accountability among participants, reinforcing the organization’s commitment to sustainability.

Acceptance Criteria

Challenge Progress Tracking for a new sustainability challenge launched for employees using the Challenge Creator feature.

Given a user has launched a sustainability challenge, When the user accesses the Challenge Progress Tracking dashboard, Then the user should see real-time participation rates and a summary of achievements displayed visually on the dashboard.

Monitoring the effectiveness of a sustainability challenge by assessing engagement and impact metrics calculated through EcoTrack's analytics integration.

Given a sustainability challenge is currently active, When the user views the analytics report, Then the report should provide insights on engagement levels and challenge effectiveness, including participant feedback and impact metrics.

A user wants to track ongoing progress of several sustainability challenges simultaneously.

Given multiple sustainability challenges are being tracked by a user, When the user visits the Challenge Progress Tracking section, Then the user should be able to view progress for each challenge in a consolidated view with clear indicators for participation and impact.

Adjusting challenge parameters in response to low participation based on tracked data.

Given low engagement is indicated by the progress tracking data, When the user edits the challenge settings, Then the updated settings should reflect in real-time on the dashboard and all participants must be notified of the changes.

Ensuring that the Challenge Progress Tracking updates reflect the most current data collected from participants.

Given that challenges are active and participation data is being collected, When new data is submitted by participants, Then the Challenge Progress Tracking dashboard should update the visualizations within 5 minutes to reflect this new information.

Reviewing past challenges to inform future sustainability initiative designs.

Given a user wishes to analyze previously completed challenges, When the user navigates to the historical challenges section, Then the user should see a detailed report of previous challenge performance, including participation rates and overall impact metrics.

Providing users with a visual representation of milestones achieved during a challenge.

Given that a challenge has specific milestones set, When the user views the challenge progress dashboard, Then the user should be able to see a timeline with milestones and corresponding achievements marked clearly, including dates and participant contributions.

Incentive and Reward System

"As a human resources manager, I want to create a reward system for sustainability challenges so that I can encourage employee participation and acknowledge their contributions to our environmental initiatives."

Description

The Incentive and Reward System requirement allows organizations to implement gamification strategies within sustainability challenges by providing rewards for participation and achievements. This feature will support the design of a points system, badges, and other incentives to encourage involvement. By integrating with the EcoTrack platform, organizations can customize rewards based on specific challenge metrics, fostering healthy competition and enhancing user engagement. The incentive system is critical for driving higher participation rates and reinforcing the importance of sustainability in the workplace.

Acceptance Criteria

As a sustainability officer, I want to create a new sustainability challenge for my organization with specific participation criteria and objectives, so that I can motivate employees to engage in environmentally friendly practices.

Given that I am logged into the EcoTrack platform, when I navigate to the Challenge Creator feature, then I should be able to specify challenge objectives, set timelines, and define participation criteria successfully, and it should show a confirmation message for the created challenge.

As a user participating in a sustainability challenge, I want to view the points I’ve earned and see any badges I’ve received for my contributions, so that I can track my progress and understand how I am participating in the challenge.

Given that I am a participant in a sustainability challenge, when I access my profile in the EcoTrack platform, then I should see a section displaying my total points and any badges awarded for my achievements in the challenge.

As a team leader, I want to view a leaderboard of participants in the sustainability challenge, so that I can encourage healthy competition and recognize top contributors in my team.

Given that I am a team leader, when I access the leaderboard for the sustainability challenge from the Challenge Creator dashboard, then I should see a ranked list of participants based on total points earned, along with their respective achievements.

As an administrator, I want to customize the types of rewards available for different challenges, so that we can incentivize specific behaviors aligned with our sustainability goals.

Given that I am logged into the EcoTrack platform as an administrator, when I access the reward customization section, then I should be able to add, edit, or remove reward types based on different challenge metrics, and save these changes successfully.

As a participant, I want to receive notifications for newly available rewards and milestones achieved, so that I stay informed and motivated to continue my efforts within the challenge.

Given that I am a participant in the sustainability challenge, when I achieve a milestone or a new reward is available, then I should receive an email and in-app notification detailing the reward and encouraging further participation.

As a management team member, I want to generate reports on challenge participation rates and reward distributions, so that I can assess the effectiveness of our sustainability initiatives and make informed decisions for future challenges.

Given that I am authorized to view reports, when I navigate to the reporting section of EcoTrack, then I should be able to generate and download a detailed report on participation rates and the distribution of rewards for each sustainability challenge.

Leaderboard Dynamics

The Leaderboard Dynamics feature provides real-time updates on individual and team performance in sustainability challenges. By showcasing rankings, users can see how their efforts compare to others, fueling healthy competition and motivating participants to increase their efforts. This transparency not only enhances personal accountability but also encourages teamwork as employees strive to improve their standings together.

Requirements

Real-time Performance Tracking

"As a sustainability officer, I want to see real-time updates on my team's performance in sustainability challenges so that I can motivate and drive improvements in our environmental efforts."

Description

This requirement outlines the functionality to display real-time updates regarding individual and team performance in sustainability challenges. It will include a dynamic leaderboard that updates instantly as users log their sustainability actions and achievements. The benefits of this feature include promoting accountability, motivating participants through competition, and enhancing overall engagement. Integration with IoT data will allow for automated performance assessments based on real actions taken, providing transparency and clear visibility into how efforts contribute to sustainability goals across the organization. This feature is crucial for fostering a culture of sustainability and encouraging continuous improvement among employees.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Real-Time Performance Updates

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they complete a sustainability action, then the leaderboard should update their performance in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Automated Integration with IoT Data

Given that IoT sensors capture sustainability-related data, when the data is processed, then the leaderboard should automatically reflect updates based on these actions immediately.

Leaderboard Accessibility and Usability

Given the leaderboard is displayed on the EcoTrack dashboard, when a user accesses the dashboard, then the leaderboard should be easily viewable and navigable, showing clear rankings and performance metrics for both individuals and teams.

Comparison and Benchmarking Features

Given users can view their performance, when they check the leaderboard, then they should be able to compare their scores against the top performers and their team average directly from the dashboard.

Data Accuracy and Consistency

Given data from IoT sensors is used for performance tracking, when the data is logged, then it should accurately reflect the sustainability actions taken by users without discrepancies.

Notification System for Performance Milestones

Given a user achieves a new rank or milestone on the leaderboard, when this occurs, then the system should send an automated notification to the user encouraging them to maintain or improve their performance.

User Engagement Metrics Tracking

Given the leaderboard is in use, when users interact with it, then the system should track user engagements and report on metrics such as time spent viewing the leaderboard and changes in user participation over time.

Customizable Leaderboard Filters

"As an employee, I want to customize the leaderboard filters to analyze my performance and my team's efforts against specific sustainability metrics so that I can identify areas for personal and collective improvement."

Description

This requirement involves allowing users to customize the leaderboard view by applying filters such as time periods (daily, weekly, monthly), types of sustainability actions, or specific teams. This enhances the functionality of the leaderboard, enabling users to analyze performance against relevant benchmarks tailored to their specific interests or goals. The feature should integrate seamlessly with existing user profiles and data inputs, enabling versatile analysis of actions and outcomes. Customizable filters will provide a more refined view of contributions, thereby driving deeper engagement and personalized user experiences while promoting targeted improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

As a sustainability manager, I want to filter the leaderboard by weekly performance to see how my team has improved over the past week during our sustainability challenge.

Given the leaderboard is displayed, when the user selects 'weekly' from the filter options, then the leaderboard updates to show rankings based only on the past week's performance.

As an employee, I want to filter the leaderboard to view only actions related to recycling, so I can gauge my impact in that specific area.

Given the leaderboard displays all sustainability actions, when the user selects 'recycling' from the action type filter, then the leaderboard should refresh to show only those actions related to recycling.

As a team lead, I want to customize the leaderboard to display performance metrics for my specific team for the past month, so that I can assess our overall effectiveness.

Given the leaderboard view is available, when the user selects their team and the 'monthly' filter, then the leaderboard should only show performance data associated with that team and for the last month.

As a company administrator, I want to ensure that the leaderboard updates automatically as new data comes in, without requiring a manual refresh.

Given new sustainability action data is submitted, when the data is saved, then the leaderboard should automatically refresh to reflect the latest rankings and performances without needing user intervention.

As a user, I want to be able to reset the filters on the leaderboard quickly, allowing me to return to the default view with just one click.

Given the leaderboard is currently filtered, when the user clicks the 'reset filters' button, then the leaderboard should revert back to showing the overall performance without any filters applied.

As a participant, I want to know if my current leaderboard position has changed since I last viewed it, in order to stay engaged with my performance.

Given the user is viewing the leaderboard, when the leaderboard is refreshed with updated data, then the user should receive a notification alerting them to any changes in their position and performance relative to others.

Social Sharing Capabilities

"As a user, I want to share my sustainability achievements from the leaderboard on social media so that I can inspire others and promote our company's commitment to environmental stewardship."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating social sharing functionalities within the leaderboard feature to allow users to share their achievements and rankings on social media platforms. By providing options to share on platforms like LinkedIn or Twitter, users can celebrate their contributions to sustainability, enhancing visibility and potential recognition for the company’s efforts. The expected outcome includes increased engagement and motivation among users, as sharing achievements fosters a sense of pride and community around sustainability efforts. This feature aligns with strategic goals of enhancing corporate image and encouraging employee advocacy for environmental initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares their leaderboard ranking on LinkedIn after completing a sustainability challenge.

Given that the user is logged in to EcoTrack, when they select the share option for LinkedIn, their ranking and a brief message about their contribution to sustainability should be posted successfully on their LinkedIn profile.

User chooses to share their sustainability achievement on Twitter.

Given that the user is logged into EcoTrack, when they click the share button for Twitter, a pre-populated tweet containing their ranking, challenge name, and a link to EcoTrack should be generated and posted when confirmed by the user.

Multiple users share their achievements simultaneously on different social media platforms.

Given that users are on the leaderboard page, when each user shares their achievements across LinkedIn and Twitter, each share should reflect the correct ranking and challenge details, and all posts should successfully appear on the respective social media feeds without errors.

User accesses a dashboard to review social sharing analytics post-integration.

Given that the social sharing feature is integrated, when the user views the dashboard, it should display metrics on how many shares have occurred, as well as engagement metrics such as likes and comments from social platforms for the shared posts.

User cancels the sharing process after initiating a share on Facebook.

Given that the user selects to share their achievement on Facebook, when they click cancel on the sharing dialog, the action should abort, and no post should be made on Facebook.

User's profile settings allow integration with various social media accounts.

Given that the user accesses their profile settings, when they navigate to the social media integration section, they should find options to connect and disconnect their accounts from LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook.

Gamification Elements

"As a participant in sustainability challenges, I want to earn badges and rewards for my achievements on the leaderboard so that I feel recognized and motivated to contribute more to our environmental goals."

Description

This requirement entails incorporating gamification elements into the leaderboard dynamics, such as badges, achievements, and tiers based on performance. Users will receive rewards for reaching specific milestones, which enhances engagement and incentivizes participation in sustainability challenges. Integrating gamification will promote a fun, competitive environment while reinforcing the importance of sustainability. This feature should be designed to track user performance against set goals and automatically award badges or achievements, fostering continuous participation and engagement in sustainability practices within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Users receive notifications when they earn a badge after achieving specific milestones in sustainability challenges.

Given a user has completed a challenge that meets the badge criteria, when the user checks the notifications, then the user should see a notification for the newly earned badge.

Users can view their achievements and the corresponding badges on their personal dashboard.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when the user navigates to their dashboard, then the user should see a section displaying all earned badges and achievements with date stamps.

Team leaders can set performance tiers for team challenges based on cumulative achievements of all team members.

Given a team leader is setting up a challenge, when the leader defines performance tiers, then the system should allow the leader to set metrics and automatically calculate team standings based on individual achievements.

Users can track their progress toward unlocking achievements through their profile interface.

Given a user is on their profile page, when the user views their progress, then the system should display a visual progress bar for each achievement along with milestones and remaining tasks.

Users receive rewards for reaching milestones in sustainability challenges automatically.

Given a user has reached a milestone defined in the sustainability challenge, when the milestone is reached, then the system should automatically award the corresponding achievement without manual intervention.

Users can reconcile and review the criteria for each badge on the EcoTrack platform.

Given a user is viewing the badge section on their dashboard, when the user clicks on a badge, then the system should display the criteria and requirements necessary to achieve that badge.

Users can compare their performance against other participants in real-time on the leaderboard.

Given multiple users are participating in the sustainability challenges, when a user views the leaderboard, then the user should see an updated ranking based on the most recent performance metrics for all participants.

Notification System for Leaderboard Updates

"As a user, I want to receive notifications about leaderboard updates so that I can stay informed about my performance and engage more actively in sustainability challenges."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a notification system that alerts users of updates or changes in the leaderboard. Notifications will inform users about their rankings, achievements, or when someone achieves a new high score. This feature aims to enhance user engagement by keeping them informed and encouraging them to take action to improve their standings. By integrating push notifications and in-app alerts, users can stay connected with their performance and the performance of their peers, fostering a sense of community and competition within the sustainability challenges. This ongoing interaction is integral for maintaining interest in the sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications when their ranking changes on the leaderboard.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when their ranking changes due to new achievements or performance updates, then the user should receive a push notification and an in-app alert detailing the change in ranking.

Notifications are sent when a new high score is achieved by any user.

Given the leaderboard has been updated, when any user achieves a new high score, then all other users should receive a notification indicating who achieved the high score and what their new score is.

Users can customize notification preferences for leaderboard updates.

Given a user accesses their profile settings, when they select notification preferences, then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for ranking changes and new high scores, and save their preferences successfully.

Users receive a summary notification at the end of the week for their performance.

Given the weekly performance summary is generated, when the summary period ends, then each user should receive a notification summarizing their rank change, total challenges completed, and points earned over the week.

Users are notified about leaderboard challenges or events.

Given new challenges or events are created related to the leaderboard, when the challenge is initiated, then all users should receive an introductory notification about the new challenge and how to participate.

System performance is evaluated under load during notification updates.

Given multiple users trigger ranking updates simultaneously, when the notification system processes these updates, then it should successfully send notifications to all affected users without delays or failures.

Notifications must be clear and informative on progress towards sustainability goals.

Given a user receives a notification about their performance, when they read the notification, then it should clearly state their current ranking, points, and how it compares to their previous performance and the top scores.

Achievement Badges

Achievement Badges reward users for completing challenges, reaching milestones, or demonstrating exceptional sustainability practices. These digital badges can be displayed on user profiles, fostering a sense of accomplishment and recognition within the organization. By collecting badges, employees feel appreciated for their contributions, which enhances engagement and motivates further participation in sustainability initiatives.

Requirements

Badge Creation Interface

"As a system administrator, I want to create custom achievement badges so that I can recognize users' contributions to sustainability initiatives in a personalized and motivating way."

Description

The Badge Creation Interface allows administrators to design and customize digital achievement badges that are awarded to users. This feature includes options for defining the criteria for earning each badge, selecting iconography, and setting visual themes. By enabling personalized badge designs, this interface fosters a strong connection between users' achievements and the company’s sustainability goals, creating a more engaging user experience. It must integrate seamlessly with existing user profiles and the challenge system to ensure badges automatically populate upon achievement without manual intervention.

Acceptance Criteria

Badge Creation Interface allows administrators to design multiple achievement badges to be awarded for various sustainability initiatives within the company.

Given an administrator accesses the Badge Creation Interface, when they input badge details including criteria, iconography, and themes, then the badge should be successfully created and saved for later use.

Administrators customize badge designs to align with the company’s branding and sustainability goals.

Given the admin selects an icon and theme for a badge, when they save the design, then the badge should visually reflect the selected design parameters and be viewable in the admin panel.

Achievement badges are automatically awarded to users once they complete specified sustainability challenges.

Given a user completes a challenge that qualifies for a specific badge, when the system processes the achievement, then the appropriate badge should automatically appear on the user’s profile without manual intervention.

Administrators need to edit existing badges to update criteria or visuals as company objectives change.

Given an administrator opens an existing badge from the Badge Creation Interface, when they modify the criteria or design elements, then the changes should be saved and reflected in real-time on the user’s profile.

The Badge Creation Interface integrates with user profile management to display awarded badges correctly.

Given that a badge is awarded to a user, when viewed in the user’s profile, then the correct badge should be displayed alongside the date it was earned.

The UI for the Badge Creation Interface should be user-friendly and intuitive for administrators.

Given an administrator interacts with the Badge Creation Interface, when they navigate through badge selection, it should be easy to understand, with clear instructions, and no more than three steps needed to create a badge.

User Badge Display

"As a user, I want to display my achievement badges on my profile so that I can showcase my sustainability accomplishments and encourage others."

Description

The User Badge Display feature allows users to showcase their earned achievement badges on their profiles visibly. This feature should provide a clear and visually appealing layout that highlights each badge and its significance. It will not only serve as a source of motivation for the users but also foster a spirit of community and competition among peers. The display must be customizable to allow users to choose which badges to show prominently while ensuring it is responsive across all devices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses their profile after earning a new achievement badge.

Given the user is logged into their profile, when they navigate to the badge section, then they should see the new badge displayed prominently with its title and description.

User customizes their badge display settings.

Given the user is in the badge display customization section, when they select and save their preferred badges to display, then only those badges should be shown on their profile.

User views their badge display on different devices.

Given the user has set up their badge display, when they access their profile on various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the badge layout should be responsive and visually appealing on all devices.

User receives notification after earning a badge.

Given the user has completed the criteria for earning a badge, when they log into their account, then they should receive a notification indicating the badge has been awarded.

User shares their badges within the organization.

Given the user has earned badges, when they select the option to share their badges on the organization’s internal social platform, then the badges should appear on their profile update and be visible to their peers.

Admin reviews user badge displays for compliance with company standards.

Given the admin is reviewing user profiles, when they check the badge displays, then all displayed badges must comply with the organization’s set criteria for visibility and significance.

Badge Notification System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications when I earn a new badge so that I can celebrate my accomplishments and stay motivated to complete more challenges."

Description

The Badge Notification System sends alerts to users when they earn a new badge, ensuring that achievements are recognized promptly. This system should integrate with push notifications, emails, or in-app messages to inform users of their accomplishments. By providing immediate feedback, this feature enhances user engagement and encourages continued participation in sustainability efforts. The notification system also includes settings for users to customize their notification preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification for a newly earned badge after completing a sustainability challenge.

Given the user has completed a challenge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification via push notification, email, and in-app message within 5 minutes of the badge being awarded.

User can customize their notification preferences for badge alerts.

Given the user navigates to the settings menu, when they select notification preferences, then they should be able to toggle on or off the push notifications, email notifications, and in-app messages for badge alerts.

User receives instant feedback about their badge achievements to enhance engagement.

Given the user has earned a new badge, when they receive the notification, then the message should include the badge name, the achievement details, and encouragement to continue engaging with sustainability initiatives.

System ensures no duplicate notifications are sent to the user for the same badge.

Given the user has already been notified about a specific badge, when the same badge is awarded to the user again, then no additional notification should be sent for that badge.

User can view their notification history for earned badges.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, when they look at the badge notifications, then they should see a chronological list of all badges awarded along with the notification timestamps.

User receives a notification for badge re-evaluation based on updated contribution metrics.

Given the user has their sustainability contributions re-evaluated, when the evaluation results in a badge reclassification, then the user should receive a notification about the change and details of the updated badge.

System logs every notification sent to users for auditing purposes.

Given the notification is sent to a user, when the notification is processed, then an entry should be logged in the system's notification log with the user ID, badge ID, timestamp, and notification method used.

Badge Tracking Analytics

"As an administrator, I want to track badge awards and user engagement analytics so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of our sustainability initiatives and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Badge Tracking Analytics feature allows administrators to monitor and analyze the distribution and impact of the achievement badges across the organization. This feature should include dashboards and reporting tools that summarize data on how many badges have been awarded, the most popular badges, and trends in user engagement with sustainability initiatives. By providing analytical insights, this feature helps to assess the effectiveness of the badge program and identify opportunities for enhancing user participation.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Badge Distribution Metrics

Given an administrator is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the Badge Tracking Analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view a visual representation of badge distribution across the organization, including total badges awarded and per department stats.

Identifying Popular Badges

Given an administrator accesses the Badge Tracking Analytics feature, when they request a report on badge popularity, then the system should display the top 5 most awarded badges along with the number of awards and the associated challenges.

Tracking User Engagement Trends

Given an administrator is viewing the Badge Tracking Analytics dashboard, when they select a date range for analysis, then the dashboard should update to display trends in user engagement with sustainability initiatives, including the number of engagements and badge awards during that period.

Generating a Badge Impact Report

Given an administrator wants to assess the effectiveness of the badge program, when they click on 'Generate Report', then a downloadable report should be produced that summarizes total badges awarded, engagement metrics, and user feedback.

Comparing Departmental Participation

Given an administrator is analyzing badge distribution, when they filter the dashboard by department, then the system should present a comparative analysis of badge awards and engagement levels between different departments.

Real-Time Badge Update Notifications

Given that an administrator is using Badge Tracking Analytics, when a new badge is awarded within the organization, then the analytics dashboard should automatically refresh to reflect the new data in real-time without needing a manual refresh.

Social Sharing Options

"As a user, I want to share my achievement badges on social media so that I can highlight my contributions to sustainability and inspire others to join the initiative."

Description

The Social Sharing Options feature enables users to share their achievement badges on external social media platforms, such as LinkedIn, Twitter, or Facebook. This feature should provide integrated sharing buttons that allow for easy posting, along with customizable messages to highlight users' achievements. By promoting their accomplishments externally, users can advocate for sustainability within their networks, potentially attracting more involvement and support for organizational initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a badge from their profile to share through the social sharing options.

Given the user is on their profile page, when they click on the 'Share' button for an achievement badge, then a popup should appear with options for LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook sharing.

Customizing the message before sharing an achievement badge to social media.

Given the user is in the sharing popup, when they select a social media platform and enter a custom message, then the message should preview correctly and include a link to their badge on the EcoTrack platform.

Sharing an achievement badge on LinkedIn successfully.

Given the user has customized their message and selected LinkedIn as their sharing option, when they click on the 'Post' button, then the badge should appear on their LinkedIn profile with the custom message and a link back to EcoTrack.

User clicks the share button but cancels the sharing process.

Given the user is reviewing the sharing options, when they click on the 'Cancel' button, then the sharing popup should close without posting to social media.

Validating the visibility of shared badge posts on social media.

Given the user has shared an achievement badge, when they refresh their respective social media feed, then the post should be visible with the correct badge image, message, and link to EcoTrack.

Sharing an achievement badge on multiple social media platforms.

Given the user selects the badge and shares it on Facebook and Twitter, when they check both social media accounts, then the badge should appear on both platforms with the respective messages.

Tracking user engagement with shared badges on social media.

Given the user shares their badge and it is posted publicly, when the organization views the engagement metrics in the EcoTrack admin panel, then the metrics should reflect the interactions (likes, shares, comments) on that post.

Team Collaboration Challenges

Team Collaboration Challenges allow organizations to create group-based sustainability initiatives, promoting teamwork in achieving shared goals. Participants can form teams, set collective targets, and work together to complete challenges. This feature fosters camaraderie, enhances communication between team members, and reinforces the idea that sustainability is a shared responsibility.

Requirements

Team Creation and Management

"As a Sustainability Manager, I want to form teams of employees so that we can collaborate effectively on our sustainability initiatives and meet our targets together."

Description

This requirement outlines the functionality needed to create and manage teams within the EcoTrack platform. Users should be able to easily form groups, assign roles, and designate leaders for each team. This feature is vital for fostering collaboration and ensuring that all members are aligned with the team's sustainability objectives. It should include options for inviting members via email or internal platform notifications and provide an interface for managing team membership, roles, and responsibilities efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members should be able to create new teams within the EcoTrack platform by providing a team name, description, and selecting a leader.

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they navigate to the team creation page and fill in the required fields (team name, description, and leader), then a new team should be successfully created with a confirmation message displayed.

Users should be able to invite team members to join their newly created teams via email or internal notifications.

Given a user has created a team, when they enter valid email addresses or select users from the internal directory and send invitations, then the selected users should receive an invitation to join the team with a notification in their inbox.

Team leaders should be able to manage team membership, including adding, removing, or changing roles of team members.

Given a team leader is viewing their team's details, when they select a team member to change their role, then that member's role should be updated successfully, and the change should be reflected in the team list.

Users should be able to view all their current teams and the status of each team member's participation.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'My Teams' section, then they should see a list of all teams they are part of, along with the status (active/inactive) of each member within those teams.

Users should be able to set collective targets for teams to work towards, including deadlines and specific objectives.

Given a team leader is creating a target for their team, when they input the target description, deadline, and objectives, then the target should be saved successfully and visible to all team members.

Users must receive notifications when a team member is added or removed from their team.

Given a team has been updated with a new member or removal, when the change is made, then all current team members should receive a notification indicating the change in membership.

Challenge Creation Tool

"As a Team Leader, I want to create sustainability challenges for my team so that we can collectively work towards achieving our environmental goals and monitor our progress."

Description

This requirement specifies the creation of a robust tool that allows users to design and launch collaborative sustainability challenges within their teams. Users should be able to set the goals, timelines, and criteria for success of each challenge, which will encourage participation and focus team efforts on specific sustainability issues. The challenge tool must integrate with existing EcoTrack functionalities to ensure that results can be tracked, and data is captured in real-time, providing visibility to all team members on their progress and contributions.

Acceptance Criteria

Challenge Creation by Team Leaders

Given a team leader is logged into EcoTrack, when they access the Challenge Creation Tool, then they should be able to create a new sustainability challenge by setting goals, timelines, and criteria for success, and saving it successfully.

Real-Time Tracking of Challenge Progress

Given a sustainability challenge is underway, when team members log into EcoTrack, then they should be able to view real-time progress updates and contributions by all participants displayed on their dashboards.

Integration with Existing EcoTrack Features

Given the Challenge Creation Tool is used, when challenges are created, then the tool should automatically integrate with existing EcoTrack functionalities for tracking results and capturing data in real-time without manual entry.

Notifications for Challenge Milestones

Given a challenge is active, when milestone dates are reached, then all team members should receive automated notifications via email and in-app alerts to inform them of progress and upcoming deadlines.

Evaluation of Completed Challenges

Given a challenge has concluded, when team leaders review the results, then they should be able to generate reports that summarize team performance, achievements, and areas for improvement based on predefined criteria.

User Feedback on Challenge Tool Usability

Given team members have used the Challenge Creation Tool, when they complete a survey regarding its usability, then at least 80% of users should report that it was easy to navigate and effective in driving team engagement.

Customization Options for Challenge Design

Given a user is creating a new challenge, when they access customization features, then they should be able to modify challenge appearance, including graphics, themes, and specific measurement criteria to align with their team’s branding and goals.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a Team Member, I want to see the progress dashboard for our challenges so that I can understand where we stand relative to our sustainability targets and adjust my contributions accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an interactive dashboard that provides real-time progress tracking for sustainability challenges undertaken by teams. The dashboard should allow teams to visualize their performance against set targets through charts and graphs. It needs to offer insights into team contributions and areas for improvement, enhancing motivation and accountability among team members. Integration with IoT sensor data and predictive analytics tools of EcoTrack is essential for accuracy and a comprehensive overview of each challenge.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time performance tracking of team sustainability initiatives through the dashboard.

Given a registered team has set sustainability targets, when they access the progress tracking dashboard, then they should see real-time updates on their performance represented by charts and graphs that reflect their current status against the set targets.

Visualization of individual contributions within team challenges.

Given team members have contributed to sustainability initiatives, when they view the progress tracking dashboard, then each member should see their contributions visualized and compared to team goals, enabling accountability and motivation.

Integration of IoT sensor data for accurate performance insights.

Given IoT sensors are collecting environmental data, when this data is integrated into the dashboard, then the dashboard should accurately reflect the environmental impact of the team's actions in real-time.

User-friendly navigation and interface of the progress tracking dashboard.

Given a user accesses the progress tracking dashboard, when they navigate through the dashboard, then they should find it intuitive, with clear labels and accessible visualizations that enhance user experience.

Automated reporting on team performance over set periods.

Given a team has completed sustainability challenges, when the reporting feature is used, then it should generate automated reports summarizing performance metrics and highlight areas for improvement over the selected time frame.

Customization options for team targets and dashboard metrics.

Given a team wants to set unique sustainability targets, when they configure their targets within the dashboard, then they should be able to customize metric display options to align with their specific goals and initiatives.

Gamification Elements

"As a Team Member, I want to earn points and badges for completing sustainability challenges so that I feel motivated to participate more actively and contribute to my team's success."

Description

This requirement focuses on incorporating gamification features into the team collaboration challenges, such as points, badges, and leaderboards. These elements are designed to enhance user engagement and foster a competitive spirit among teams. By rewarding participation and successful completion of challenges, users will be motivated to actively engage with sustainability initiatives. The gamification features should also include a feedback mechanism where team members can acknowledge and celebrate each other’s achievements, further promoting collaboration and camaraderie.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members participate in a sustainability challenge, where they can earn points by completing various tasks such as reducing energy usage, recycling, or engaging in community clean-up activities.

Given a team completes a challenge, When the challenge is marked as complete, Then each participating member should receive points according to the predefined scoring system.

Users can view their individual progress, team progress, and overall leaderboard standings to understand their standing compared to other teams.

Given a user accesses the leaderboard, When they look at their team, Then they should see their team's current position and the points earned compared to other teams.

Upon achieving a significant milestone in the sustainability initiative, team members receive badges to recognize their efforts and accomplishments.

Given a team achieves a designated milestone, When the milestone is reached, Then each team member should receive a badge that reflects their achievement, and this should be visible on their user profile.

Feedback mechanisms are implemented to allow team members to commend each other on their contributions to sustainability efforts.

Given a user views a teammate's profile, When they click the commendation button, Then they should be able to send a commendation that is visible to all team members and enhances team morale.

Teams can access a summary dashboard after completing a challenge to see the impact of their efforts on sustainability metrics.

Given a challenge is completed, When the team views the summary dashboard, Then it should display detailed metrics showing the ecological impact and performance statistics post-challenge.

Admin users can customize the gamification elements such as points system, milestone definitions, and types of badges available to teams.

Given an admin accesses the gamification settings, When they make changes to the points system or define new milestones, Then these changes should be saved and reflect in the user interface for the teams.

Communication and Feedback System

"As a Team Member, I want to communicate easily with my teammates about our challenges so that we can quickly address issues and share ideas effectively throughout the challenge."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for an integrated communication and feedback system within the team collaboration feature. Team members should be able to easily share updates, ask questions, and provide feedback on challenges in real-time. This system must support various forms of communication, such as messages, comments, and video calls, to facilitate collaboration regardless of team members' locations. Additionally, it should ensure that key decisions and updates are documented for future reference, promoting transparency and clarity within the team.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members are working on a sustainability challenge and need to share updates and feedback on their progress in real-time during a virtual team meeting.

Given a team of members engaged in a virtual meeting, when a member posts a message or shares feedback through the integrated communication system, then all other team members should receive a real-time notification of the new message or feedback without delay.

A team member has a query regarding the sustainability challenge and wants to ask the question to the group efficiently without disrupting the flow of the challenge.

Given a team member has a question, when they use the communication system to type their question in the chat, then all team members should be able to see the question in real-time and respond if they choose to.

The team has just reached a significant milestone in their sustainability challenge, and they want to document the decision and updates that led to this achievement for future reference.

Given the team has reached a milestone, when they use the documentation feature of the communication system to record key decisions and updates, then the documentation should be searchable, organized, and retrievable by team members at any time in the future.

A team member wants to provide video feedback on a specific aspect of the sustainability challenge to ensure clarity and understanding among the team.

Given a team member wants to provide video feedback, when they initiate a video call through the communication system, then all invited team members should be able to join the call seamlessly and view the recorded feedback later if necessary.

The team is completing a group challenge, and they need an efficient way to communicate and deal with any urgent matters or decision-making during the challenge's final stages.

Given the group is in the final stages of the challenge, when a team member identifies an urgent issue, then they can flag the issue within the communication system, and all team members should be notified immediately, allowing for quick discussions and decisions.

A new team member joins the sustainability initiative and needs access to historical discussions and feedback to get up to speed.

Given a new team member joins the team, when they access the communication and feedback system, then they must be able to view all historical messages, comments, and video feedback in an organized manner to familiarize themselves with the team's progress and discussions.

The team leaders require insights on communication activity within the team for performance evaluations and future planning.

Given that team leaders need insights, when they access the administrative dashboard of the communication system, then they should be able to see metrics such as message volume, active users, and feedback response times to evaluate team engagement and performance.

Reporting and Analytics Module

"As a Sustainability Manager, I want to generate reports on our team's challenge outcomes so that I can evaluate our impact and inform future sustainability strategies."

Description

This requirement defines the need for a reporting and analytics module that summarizes the outcomes of completed team challenges, providing insights into performance metrics and areas for improvement. Users should be able to generate reports based on various parameters, such as team performance, challenge completion rates, and overall impact on sustainability goals. This module is crucial for assessing the effectiveness of team collaboration efforts and making informed decisions regarding future initiatives, while also enabling the organization to demonstrate compliance with sustainability regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

Team Performance Reporting for Sustainability Initiatives

Given a completed team challenge, when the user accesses the reporting and analytics module, then the system must display the total performance metrics for each team member involved, including individual contributions to the challenge.

Challenge Completion Rate Analysis

Given multiple completed challenges, when the user generates a report based on challenge completion, then the report must accurately reflect the completion rates for each challenge, broken down by team.

Impact Assessment of Challenges on Sustainability Goals

Given completed team challenges, when the user runs an impact assessment report, then the system must provide measurable insights on how these challenges have contributed towards the organization’s overall sustainability goals, with specific metrics displayed.

Customizable Reporting Parameters

Given the reporting and analytics module, when the user sets specific parameters for generating reports (e.g., date range, team selections), then the generated report must only include data that meets the defined criteria without errors.

Automated Compliance Reporting

Given that sustainability challenges are completed, when the user requests a compliance report, then the system must automatically include relevant compliance data for submitted challenges to aid in regulatory requirements.

User Access Rights for Reporting Module

Given different user roles within EcoTrack, when a user attempts to access the reporting and analytics module, then the system must restrict access according to predefined user permissions, ensuring sensitive data integrity is maintained.

User-Friendly Report Export Functionality

Given that a report has been generated, when the user chooses to export the report, then the system must provide the ability to download the report in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel) without data loss or formatting issues.

Sustainability Points System

The Sustainability Points System awards points for various activities related to sustainability challenges, such as completing tasks, achieving goals, or collaborating with others. Accumulated points can lead to rewards, recognition, or even tangible incentives. This system not only adds a fun element to participation but also reinforces positive behaviors that contribute to organizational sustainability efforts.

Requirements

Points Accumulation Logic

"As a user, I want a clear and fair points accumulation system so that I can understand how my actions contribute to sustainability efforts and earn rewards accordingly."

Description

The Points Accumulation Logic defines the methodology for awarding sustainability points based on predefined activities and actions taken by users within the EcoTrack platform. It will specify criteria for various actions such as completing sustainability tasks, achieving sustainability goals, and engaging in collaborative efforts. This logic ensures clarity and fairness in how points are earned, contributing to user engagement and motivation, while integrating seamlessly with existing user profiles and activities tracked by the IoT sensors and analytics capabilities of EcoTrack.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a sustainability challenge task within the EcoTrack platform.

Given a user has logged in and accessed a sustainability challenge, when they complete the task successfully, then they should receive a predetermined number of sustainability points credited to their profile.

User achieves a sustainability goal set at the beginning of the reporting period.

Given a user has set a sustainable goal at the start of the quarter, when the goal is met by the end of the quarter, then the system should automatically award the user a specified amount of points corresponding to that goal.

User collaborates with a team to complete a sustainability project.

Given a user is part of a team working on a sustainability project, when they contribute to the project and it is completed successfully, then all team members should receive a shared bonus of sustainability points proportionate to their contributions.

User performs a behavior that leads to reduced environmental impact, tracked by IoT sensors.

Given the IoT sensors detect a user has reduced their carbon footprint through specific actions, when these actions are confirmed, then the user should automatically receive points that correspond to the environmental impact reduction achieved by the actions.

Admin defines new sustainability tasks that qualify for points in the EcoTrack system.

Given an admin has created new sustainability tasks in the system, when these tasks are published, then users should be able to see them and earn points upon completion according to the established rules.

User checks their sustainability points balance on their profile dashboard.

Given a user accesses their profile dashboard, when they view the sustainability points section, then they should see an accurate and updated total of points earned from various activities.

User redeems sustainability points for rewards or incentives.

Given a user has accumulated enough sustainability points, when they choose to redeem the points for a reward, then the system should process the redemption and reflect the updated points balance accordingly.

Reward Structure Implementation

"As a user, I want to know what rewards I can earn with my sustainability points, so that I can feel motivated to participate in sustainability challenges."

Description

The Reward Structure Implementation will establish a comprehensive framework for how accumulated sustainability points can be redeemed for rewards, recognition, or incentives within the EcoTrack platform. This includes defining the types of rewards (e.g., discounts, recognition events, company-sponsored activities) available to users based on their points balance. It will enhance user motivation by creating tangible goals and reinforcing positive behavior related to sustainability practices, thus aligning with the overall mission of EcoTrack to promote environmental stewardship.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully earns points after completing a sustainability task within the EcoTrack platform.

Given a user has completed a sustainability task, when the task is submitted, then the user should receive the corresponding sustainability points immediately added to their points balance.

User views available rewards based on their accumulated sustainability points.

Given a user accesses the rewards section of the EcoTrack platform, when they check their points balance, then they should see a list of rewards they are eligible to redeem, updated in real-time based on their current points.

User redeems sustainability points for a reward on the EcoTrack platform.

Given a user has enough points to redeem a specific reward, when they select the reward and confirm their redemption, then the user's points balance should be reduced accordingly and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Administrator modifies the reward structure to include new rewards for sustainability practices.

Given an administrator wishes to add a new reward to the Sustainability Points System, when they input the new reward details and save changes, then the new reward should be reflected in the rewards list available to all users immediately.

User receives recognition for their sustainability efforts through the points system.

Given a user accumulates a specific number of points, when they reach this threshold, then the system should automatically generate a recognition notification that is sent to the user and their team, highlighting their contribution to sustainability.

User collaborates with others to complete a group sustainability challenge and earns points.

Given a group of users participates in a sustainability challenge, when they collectively complete the challenge criteria, then all participating users should receive points proportionate to their contributions as documented in the challenge.

User checks the historical data of their earned sustainability points and redeemed rewards.

Given a user navigates to their profile section, when they view the history report, then they should see a detailed list of points earned and redeemed, including dates and types of activities or rewards.

Dashboard Integration for Points Tracking

"As a user, I want to view my sustainability points and the activities that contributed to my score on my dashboard, so that I can track my progress and stay motivated."

Description

The Dashboard Integration for Points Tracking requirement necessitates the development of a user-friendly interface within the EcoTrack platform where users can easily view their current points balance, activities that earned them points, and the available rewards. This integration aims to enhance user experience by providing immediate feedback and recognition of their sustainable actions, thus engaging users in their sustainability journey. It will leverage existing dashboard functionalities, ensuring a coherent and streamlined user interaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their current points balance on the dashboard after completing a sustainability task.

Given the user is logged into their EcoTrack account, when they navigate to the dashboard, then their current points balance should be displayed prominently, reflecting the most recent updates.

User checks their activity history to see which tasks earned them points.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'View Activities' section, then a list of activities with corresponding points should be displayed, including timestamps for each task completed.

User browses available rewards based on accumulated points.

Given the user has accessed the rewards section on the dashboard, when they view available rewards, then all rewards should be listed with their point requirements and a clear indication of the user's current points balance against each reward.

User receives confirmation of points awarded for a specific sustainability activity.

Given the user has completed a sustainability challenge, when the points are awarded, then a notification should appear on the dashboard confirming the number of points earned for that specific activity.

User interacts with the dashboard to redeem points for a reward.

Given the user has enough points accumulated, when they select a reward and confirm the redemption, then the system should deduct the corresponding points and generate a confirmation message of the successful redemption.

User logs in to the dashboard on a mobile device to track points.

Given the user accesses the EcoTrack application on their mobile device, when they log in, then the dashboard should maintain the same functionality and layout as on the web version, ensuring a consistent experience.

Social Sharing Feature

"As a user, I want to share my sustainability achievements on social media, so that I can inspire others and promote our company’s sustainability efforts."

Description

The Social Sharing Feature allows users to share their sustainability achievements, points earned, and challenges completed on social media platforms directly from the EcoTrack application. This feature aims to create a community-driven approach to sustainability, encouraging friendly competition and collaboration among users. It fosters a culture of sharing success stories related to the organization’s sustainability initiatives, increasing visibility and awareness of sustainable practices within the company and externally.

Acceptance Criteria

User Sharing Sustainability Achievements on Social Media

Given a user has completed a sustainability challenge, when they click the 'Share on Social Media' button, then the post should correctly display the user's achievements and points earned with an appropriate image and custom message.

Verification of Shared Post on Different Social Media Platforms

Given a user shares their achievements on a social media platform, when they navigate to their social media profile, then the post must appear with the correct content as specified in the sharing options.

Tracking Engagement from Shared Posts

Given a user has shared their achievements on social media, when the post is live for 24 hours, then EcoTrack should be able to track engagement metrics such as likes, shares, and comments through the application dashboard.

Customizable Sharing Options for Users

Given a user is on the sharing screen, when they click on sharing options, then they should be able to select different platforms (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn) and customize the message before sharing.

Access to Historical Sharing Data

Given a user accesses their profile, when they look for their past shared posts, then they should see a list of previous sustainability achievements shared on social media with corresponding engagement metrics.

User Notification After Successful Sharing

Given a user has successfully shared their achievements, when the action is completed, then the user should receive a confirmation notification within the EcoTrack application confirming the post was shared.

Integration of Hashtags for Increased Visibility

Given a user is sharing their points earned on social media, when they finalize the sharing process, then the post should automatically include relevant hashtags to promote sustainability (e.g., #EcoTrack, #SustainabilityChallenge).

Feedback Collection System

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the Sustainability Points System, so that I can contribute to its improvement and make it more engaging for everyone."

Description

The Feedback Collection System will facilitate the gathering of user feedback on the effectiveness of the Sustainability Points System. Through surveys and feedback forms integrated into the EcoTrack platform, this system will provide insights into user satisfaction and areas for improvement. It is essential for ensuring that the Sustainability Points System is engaging, motivating, and continually aligns with user needs and expectations, making data-driven adjustments as necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Feedback Collection System after completing a task related to sustainability and is prompted to provide feedback through a survey.

Given that a user has completed a sustainability task, when they access the Feedback Collection System, then they should see a prompt to fill out a feedback survey that is relevant to their completed task.

User submits feedback through the survey regarding their experience with the Sustainability Points System.

Given that a user has completed the feedback survey, when they submit their responses, then the system should successfully record their feedback and provide a confirmation message that the feedback has been submitted.

Administrator reviews the collected feedback on the Sustainability Points System to derive actionable insights.

Given that feedback has been collected from multiple users, when an administrator accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view aggregated feedback metrics, including satisfaction scores and common suggestions for improvement.

User attempts to access the feedback form but encounters a technical issue that prevents them from submitting their feedback.

Given that a user is trying to access the feedback form, when they encounter a technical issue (e.g., form not loading), then the system should display an error message and provide options to report the issue for further assistance.

User receives a notification about a new sustainability challenge and is encouraged to provide feedback on it after completing the challenge.

Given that a user has completed the new sustainability challenge, when they finish, then they should receive a notification prompting them to provide feedback specifically related to that challenge and any associated points awarded.

System automatically sends follow-up surveys to users who have previously given feedback to assess changes in satisfaction over time.

Given that a user has submitted feedback on the Sustainability Points System, when a specified time period has passed, then the system should automatically send a follow-up survey to the user to assess changes in their satisfaction and engagement with the points system.

Challenge Feedback Loop

The Challenge Feedback Loop feature provides participants with insights and feedback on their performance during challenges. Users receive personalized reports on their contributions and impacts, helping them understand their role in achieving sustainability goals. This feature enhances learning and continuous improvement, making users feel more connected to the organizational mission.

Requirements

Real-Time Performance Metrics

"As a challenge participant, I want to see real-time performance metrics of my contributions so that I can adjust my actions to better meet sustainability goals and feel more connected to the overall mission."

Description

This requirement entails creating an interface within the Challenge Feedback Loop that displays real-time performance metrics for participants. Users will have access to data visualizations that showcase their contributions, actions taken, and the overall impact of their efforts toward sustainability goals. This feature enhances user engagement by providing immediate feedback, enabling participants to adjust their strategies in real-time and fostering a sense of accountability and motivation to improve. Integration with IoT sensors will ensure the metrics are accurate and timely, reinforcing the connection between individual actions and organizational sustainability outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Display real-time performance metrics to users during sustainability challenges.

Given a user is participating in a challenge, when they access the Challenge Feedback Loop feature, then they should see real-time metrics displaying their contributions and impacts updated at least every minute.

Provide personalized performance reports based on user contributions during challenges.

Given a user completes a challenge, when the feedback loop is generated, then they should receive a personalized report outlining their actions, contributions, and overall impact on sustainability goals.

Visualize data metrics in an easily interpretable format for users.

Given real-time performance metrics are available, when users view the dashboard, then they should see data representations (graphs, charts) that are intuitive and allow for quick understanding of their performance.

Integrate IoT sensor data to ensure accuracy of performance metrics displayed.

Given IoT sensors are in use, when performance metrics are captured, then the information presented in the Challenge Feedback Loop should reflect accurate and timely environmental data without discrepancies.

Allow users to adjust their strategies based on real-time feedback.

Given users receive real-time performance metrics, when the metrics indicate underperformance, then users should have access to actionable insights or suggestions for improving their contributions.

Facilitate user engagement through notifications and alerts on performance milestones.

Given users are active participants in a challenge, when they reach key performance milestones, then they should receive notifications congratulating them and encouraging continued participation.

Ensure compliance with organizational sustainability goals in the feedback metrics.

Given organizational sustainability goals are defined, when metrics are displayed to users, then they should clearly indicate how individual contributions align with and impact these goals.

Personalized Impact Reports

"As a participant in sustainability challenges, I want to receive personalized impact reports so that I can understand my contributions better and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Personalized Impact Reports requirement focuses on generating tailored reports for each participant that detail their individual contributions to challenges, comparing them against organizational targets and benchmarks. These reports will include insights on the participant's activities, the results of their involvement, and suggestions for improvement based on their performance. This feature aims to enhance learning, provide recognition, and encourage continuous engagement by displaying progress over time, thus helping users to see their personal growth in relation to sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a personalized impact report after participating in a sustainability challenge that they have entered into the system, aiming to review their contributions over the last quarter.

Given a user who has completed at least one sustainability challenge, when the user requests their personalized impact report, then the system successfully generates and displays a report that includes individual contributions, comparisons with organizational targets, and suggestions for improvement.

A user wants to view their historical personalized impact reports to track progress over time and understand areas for development in relation to sustainability initiatives.

Given a user with previous personalized impact reports, when the user navigates to the historical reports section, then the system displays a chronological list of all their generated reports with drill down options for each report.

An organization rolls out the Challenge Feedback Loop and wants to analyze how participants are utilizing their personalized impact reports to enhance performance on future challenges.

Given multiple users within the organization, when the system tracks report usage statistics, then it generates an analytical summary indicating the percentage of users who accessed their reports and the average improvement in performance in subsequent challenges compared to those who did not access their reports.

A user has just received their personalized impact report and wants to provide feedback on its usefulness to ensure continuous improvement of the reporting feature.

Given a user who has viewed their personalized impact report, when the user submits feedback through the provided feedback form, then the system successfully captures the feedback and confirms receipt to the user.

An administrator needs to ensure personalized impact reports are being generated in compliance with data privacy regulations while still being useful for the users.

Given an administrator reviewing the report generation process, when the system provides guidelines on data privacy compliance, then it must demonstrate that user data is anonymized in aggregated reports and that users can opt-in to data sharing for improvement suggestions.

A participant in a sustainability challenge wants to compare their performance against peers to gain insights into how they can improve in future initiatives.

Given a user who has received a personalized impact report, when the user opts to view peer comparisons, then the report displays anonymized benchmark data showing how the user's contributions compare to the average contributions of their peers in the same challenge.

Feedback and Reflection Mechanism

"As a challenge participant, I want to provide feedback on my experience and reflect on my learning so that I can help improve future challenges and feel more engaged with the process."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of a feedback and reflection mechanism integrated into the Challenge Feedback Loop feature. This will allow participants to provide feedback on their experiences during challenges and reflect on their learning outcomes. The insights collected will not only enhance the user experience but also enable the organization to refine future challenges based on participant input. It fosters a culture of continuous improvement and empowerment among users, aligning their feedback with the organization's sustainability objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after completing a challenge in the Challenge Feedback Loop.

Given a user has completed a challenge, when they access the feedback section, then they can submit their reflections and comments on their experience.

User accesses their personalized report to review feedback on their challenge performance.

Given a user has participated in challenges, when they request their personalized report, then it should display their contributions, insights, and areas for improvement based on their feedback.

Admin reviews feedback collected from multiple participants to assess overall challenge effectiveness.

Given feedback has been collected from at least 10 participants, when the admin accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should see overall trends and insights to refine future challenges.

User receives notification after submitting feedback, confirming successful submission.

Given a user submits their feedback on a challenge, when the feedback is successfully recorded, then the user receives a confirmation notification via email.

User accesses a history of their submitted feedback for reflection purposes.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a chronological list of all their submitted feedback entries.

User experiences a performance-focused prompt encouraging them to reflect after each challenge.

Given a user completes a challenge, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then the prompt should include specific questions aimed at their performance and learning outcomes.

Participants are able to edit their feedback submissions before finalizing.

Given a user has drafted feedback on their experience, when they choose to edit their submission, then they should be able to modify it before submitting it as final.

Leaderboard and Recognition System

"As a participant, I want to see how I rank compared to my peers in sustainability challenges so that I can feel motivated to improve and strive for recognition."

Description

The Leaderboard and Recognition System requirement aims to establish a competitive element within the Challenge Feedback Loop by displaying individual participant rankings based on their contributions to sustainability challenges. This feature will motivate participants by recognizing top contributors and fostering a healthy competitive spirit among them. The leaderboard will be updated in real-time and may include rewards or badges to signify achievements. Such a system not only encourages participation but also reinforces the organization's commitment to sustainability through external validation of efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Display Real-Time Rankings on User Dashboard

Given a user has completed sustainability challenges, When they log into their dashboard, Then the leaderboard displays the user's current ranking and contributions in real-time, updated every minute.

Award Badges for Top Performers

Given a user achieves a set threshold of contributions in sustainability challenges, When the leaderboard updates, Then the user is awarded a badge reflecting their achievement visible on their profile.

Provide Rankings Based on Multiple Criteria

Given that the leaderboard allows ranking based on different sustainability metrics, When a user selects criteria such as 'Most Contributions' or 'Highest Impact,' Then the leaderboard updates to reflect the selected ranking method accurately.

Send Notifications for Ranking Changes

Given a user is ranked on the leaderboard, When their ranking changes due to the actions of others or new contributions, Then the user receives a notification via email and in-app alert about their new ranking and performance details.

Filter Leaderboard by Challenge Type

Given a user wants to see rankings for a specific sustainability challenge type, When they apply a filter on the leaderboard for that challenge type, Then the leaderboard displays only participants related to that specific challenge.

Provide Historical Performance Data

Given a user accesses their profile, When they view their performance history, Then the system displays past rankings and contributions over time, including any badges earned in that period.

Mobile Accessibility Feature

"As a challenge participant, I want to access the Challenge Feedback Loop on my mobile device so that I can stay updated and engaged while I am away from my computer."

Description

The Mobile Accessibility Feature will ensure that the Challenge Feedback Loop can be accessed through mobile devices, allowing participants to engage with the feature anytime, anywhere. This requirement entails designing a responsive user interface that works seamlessly across various mobile platforms. Mobile accessibility increases user engagement and satisfaction, enabling participants to track their contributions and receive feedback while on the go, thus promoting higher participation rates and fostering a more engaged user base.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Challenge Feedback Loop via a mobile device after participating in a sustainability challenge.

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Challenge Feedback Loop section, then they should see a fully responsive interface that displays their challenge contributions and feedback clearly and without distortion.

User adjusts the screen orientation of their mobile device while viewing the Challenge Feedback Loop.

Given a user is viewing the Challenge Feedback Loop on a mobile device, when they rotate their screen from portrait to landscape, then the layout should automatically adjust without any loss of functionality or information visibility.

User experiences a slow internet connection while trying to access the Challenge Feedback Loop on their mobile device.

Given a user is attempting to access the Challenge Feedback Loop under low bandwidth conditions, when the page loads, then it should display a loading indicator, and subsequently load the content efficiently without crashing or displaying error messages.

User clicks on a feedback report link within the Challenge Feedback Loop on their mobile device.

Given a user is on the Challenge Feedback Loop page, when they tap on a feedback report link, then the app should smoothly navigate to the detailed report page without lag or crash, allowing the user to view the report seamlessly.

User accesses the Challenge Feedback Loop after a system update is deployed.

Given a user accesses the Challenge Feedback Loop feature post-system update, when they check for functionality, then all features should operate correctly, and no unwanted pop-ups or errors should be present.

Gamified Progress Tracking

Gamified Progress Tracking visually displays participant progress throughout various sustainability challenges in an engaging way. Utilizing compelling graphics and charts, users can instantly see how much they have achieved and what remains to be done. This dynamic and visually appealing representation encourages ongoing participation by making progress tangible and rewarding.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Visualization

"As an employee participating in sustainability challenges, I want to see my progress in real time so that I can stay motivated and engaged in my efforts to contribute to environmental improvements."

Description

The Real-Time Data Visualization requirement involves the development of a dynamic dashboard that showcases participant progress in sustainability challenges through engaging graphics and charts. This dashboard will update in real-time, providing users with immediate feedback on their sustainable actions and efforts. The requirement aims to enhance user engagement by making progress visualization interactive and informative. By offering clear visual representations of data, users can quickly assess their contributions towards environmental goals and identify areas needing improvement. This feature will be crucial in promoting continuous user participation and fostering accountability towards sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Dashboard Interaction During Challenge Engagement

Given a user is logged into the EcoTrack platform, when they enter a sustainability challenge, then the dashboard should display real-time progress with engaging graphics and charts.

Real-Time Data Update on Dashboard

Given the user is participating in a sustainability challenge, when they complete an action or milestone, then the dashboard should update the visual progress representation within 5 seconds to reflect the new data.

Correctness of Data Representation

Given the user is viewing their progress on the dashboard, when they compare the visual representation of their actions against the actual recorded actions, then the displayed metrics should accurately reflect the user's contributions without discrepancies.

User Engagement Metrics

Given a user is interacting with the dashboard on a regular basis, when they engage with the gamified elements, then their participation level should increase by at least 20% over a month period, as measured by completed actions and challenges.

User Feedback on Dashboard Usability

Given users have access to the dashboard for a set period, when feedback is collected through surveys, then at least 80% of users should report that the dashboard is visually appealing and easy to navigate.

Dashboard Load Performance

Given a user accesses the dashboard during peak usage times, when they load the page, then the dashboard should display fully and be interactive within 3 seconds.

Accessibility Compliance of Dashboard

Given that the EcoTrack platform aims to be inclusive, when the dashboard is evaluated against accessibility standards, then it should meet AA compliance level of the WCAG 2.1 guidelines to ensure equitable access for all users.

Challenge Comparison Tools

"As a participant in sustainability challenges, I want to compare my progress with that of my colleagues so that I can understand where I stand and motivate myself to improve."

Description

The Challenge Comparison Tools requirement entails the creation of functions that allow users to compare their progress against peers or organizational benchmarks in sustainability challenges. This feature will help users identify competitive advantages and collaborative opportunities within their teams. Users will be able to view statistics and visual graphics that represent their achievements in relation to others, fostering a spirit of friendly competition and motivation. By integrating social features, the product will enhance user experience, promote teamwork, and encourage sustained participation in sustainability efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User Comparison Against Peers

Given a user is logged into EcoTrack, when they navigate to the Challenge Comparison Tools, then they should see a visual representation of their progress compared to their peers' progress within the same sustainability challenge.

Display Organizational Benchmarks

Given a user is viewing their progress in the Challenge Comparison Tools, when they select the option to view organizational benchmarks, then they should see a comparative analysis that includes their results, the average results of their organization, and the results of the top performers.

Interactive Progress Visualization

Given a user is using the Challenge Comparison Tools, when they interact with the progress visualization elements (e.g., hover over charts, click on peer profiles), then the tool should provide additional contextual information about their peers' achievements, encouraging user engagement and competition.

Social Sharing Features

Given a user has achieved a notable progress milestone in a sustainability challenge, when they click on the option to share their achievement, then the system should allow them to post their progress to supported social media platforms, promoting both individual accomplishments and EcoTrack.

Notification of Peer Progress Updates

Given a user is participating in a sustainability challenge, when their peers make significant progress (e.g., achieve a milestone), then the system should notify the user through in-app alerts, fostering a sense of community and friendly competition.

Analysis of Competitive Advantages

Given that a user is viewing their comparative progress against peers, when they analyze the data provided, then they should be able to identify key areas where they have competitive advantages or opportunities for improvement, aiding them in strategic decision-making.

User-Friendly Interface for Progress Comparison

Given a user is accessing the Challenge Comparison Tools, when they engage with the feature, then the interface should be intuitive and easy to navigate, minimizing the learning curve and promoting user satisfaction during their experience.

Reward System Integration

"As a user, I want to earn rewards for my contributions in sustainability challenges so that I feel recognized and motivated to continue my participation."

Description

The Reward System Integration requirement focuses on developing a system that recognizes and rewards users for their achievements in sustainability challenges. It will incorporate tiered rewards based on performance metrics such as points, badges, or certificates that can be displayed on user profiles. This feature will incentivize users to engage more actively by providing tangible benefits for their contributions. The integration of a reward system not only enhances user motivation but also promotes a culture of sustainability within the organization by celebrating individual and collective achievements.

Acceptance Criteria

User Registration and Profile Creation for Reward System Integration

Given a new user creates an account, when they complete their profile and opt into the Reward System, then they should see a confirmation message and their profile should reflect a default points balance of zero.

Achievement Tracking and Point Allocation

Given a user completes a sustainability challenge, when the challenge is marked as complete, then the system should automatically update the user's points and awards based on their performance metrics within 24 hours.

Display of Awards and Badges on User Profile

Given a user earns a badge for completing a certain number of sustainability challenges, when they visit their user profile, then the badge should be displayed prominently under the achievements section along with the earned points.

Tiered Rewards System Functionality

Given a user accumulates points, when they reach specific point thresholds, then they should receive tiered rewards (e.g., bronze, silver, gold) and be notified via email of their new reward status.

User Engagement through Gamification

Given users participate in sustainability challenges over a month, when their engagement is tracked, then at least 75% of users should report increased motivation and achievement through gamified dashboards in satisfaction surveys.

Administrative Overview of User Rewards

Given an admin accesses the rewards management dashboard, when they view user statistics, then they should see a comprehensive report of user points, badges, and overall participation rates, updated in real-time.

Customizable Attributes for Challenges

"As a team leader, I want to customize sustainability challenges for my department so that they align with our specific goals and encourage higher engagement from my team members."

Description

The Customizable Attributes for Challenges requirement will allow users to tailor sustainability challenges according to their specific goals, industries, or company objectives. This customization may include setting unique metrics for success, defining completion criteria, and allowing personalization options for challenge visuals. The goal is to ensure that the challenges resonate with diverse user groups within the organization, enhancing relevance and participation. Customizability empowers users to engage with the platform in ways that align with their values and objectives, fostering a deeper commitment to sustainability initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

Customization of Metrics for Sustainability Challenges

Given a user is creating a new sustainability challenge, when they access the customization settings, then they should be able to define at least three unique metrics for success that align with their company's sustainability goals.

Setting Completion Criteria for Challenges

Given a user is finalizing the creation of a sustainability challenge, when they specify completion criteria, then they should be able to set criteria based on achieved metrics that can be quantitatively measured and validated within the platform.

Personalizing Challenge Visuals

Given a user is customizing the appearance of a sustainability challenge, when they select visual options, then they should have at least five different themes or visualization styles to choose from, which can be applied to their challenge.

Saving Custom Attributes for Future Use

Given a user has finished customizing a sustainability challenge, when they choose to save their custom attributes, then those attributes should be stored in the system for reuse in future challenges, accessible from their user profile.

Displaying Customized Challenges on Dashboard

Given a user has created a customizable sustainability challenge, when they navigate to their dashboard, then the challenge should be displayed with its unique metrics and visualizations, ensuring it can be viewed at a glance for progress tracking.

Allowing Feedback on Customization Options

Given that users have customized their sustainability challenges, when they submit feedback on the customization options, then they should receive confirmation of receipt and be able to view their feedback status in the platform.

Reporting on Challenge Engagement

Given a sustainability challenge is completed, when a user requests a report, then they should receive a report detailing engagement statistics, challenge success metrics, and participant feedback, generated specifically based on the custom attributes set.

Feedback Mechanism for Challenges

"As a user in a sustainability challenge, I want to receive feedback on my progress so that I can learn and improve my sustainability efforts effectively."

Description

The Feedback Mechanism for Challenges requirement establishes a system whereby users can receive constructive feedback on their progress throughout the sustainability challenges. This system will feature automated feedback triggered by specific milestones, as well as tools for peer-to-peer feedback. The purpose is to promote continuous improvement and facilitate learning among participants. Providing feedback will help users understand their strengths and areas for growth, making the participation experience more enriching and effective in achieving sustainability goals.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives automated feedback upon reaching various milestones during a sustainability challenge.

Given a user has completed a milestone in a sustainability challenge, when the milestone is reached, then the user should receive an automated feedback message specific to that milestone via the platform notification system.

Users can give and receive peer-to-peer feedback on their progress in sustainability challenges.

Given a user is participating in a sustainability challenge, when the user selects a peer and provides feedback on their progress, then the feedback should be submitted successfully and the peer should receive a notification of the feedback.

Users can view all past feedback they have received throughout different challenges.

Given a user is logged into their EcoTrack account, when the user navigates to the feedback section, then the user should see a list of all past feedback received, organized by challenge and date.

The feedback mechanism integrates seamlessly with the existing gamified progress tracking interface.

Given a user is engaged with the gamified progress tracking, when the user reaches a feedback milestone, then the interface should display the feedback option without disrupting the current user experience or requiring a page refresh.

Automated feedback is personalized based on user performance metrics and previous feedback.

Given a user achieves a new milestone, when the automated feedback is generated, then it should reflect the user's specific performance metrics and incorporate insights from any previous feedback received.

The feedback mechanism allows users to request additional insights from peers after receiving feedback.

Given a user has received feedback from a peer, when the user clicks on the 'Request More Insights' option, then the selected peer should receive a notification to provide further insights, and the request should be logged in the user's feedback history.

The feedback system includes an analytics dashboard for users to track trends in the feedback received.

Given a user is accessing their account, when the user navigates to the feedback analytics section, then the user should see visual graphs displaying trends in their feedback over time, categorized by type of feedback and challenge.

Mobile App Access for Challenges

"As a participant in the sustainability platform, I want to access my challenges from a mobile app so that I can easily track my progress and stay involved while on the go."

Description

The Mobile App Access for Challenges requirement ensures that users can engage with sustainability challenges through a dedicated mobile application. This accessibility will allow participants to check their progress, receive notifications, and communicate with peers from their mobile devices. The app will include all key features found in the web version but will be optimized for mobile use. Enabling mobile access is essential for increasing participation rates, especially for users who may be away from their desktops but still wish to stay engaged with the challenges and their progress.

Acceptance Criteria

User Engagement through Mobile Challenges

Given that the user has installed the EcoTrack mobile app, when they log in, then they should be able to view their active sustainability challenges on the home screen.

Real-Time Progress Updates

Given that the user is participating in a sustainability challenge, when they complete a task, then the app should update their progress in real-time and reflect it on their challenge dashboard.

Peer Communication via Mobile App

Given that the user has a list of peers participating in the same sustainability challenge, when they access the 'Connect' feature, then they should be able to send and receive messages to and from their peers.

Notifications for Task Reminders

Given that the user has opted into notifications, when a new task becomes available or a deadline approaches, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device.

Optimized Interface for Mobile Use

Given that the user is using the mobile app, when they navigate through different sections of the app, then all features should display correctly without any functional issues on mobile devices.

Access to Comprehensive Challenge Info

Given that the user selects a sustainability challenge, when they tap on it, then they should see detailed information including rules, goals, deadlines, and their current status in that challenge.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Green Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Compliance Guru

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Tech-Driven Operator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Analytics Advocate

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Supply Chain Champion

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Corporate Social Responsibility Strategist

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Emissions Breakdown

Requirements

Real-time Emissions Data Capture

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Detailed Emissions Visualizations

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Reports and Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Reduction Strategy Recommendations

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Impact Scenarios

Requirements

Scenario Simulation Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Impact Dashboards

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Compliance Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario Comparison Tool

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria